UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________ 
FORM 10-K
_____________________________ 
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172023
or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                    to                    
Commission File number 1-7221
_____________________________

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________
Delaware36-1115800
DELAWARE36-1115800
(State of Incorporation)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
500 WestW. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661
(Address of principal executive offices)offices, zip code)
(847) 576-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number) number, including area code:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading Symbol(s)Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock $.01 $0.01Par Value per ShareMSINew York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:Act: None
None
_____________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerx
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company ¨
Emerging growth company¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨     No  ý
The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 1, 2017June 30, 2023 (the last business day of the Registrant’sregistrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $12.6$43.0 billion.
The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, outstanding as of February 2, 20185, 2024 was 161,307,525.166,132,981.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with its 2024 Annual Meeting of StockholdersShareholders (the "Proxy Statement"), to be held on May 14, 2018, filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, are incorporated by reference into Part III.


III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Form 10-K").
1



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
General
Business Organization
Strategy and Focus Areas
Customers and Contracts
Competition
Material Dispositions




PART I
2



Throughout this Form 10-K report we “incorporate by reference” certain information in parts of other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner. Please refer to such information.
We are making forward-looking statements in this report. In “Item 1A: Risk Factors” we discuss some of the risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.
“Motorola Solutions” (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) means Motorola Solutions, Inc. or Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or one of our segments, as the context requires. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo, as well as iDEN are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements in this Form 10-K which are not historical in nature are forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable federal securities law. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and generally include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “aims,” “estimates” and similar expressions. We can give no assurance that any future results or events discussed in these statements will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements represent our views only as of today and should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the statements contained in this Form 10-K. Some of these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K and those described elsewhere in this Form 10-K or in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Business,” about: (a) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (b) future product development and the demand for, growth related to, and benefits of, new products, (c) customer spending and behavior and requests for vendor financing, (d) the impact of our strategy and focus areas, (e) the impact from the loss of key customers, (f) increased competition and our competitive position, (g) our practice of subcontracting work to other companies to fulfill customer needs, (h) the impact of existing and future regulatory matters (including with respect to climate change) on our business, (i) the firmness of each segment's backlog and recognizing backlog as revenue, (j) the competitiveness of the patent portfolio, (k) the impact of research and development, (l) the availability, costs and inventory levels of materials and components, energy supplies and labor and the impact of such availability, costs and inventory levels, and (m) our human capital management strategy and philosophy; (2) "Risk Factors," about potential impacts of the risks we face; (3) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters and timing; (4) "Cybersecurity," about potential impacts of risks from cybersecurity threats; (5) “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” about: (a) the availability and costs of materials and components (including inventory levels) and the impact of such availability and costs (including our actions in response to such availability and costs), (b) the impact of global economic and political conditions on our business, (c) the impact on our business of the United Kingdom’s Competition and Markets Authority’s remedies order regarding Airwave (including our actions in response), (d) the impact of acquisitions on our business, (e) the impact of existing and future laws, regulations, international treaties and industry standards relating to climate change on our business, (f) market growth/contraction, demand, spending and resulting opportunities, (g) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (h) expected impacts to operating leverage, (i) the growth of sales opportunities in our LMR Communications, Video Security and Access Control and Command Center technologies, (j) the return of capital to shareholders through dividends and/or repurchasing shares, (k) the impact and success of our business strategy and portfolio, (l) future payments, charges, and use of accruals associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (m) future exit costs related to our exit of the Emergency Services Network contract with the Home Office of the United Kingdom, (n) our ability and cost to repatriate funds, (o) the liquidity of our investments, (p) our ability and cost to access the capital markets, (q) our repurchase of $1.0 billion of 1.75% convertible notes due 2024 issued to Silver Lake Partners, (r) our ability to borrow and the amount available under our credit facilities, (s) adequacy of internal resources to fund expected working capital, capital expenditure and cash requirements, (t) expected payments pursuant to commitments under agreements and other obligations in the short-term and long-term, (u) the ability to meet minimum purchase obligations, (v) the impact of contractual damage claims exceeding the underlying contract value, (w) our ability to sell accounts receivable and the terms and amounts of such sales, (x) the outcome and effect of ongoing and future legal proceedings, and (y) the impact of the adoption of accounting pronouncements on our financial results; and (5) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency risk, (b) the impact of interest rate risk, and (c) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company.

PART I
Item 1: Business
GeneralOverview
Motorola Solutions is solving for safer. Every day we come to work solving for safer communities, safer schools, safer hospitals, safer businesses, safer everywhere. We are a global leader in public safety and enterprise security, grounded in nearly 100 years of close customer and community collaboration. We design and advance technology for more than 100,000 public safety and enterprise customers in over 100 countries. We are driven by our commitment to help make everywhere safer for all.
We are a leading global providerbuilding an ecosystem of mission-critical communication infrastructure, devices, accessories,safety and security technologies that helps protect people, property and places, which include Land Mobile Radio Communications ("LMR" or "LMR Communications"), Video Security and Access Control ("Video")
3



and Command Center. Across all three technologies, we offer cloud-based and hybrid solutions, cybersecurity services, software and services. Our productssubscriptions services as well as managed and services help government,support services.
We are connecting public safety agencies and commercialenterprises to enable the collaboration that is critical for a proactive approach to safety and security. In addition to our support of police, fire and other emergency responders, we have a growing base of enterprise customers, improve their operations through increased effectiveness, efficiency,such as schools, hospitals and safetystadiums. We support the intersection of their mobile workforces. We serve our customerspublic, private and people, connecting those in need with a global footprint of sales in more than 100 countries based on our industry leading innovation and a deep portfolio of products and services.those who can help.
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware as the successor to an Illinois corporation, Motorola, Inc., organized in 1928. We changed our name from Motorola, Inc. to Motorola Solutions, Inc. on January 4, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 500 W. Monroe Street,St., Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Business Organization
We conductmanage our business globally and manage itorganizationally through two segments: Products“Products and Systems Integration” and “Software and Services.” Within these segments, we have principal product lines that also follow our three major technologies:
Products Segment
The Products segment offers an extensive portfolio of infrastructure,LMR Communications: Infrastructure, devices accessories,(two-way radio and software. The primary customers of the Products segment are government,broadband, including both for public safety and first-responder agencies, municipalities,professional and commercial radio ("PCR")) and industrialsoftware that enable communications, inclusive of installation and integration, backed by services, to assure availability, security and resiliency;
Video: Cameras (fixed, body-worn, in-vehicle), access control, infrastructure, video management, software and artificial intelligence ("AI")-powered analytics that help enable visibility and bring attention to what’s important; and
Command Center: Command center solutions and software applications that unify voice, video, data and analytics from public safety agencies, enterprises and the community to create a broad informational view to help simplify workflows and improve the accuracy and speed of decisions.
The Company has invested across these three technologies organically and through acquisitions to evolve its LMR focus and expand its safety and security products and services.
Our strategy is to generate value through our technologies that help meet the changing needs of our customers who operate private communications networksaround the world in protecting people, property and manageplaces. While each technology individually strives to make users safer and more productive, we believe we can enable better outcomes for our customers when we unite these technologies to work together. Our goal is to help remove silos and barriers between people and technologies, so that data unifies, information flows, operations run and collaboration improves to help strengthen safety and security everywhere. One example of this collaboration is highlighted by a mobile workforce. school setting. When a teacher presses a panic button on a phone, this can automatically notify local law enforcement of an emergency, trigger a lockdown to secure all entries, share live video feeds with first responders and send mass notifications to key stakeholders inside and outside the school, helping schools to detect, respond and resolve safety and security threats.
The principal products within each segment, by technology, are described below:
Products and Systems Integration Segment
In 2017,2023, the segment’s net sales were $3.8$6.2 billion, representing 59%63% of our consolidated net sales.    The Products segment has
LMR Communications
Our LMR Communications technology includes infrastructure and devices for LMR, public safety Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) and enterprise-grade private LTE. Our technology enables voice and multimedia collaborations across two-way radio, WiFi and public and private broadband networks. We are a global leader in the following two principal product lines:two-way radio category, including Project 25 (P25), Terrestrial Trunked Radio (“TETRA”) and Digital Mobile Radio (DMR), as well as other PCR solutions. We also deliver LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including devices operating in both low-band and mid-band frequencies, including Citizens’ Broadband Radio Service (CBRS) frequencies.
Devices:Devices includes: (i)We believe that public safety agencies and enterprises continue to trust LMR communications systems and devices because they are purpose-built and designed for reliability, availability, security and resiliency to withstand the most challenging conditions.
By extending our two-way portable radios with broadband data capabilities, we strive to provide our customers with greater functionality and vehicle-mounted radios, (ii) accessoriesmultimedia access to the information and data they need in their workflows. Examples include application services such as speaker microphones, batteries, earpieces, headsets, carry casesGPS location to better protect lone workers, job dispatch to share detailed information and cables,over-the-air programming to optimize device uptime. Our view is that complementary data applications such as these enable government, public safety and (iii) software featuresenterprise customers to work more efficiently and upgrades. Devicessafely, while maintaining their mission-critical voice communications to remain connected and working in collaboration with others.
Primary sources of revenue for this technology come from selling devices and building communications networks, including infrastructure, installation and integration with our customers’ technology environments. The LMR technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment represented 74%82% of the net sales of the Productstotal segment in 2017.2023.
Systems:Video
Our Video technology includes video management infrastructure, AI-powered security cameras including fixed and certain mobile video equipment as well as on-premise and cloud-based access control solutions. We deploy video security and access control solutions to thousands of government and enterprise customers around the world, including schools, transportation
4



systems, healthcare centers, public venues, commercial real estate, utilities, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, state and local law enforcement agencies and retailers. Organizations such as these utilize video security and access control to verify critical events or incidents in real-time and to provide data to investigate an event or incident after it happens.
Our view is that government and public safety customers in particular are increasingly turning to video security technologies, including fixed and mobile cameras, to increase visibility, accountability and safety for citizens, communities and first responders alike. Additionally, we believe that government, public safety agencies and enterprises are increasingly turning to scalable, cloud-based multi-factor authentication access control to make their facilities more secure.
The Video technology within the Products and Systems includes: (i) the radio network core and central processing software, (ii) base stations, (iii) consoles, (iv) repeaters, and (v) software applications and features. SystemsIntegration segment represented 26%18% of the net sales of the Productstotal segment in 2017.2023.
Our DevicesSoftware and Systems are based on the following industry technology standards:
Industry standard definitionThe Association of Public Safety Communications Officials
Project 25 standard ("APCO-25")
The European Telecommunications Standards Institute (“ETSI”)
Terrestrial Trunked Radio standard ("TETRA")
ETSI, Digital mobile radio ("DMR") and professional commercial radio ("PCR") standards
Industry standard nameAPCO P25TETRADMR
Motorola Solutions product nameASTRODimetra IPPCR MOTOTRBO (Digital)
Primary end usersGovernment, Public SafetyGovernment, Public SafetyCommercial
Primary geographic region of useNorth America, Latin America, Asia, Middle East, AfricaEurope, Asia, Latin America, Middle East, AfricaAll regions


Services Segment
The Services segment provides a full set of service offerings for government, public safety, and commercial communication networks. In 2017,2023, the segment’s net sales were $2.6$3.7 billion, representing 41%37% of our consolidated net sales. The Services segment has the following principal product lines:
LMR Communications
Integration servicesIntegration services includes the implementation, optimization, and integration of systems, devices, software, and applications. Integration services represented 30% of the net sales of the Services segment in 2017.
Managed & Support servicesManaged & Support services includes a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technicalLMR Communications services include support and hardware maintenance. More advanced offerings include network monitoring, software maintenance, and cyber security services. Managed service offerings range from partial or full operation of customer owned networks to operation of Motorola Solutions owned networks. Services and Software as a Service (SaaS) are provided across all radio network technologies, Command Center Software Offerings, and Smart Public Safety Solutions. Managed & Support services represented 69% of the net sales of the Services segment in 2017.
iDEN servicesIntegrated Digital Enhanced Network (“iDEN”) is a Motorola Solutions proprietary push-to-talk technology. iDEN services consist primarily of hardware and software maintenance services for our legacy iDEN customers and represented 1% of the net sales of the Services segment in 2017.
Strategy and Focus Areas
In 2018,managed services, which offer a broad continuum of support for our customers. Support services include repair and replacement, technical support and preventative maintenance, and more advanced offerings such as system monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operational support of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions will celebrate 90 years of providing public safety and commercial customers with secure and reliable mission critical communications.Solutions-owned communications networks. Our customerscustomers’ systems often have unique voice, data, and operational requirements. We offer comprehensive solutionsmulti-year or multi-decade lifespans that include infrastructure, devices, software applications, and services designed and delivered to enable our customers to safely and effectively accomplish their mission.
Our strategy for long-term growth and the evolution of our business includes organic and inorganic investments in the following three areas:
(i)Continued innovation in standards-based voice and data solutions spanning APCO 25, TETRA, DMR, and LTE technologies. Our dedication, focus, and innovation for public safety and commercial solutions built the foundation of our Land Mobile Radio ("LMR") platform business, which is reflected in our installed base of over 12,500 systems deployed in 100+ countries around the world. These systems have a multi-year and often multi-decade life span which driveshelp drive demand for additional device sales, software upgrades, device and infrastructure refresh and expansion,opportunities, as well as additional services to monitor, manage, maintain monitor, and managesecure these complex networks and solutions. We believe our government and commercial customers will continuestrive to require next-generation systems, enhanced software features and analytics, as well as incrementaldeliver services to drive operational efficiencies.
(ii)Managed and support services offerings that leverage our large global installed base and allow our customers tothat help improve performance across their systems, devices and applications for greater safety and productivity. Our comprehensive suite
Given the mission-critical nature of services - from repair, technical support,our customers’ operational environments, we aim to design the LMR networks they rely on for availability, security and resiliency. We have a comprehensive approach to system upgrades that addresses hardware, software and implementation services. As new system releases become available, we work with our customers to upgrade software, hardware, or both, with respect to site controllers, comparators, routers, LAN switches, servers, dispatch consoles, logging equipment, network management terminals, network security devices such as firewalls and intrusion detection sensors, on-site or remotely.
The LMR technology within the Software and Services segment represented 64% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.
Video
Video software includes video network management software, decision management and digital evidence management software, certain mobile video equipment, and advanced vehicle location data analysis software, including license plate recognition. Our software is designed to complement video hardware systems, providing end-to-end video security to help keep people, property and places safe.
Our video network management software is embedded with AI-powered analytics to deliver operational insights to our customers by bringing attention to important events within their video footage. Given the growing volume of video content, we believe that analytics are critical to deliver meaningful, action-oriented insights. Our view is that these insights can help to proactively detect an important event in real time as well as reactively search video content to detect an important event that occurred in the past. For example, AI-powered analytics can highlight unusual behavior such as a person at a facility out of hours, locate a missing child at a theme park with Appearance Search, flag a vehicle of interest at a school through license plate recognition, send an alert through access control if doors are propped open at a hospital, or trigger parallel workflows by activating a school's customized lockdown plan while simultaneously alerting first responders with video footage inside the school.
Our cloud technologies can offer organizations the ability to access, search and manage their video security and access control system from a centralized dashboard, accessible on remote devices such as smartphones and laptops. Additionally, our fixed video systems can be connected to the cloud, providing our customers with the ability to securely access video across their sites from a remote or central monitoring location.
Our Video services include our "video-as-a-service" subscription-based offerings for law enforcement, simplifying procurement by bundling hardware and software into a single subscription. For example, body cameras and in-car video systems can be paired with either on-premises or cloud-based digital evidence management software and complementary command center products. Our cloud solutions are also sold as-a-service, available as single-year to operationmulti-year hosted services, supporting our customers with upgrades and software enhancements to help ensure system performance and technological advancement.
The Video technology within the Software and Services segment represented 16% of customer owned networks or Motorola Solutions owned networks, ensures continuitythe net sales of the total segment in 2023.
Command Center
Our Command Center portfolio consists of native cloud, hybrid and reduces risks for continued critical communications operations. Today, agency procurement models are primarily capex investments in customer owned and operatedon-premises software solutions with long-term contracts. As agencies seek budget predictability, increased flexibility, and outcome based solutions, there continues to be a shift to alternative consumption models. We feel our suite of services positions us well for this change and allows us to provide incremental, value-added services for our customers.
(iii)Software solutions tothat support the entire public safety workflow - from the command center to mobile applications in the field to post-incident analytics. Today,complex process of the public safety workflow is addressed byfrom "911 call to case closure." From the moment a varietyperson contacts 911, an array of point solutions. Motorola Solutions is attemptingindividuals engage to expand its software offeringsgather information to provide solutions acrosscoordinate a response and manage the various segmentspost-incident resolution. These individuals
5



include dispatchers who route calls to police, fire and emergency medical services, first responders in the field, intelligence analysts who manage real-time operations, records specialists who preserve the integrity of information and evidence, crime analysts who identify patterns and accelerate investigations, and corrections officers who oversee jail and inmate management.
Additionally, to help ensure that individuals within the public safety workflow. Asworkflow can work as efficiently, effectively and safely as possible, we believe it’s important that individuals within enterprise settings and communities can communicate and collaborate directly with public safety agencies, particularly during emergencies. We remain focused on strengthening the intersection of public safety and enterprise security, offering solutions that are designed to help individuals, enterprises and public safety agencies work together and share the information in an effort to help prevent critical incidents from occurring and better inform an emergency response when an incident unfolds.
Our Command Center software supports all of these individuals through the three phases of incident or event: detection, response and resolution. Detection software includes community engagement and alert applications for tip submissions, crime mapping and evidence submission, mass notification, panic buttons that can share real-time incident details and location, 911 call management software (including multimedia and AI-powered language transcription) and next-generation core services for 911 call routing. Response software includes voice and computer-aided dispatch (CAD) for dispatch and coordinating first response, collaboration software to share operational updates, real-time intelligence software that shows a single, real-time view of video feeds and other alerts on a map, and field response and reporting to help frontline personnel collaborate, manage incident activity and file reports from the field. Resolution software includes centralized records for streamlined reporting and record keeping, evidence management for gathering, managing and sharing multimedia evidence throughout an incident's lifecycle, and investigative tools that uncover connections across records, vehicles and images in an effort to identify crime trends.
Another area of public safety evolution is the increasing adoption of Next Generation 911 Core Services (“NGCS”), a group of products and services needed to create infrastructure connectivity in order to process a 911 call using Next Generation (“NG”) technology. The NG infrastructure is an Emergency Service IP Network ("ESInet"), which can carry voice, data and multimedia. ESInet enables 911 call takers at public safety answering points to respond to text, video and data. Our NGCS can be offered as a managed service and includes call routing, ESInet, location services, geographic information services, cybersecurity and our continuous communications network and security operations center dedicated to public safety.
Command Center also includes interoperability solutions that provide connectivity across LMR and broadband networks to help ensure that communication is not limited by coverage area, network technology or device type. Additionally, Command Center includes push-to-talk ("PTT") devices that deliver voice communications over LTE and Wi-Fi, and advanced back-end systems that enable and manage interoperable communications, capable of scaling from small enterprises to nationwide cellular networks. For example, a two-way radio network can connect with an LTE network, assisting individuals in communicating securely and more easily across technologies. These solutions can provide our public safety customers with the critical interoperability between multiple agencies' networks, facilitating a coordinated response.
Finally, as the Command Center market continues to embrace software offeringsevolve from on-premises to hybrid and cloud "software-as-a-service" ("SaaS") technologies to improve their operations, reduce response times and increase officer availability, we offer both native cloud-based applications and cloud features that enhance on-premises applications. We believe this flexibility helps our customers to optimize their investments and enhance their workflows, we are able to sell cloud-first SaaS offeringssystems with the technologies of their choice.
The Command Center technology within the Software and Services segment represented 20% of the net sales of the total segment in addition to on-premise solutions with ancillary implementation and managed services.2023.
Our Customers and Contracts
We address the communication needs ofserve government agencies, state and local public safety and first-responder agencies, andas well as commercial and industrial customers who utilize private communications networks and manage a mobile workforce.customers. Our customer base is fragmented and widespread when considering the many levels of governmentalgovernment public safety agency and first-responderprivate sector decision-makers that procure and use our products and services. Serving this global customer base spanning federal, state, county, province, territory, municipal, and departmental independent bodies, along with our commercial and industrial customers, requires a significant go-to-market investment.
Our sales model includes both direct sales by our in-house sales force, which tends to focus on our largest accounts, and sales through our channel partner program. Our trained channel partners include independent dealers, distributors and software vendors around the world. The dealers and distributors each have their own sales organizations that complement and extend the reach of our sales force. The independent software vendors offer customized applications that meet specific needs inof the verticalscustomers we serve.
Our largest customers are the U.S. federal government (through multiple contracts with its various branches and agencies, including the armed services) and the Home Office of the United Kingdom ("the Home Office"), representing approximately 9%8% and 8%6% of our consolidated net sales in 2017,2023, respectively. The loss of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue


and earnings over several quarters as many of our contracts with these governments are long-term in nature. For further discussion of our contracts with the Home Office, see "Part II. Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this Form 10-K. All contracts with the U.S. federal government, and certain other government agencies within the U.S., are subject to cancellation at the customer’s convenience. For a discussion of risks related to government contracting requirements,these contracts and customer relationships, please refer to “Item“Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Net salesFactors” in the Americas continued to comprise a significant portion of our business, accounting for 68%, 68% and 71% of our consolidated net sales in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.this Form 10-K.
Payment terms with our customers vary worldwide. Generally, contractual payment terms range from 30 to 45 days from the invoice date within North America and typically do not exceed 90 days from the invoice date in regions outside of North
6



America. A portion of our contracts include implementation milestones, such as delivery, installation, and system acceptance, which generally take 30 to 180360 days to complete. Invoicing the customer is dependent on completion of the milestones. We generally do not grant extended payment terms. As required for competitive reasons, we may provide long-term financing in connection with equipment purchases. Financing may cover all or a portion of the purchase price. Refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to requests by customers to provide vendor financing.
Generally, our contracts do not include a right of return, other than for standard warranty provisions. Due to customer purchasing patterns and the cyclical nature of the markets we serve, our sales tendhistorically have tended to be somewhat higher in the second half of the year, with the fourth quarter being the highest.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive markets that are sensitive to technological advances. Competitive factors in these markets include product quality and reliability, technological capabilities, cost-effectiveness and industry experience. In operating in these competitive markets, we have broadened how we work with our customers, expanding from our global LMR installed base to integrate Video and Command Center. For example, our Command Center suite can integrate our customers’ LMR systems to provide unified voice and data information throughout the critical 911 workflow. Adding Video enables multimedia collaboration and offers visibility for police officers within the command center and in the field. The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Key competitive factors include: performance, features, quality, availability, warranty, price, vendor financing, availabilityinterplay of service, company reputationtechnologies, guided by our deep knowledge of the public safety and financial strength, partner community,enterprise workflows, delivers customers one connected system to unify their critical communications, video security, access control, data, and relationships with customers. Our strong reputation with customers and partners, trusted brand, technology leadership, breadth of portfolio, product performance, and specialized support services position us well for success.analytics streams.
We experience widespread competition from a growing number of existing and new competitors, including large system integrators and manufacturers of private and public wireless network equipment and devices. Traditional Land Mobile Radio competitors include: Harris, Hytera, Airbus, and Kenwood.
As demand for fully integrated voice, data, and broadband systems continuetechnologies continues to grow, we may face additional competition from public telecommunications carriers and telecommunications equipment providers. As we continueproviders to evolve our Integration services and Managed & Support services strategy, we may work with other companies on a consortium or joint venture basis as customers' delivery needs become more complex to fulfill.small video solutions startups.
Our continued focus on growingmajor competitors within our LMR, Video and Command Center suite has added additional competitors such as: West Corporation, Intergraph, Tri-Tech, and Zetron.technologies include the following companies:
Several other competitive factors may have an impact on our future business including: evolving spectrum mandates by government regulators, increasing investment by broadband and IP solution providers, and new low-tier competitors.
TechnologyCompetitor
LMRAirbus, BK Technologies, Hytera, iCOM, JVCKenwood Corporation, L3Harris Technologies, RCA, Samsung, Sepura, Tait, Zebra
VideoAllegion, Assa Abloy, Axis Communications, Axon Enterprise, Brivo, Dahua Technology Company, dormakaba, Genetec, Hanwha Group, Hikvision, Honeywell, Milestone Systems, Spectrum Brands, Verkada
Command CenterAlertMedia, Axon Enterprise, CentralSquare Technologies, Comtech Telecommunications, Everbridge, Fusus, Genetec, Hexagon, Intrado, Mark43, Omnilert, Onsolve, Oracle Public Safety, Tyler Technologies

Other Information
Backlog
Our backlog for the Products and Services segments includes all product and service orders that have been received and are believed to be firm. As of December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 2016,2022, our backlog was as follows:
 December 31
(In millions)20232022
Products and Systems Integration$4,993 $4,900 
Software and Services9,266 9,447 
$14,259 $14,347 
 December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Products$1,895
 $1,513
Services7,717
 6,858
 $9,612
 $8,371
The increase in backlogApproximately 60% of $1.2 billion is driven by acquisitions and growth in both the Products and Services segments absent of acquisitions. Approximately 54% of the ProductsSystems Integration segment backlog and 25%27% of the Software and Services segment backlog is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018.2024. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change. In the fourth quarter of 2023, our backlog in the Software and Services segment was reduced by $777 million related to the Airwave contract with the Home Office, as per the pricing control directed under the remedies order published by the United Kingdom's Competition and Markets Authority (the "CMA") for services contracted through 2026, inclusive of the five month period beginning August 1, 2023. Refer to "Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties associated with the CMA's remedies order.
7



Recent Acquisitions
TechnologySegmentAcquisitionDescriptionPurchase PriceDate of Acquisition
Video Security and Access ControlProducts and Systems IntegrationIPVideo CorporationCreator of a multifunctional safety and security device.$170 million and share-based compensation of $5 millionDecember 15, 2023
Command CenterSoftware and ServicesRave Mobile Safety, Inc.
("Rave Mobile")
Provider of mass notification and incident management services.$553 million and share-based compensation of $2 millionDecember 14, 2022
LMR CommunicationsProducts and Systems IntegrationFuturecom Systems Group, ULCProvider of radio coverage extension solutions.$30 millionOctober 25, 2022
LMR CommunicationsProducts and Systems IntegrationBarrett Communications Pty LtdProvider of specialized radio communications.$18 millionAugust 8, 2022
Video Security and Access ControlProducts and Systems IntegrationVideotec S.p.A.Provider of ruggedized video security solutions.$23 million and share-based compensation of $4 millionMay 12, 2022
Video Security and Access ControlSoftware and ServicesCalipsa, Inc.Provider of cloud-native advanced video analytics.$39 million and share-based compensation of $4 millionApril 19, 2022
LMR CommunicationsSoftware and ServicesTETRA Ireland Communications LimitedProvider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service.$120 millionMarch 23, 2022
Video Security and Access Control
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Ava Security LimitedProvider of cloud-native video security and analytics.$388 million and share-based awards and compensation of $7 millionMarch 3, 2022
Command CenterSoftware and Services911 Datamaster, Inc.Provider of Next Generation 911 data solutions that help to ensure emergency calls are accurately located and routed based on the caller's location.$35 million and share-based compensation of $3 millionDecember 16, 2021
Video Security and Access Control
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Envysion, Inc.Provider of enterprise video security and business analytics.$124 million and share-based compensation of $1 millionOctober 29, 2021
Video Security and Access Control
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Openpath Security, Inc.Provider of cloud-based mobile access control.$298 million and share-based compensation of $29 millionJuly 15, 2021
8



Research and Development
We continue to prioritize investments in research and development ("R&D&D") to expand and improve our portfolio of products through both new product introductions and continuous enhancements to our core products. Our R&D programs are focused on the development of: (i) new public safety devices, infrastructure, softwareof LMR Communications, Video and solutions, (ii) Command Center applications that include voice, data, and video, and (iii) public safety broadband solutions based on the LTE technology.Center.
R&D expenditures were $568$858 million in 2017, $5532023, $779 million in 2016,2022 and $620$734 million in 2015.2021. As of December 31, 2017,2023, we had approximately 5,0008,000 employees engaged in R&D activities. In addition, we engage in R&D activities with joint development and manufacturing partners and outsource certain activities to engineering firms to further supplement our internal spend.


Intellectual Property Matters
Patent protection is an important aspect of our operations. We have a portfolio of U.S. and foreign utility and design patents relating to our products, systems and technologies, including research developments in radio frequency technology and circuits, wireless network technologies, over-the-air protocols, mission criticalmission-critical communications, software and services, video security and access control, and next-generation public safety. We have filedEach year, we also file new patent applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent offices.
We license some of our patents to third-parties, but licensing revenue is not a significant source of revenue.revenue for our business. We are also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year-to-year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to the license. Motorola Solutions has a royalty-free license under all of the patents and patent applications assigned to Motorola Mobility at the time of the separation of the two businesses in 2011.
We actively participate in the development of standards for interoperable, mission-critical digital two-way radio systems. Our patents are used in standards in which our products and services are based. We offer standards-based licenses to those patents on fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory terms.
We believe that our patent portfolio will continue to provide us with a competitive advantage in our core product areas as well as provide leverage in the development of future technologies. While we are not dependent upon a single patent or even a few patents, we do have patents that protect features and functionality of our products and services. While these patents are important, our success also depends upon our extensive know-how, innovative culture, technicaltechnological leadership and distribution channels. We do not rely solely on patents or other intellectual property rights to protect or establish our market position; however, we will enforce our intellectual property rights in certain technologies when it is necessary to protect our innovation, or in some cases where attempts to negotiate mutually agreeablemutually-agreeable licenses are not successful.
We seek to obtain patents, copyright registrations, and trademarkstrademark registrations to protect our proprietary positions whenever possible and wherever practical. As of December 31, 2017,2023, we owned approximately 4,4026,560 granted patents in the U.S. and in foreign countries. As of December 31, 2017, wecountries and had approximately 1,210775 U.S. and foreign patent applications pending. Foreign patents and patent applications are mostly counterparts of our U.S. patents. During 2017,2023, we were granted approximately 404275 patents in the U.S. and in foreign countries.
We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and, since 2010, we licensehave licensed the Motorola Marks from Motorola Mobility,Trademark Holdings, LLC. which is currently owned by Lenovo.Motorola Mobility. For a description of the risks we face related to intellectual property, refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.
Inventory and Raw Materials
Our practice is to carry reasonable amountsinventory levels to meet customers' delivery requirements. In 2023, we reduced our inventory carrying levels as compared to 2022, in response to improved supply conditions of semiconductors. We expect to continue to actively manage our inventory levels in the future, including by continuing to carry increased levels of inventory in targeted areas to meet customers’ deliverysupport increased demand and customer requirements. We provide custom products whichthat require the stocking of inventories and a large variety of piece parts and replacement parts in order to meet delivery and warranty requirements. To the extent suppliers’supplier product life cycles are shorter than ours;ours, stocking of lifetime buy inventories ismay be required to meet long-term warranty and contractual requirements. In addition, replacement parts are stocked for delivery on customer demand within a short delivery cycle.
Availability of required materials and components is generally dependable; however, particularly within the semiconductor market, fluctuations in supply and market demand couldin 2023 continued to cause selective shortages and affectincreased costs driven by the need to purchase semiconductor components from alternative sources, including brokers. Due to the improvements in semiconductor supply in 2023, we reduced our resultsneed for alternative sources and brokers as compared to 2022, and we expect continued reductions in 2024. For a description of operations. risks related to our supply chain, including relating to the semiconductor market, refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.
We currently procure certain materials and components from single-source vendors. A material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. If certain single-source suppliers were to become capacity constrained or insolvent, it could result in a reduction or interruption in supplies, or an increase in the price of supplies, and adversely impact our financial results.
In addition, we import materials and components that are subject to import duties. The duties and tariffs we are subject to do not have a significant impact on our financial results.
9



Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to our manufacturing facilities and the manufacturing facilities of our largest outsourced manufacturing suppliers. In 2023, we finalized a strategic agreement to sell our video manufacturing operations to a contract manufacturer, including the transfer of employees. As needed, we may subcontract work to other companies to fulfill customer needs in geographical areas that we do not have coverage for or for additional services that we do not provide. For a description of risks related to our use of the services of subcontractors, refer to "Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K.
Natural gas, electricity and, to a lesser extent, oil are the primary sources of energy for our manufacturing operations. Each of these resources is currently in adequate supply for our operations. The cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices and external third-party logistics rates for inbound and outbound air lanes. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to our manufacturing facilities and the manufacturing facilities of our largest outsourced manufacturing suppliers. Difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned resources, or a significant cost increase,increases, could affect our financial results.
Environmental QualityGovernment Regulations
Environment, Worker Health and Regulatory MattersSafety & Climate Regulations
Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment and worker health and safety, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites, as well as relating to the protection of the environment. Certain products of ours are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products. During 2017, compliance with these U.S.
Certain aspects of our operations and supply chain have become, and are expected to become increasingly subject to federal, state, and local and international laws, did not have a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings,regulations and international treaties and industry standards relating to climate change. For example, in the European Union (the "EU"), the EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and EU taxonomy initiatives will introduce additional due diligence and disclosure requirements addressing sustainability that will apply or competitive position.we expect will apply, as applicable, to us in the coming years.
Radio Spectrum Regulations
Radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data and video communications service.services. The allocation of spectrumfrequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services, including commercial and specifically to public safety users. In the U.S., the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (“NTIA”) regulate spectrum use by non-federal entities and federal entities, respectively. Similarly, countries around the world have one or more regulatory bodies that define and implement the rules for use of radio spectrum, pursuant to their respective national laws and international coordination under the International Telecommunications Union


(“ITU”). We manufacture and market products and provide services in spectrum bands already made availableallocated by regulatory bodies. These include voice and data infrastructure, mobile radios and portable or hand-held devices. Consequently, our results could be positively or negatively affected by the rules and regulations adopted from time to time by the FCC, NTIA, ITU, or regulatory agencies in other countries.agencies. Our products operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. The availability of additional radio spectrum may provide new business opportunities. Conversely, the loss of available radio spectrum may result in the loss of business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands may also provide opportunities(e.g., the sharing of previously dedicated or other spectrum) may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed. Based on growing demands for broadband, regulators continue to consider repurposing narrowband spectrum to broadband.
Telecommunications Regulations
Certain of our offerings include telecommunications or other communications services that are or may be subject to regulation in various federal, state, and international jurisdictions. For example, we are a provider of selective routing services for 911 calls in the US, which subjects us to various regulations including those for 911 service reliability. As television transmissionanother example, we provide WAVE PTX push-to-talk offerings with and reception technology transitions from analog to more efficient digital modes,without telecommunications connectivity in various countries aroundinternationally. Additional types of regulations applicable to our offerings that include telecommunications or other communications services may include certification or licensing requirements, lawful intercept compliance obligations, cybersecurity and incident response obligations, and regulatory fee requirements. If we do not comply with applicable rules and regulations, we could be subject to enforcement actions, fines, and restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services.
Artificial Intelligence and Biometrics Regulations
The U.S. federal government and many state and local governments have adopted or are considering laws or regulations governing the world are examining,use of AI and biometrics, including facial recognition and license plate recognition technology, which in some cases already pursuing, the redevelopment of portions of the television spectrum. Ininstances cover certain products and services we offer. Similar laws and regulations are being enacted or considered in some jurisdictions outside the U.S., spectrum historically used for broadcast television, known asincluding the 700MHz band, has been redeveloped and deployed for new uses (the so-called “digital dividend” spectrum), including broadband and narrowband wireless communications. In 2016, this trend continued in the US and additional TV spectrum in the 600MHz band was auctioned for broadband communications (part of the “Broadcast Incentive Auction”). This auction closed in April 2017, but auction winners will not get access to the spectrum for several years.
Internationally, the ITU World Radio Conference ("WRC") is held every three to four years to discuss and promote global agreement on the use and cooperation of spectrum usage. The most recent WRC-15 was held in November 2015. During this conference, leaders from United Nations member countries consideredEU. Such regulation could impact a number of initiatives,our products, including whethervideo security products that include AI technology.
Compliance with the laws currently in effect described above did not have a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position in 2021, 2022 and 2023. For a description of the risks we face related to allocate additional spectrumthese and other regulatory matters, refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.
Human Capital Management
We have a "people first" philosophy. Our employees are our driving force, drawn from all segments of our global society to make a difference for commercial broadband useour customers.
As of December 31, 2023, we employed approximately 21,000 people globally with 53% in the North America region and 47% in the International region. Of our total global employees, 40% were employed in engineering.
Our goal is to foster a workplace where our employees feel that their unique perspectives, cultures and abilities contribute to their personal success, as well as whetherour Company’s success. We believe the next big idea can come from anyone, anywhere, at
10



any time. We offer structured mentorship and rotational programs and invest in employees’ development and training enabling them to allocate spectrum dedicated for public safety broadband. The WRC has agreednetwork, develop and grow their skills to support countries making individual decisions to allocate spectrum for public safety broadband ininfluence the 700MHz and 800MHz spectrum bands. Studies are underway to assess whether and how much spectrum is needed and to develop recommendations on where in the spectrum range the spectrum should be allocated (taking into account regional and global harmonization to the extent practicable). Motorola Solutions continues to work with its customers and governments around the world to advocate for future allocations of dedicated broadband spectrum for public safety which will provide new business opportunities for us in the future.
Several major markets including: Canada, the United States, the UAE, Mexico, Singapore, and South Korea have already set aside broadband spectrum for use by public safety and enterprise security. Employees also have access to a wide variety of technical, functional and professional skills learning resources, including virtual, self-directed courses and on-the-job learning opportunities.
We strive for business growth by creating a supportive, equitable and inclusive environment where employees feel engaged, connected to our business and invested in the wider first-respondercollective success of our customers and communities. We believe this trend will continue over timeOur human resources team works with leaders within each business function to perform annual talent reviews to assess the performance of every team member and identify development opportunities, which complement our additional specialized training for such leaders to use our corporate values to guide behaviors and lead teams. This comprehensive process fosters growth across our Company by focusing on our high-potential talent and the planned implementationrigor of broadband public safety networks provides new opportunitiessuccession plan development for our broadband portfoliomost critical roles.
As part of our compensation philosophy, we strive to offer and services growth strategy. In addition, certain countries, in response to increasing security concerns, already have spectrum landscapes that permit country administrations to allocate public safety spectrum quickly without a protracted process or agreement. Some other markets including Australiamaintain market-competitive wages, incentives and the UK are launching broadband public safety networks drawing on basic LTE infrastructure built by the carriers. These trends also provide opportunitiesbenefits for our broadbandemployees to attract and services portfolio.retain talent, and we review our rewards programs each year in an effort to ensure they are competitive with local market practices in the industries and countries where we operate. More specifically, our total rewards package for our global employees includes broad-based stock grants and bonuses, an employee stock purchase plan, healthcare, wellness and retirement benefits, paid parental and family leave, commuter benefits, paid time off (including flexible time off for U.S. exempt employees), flexible work options and other assistance and support for employees going through life changing events.
We value diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”), and continue to incorporate DEI practices into our recruiting. We maintain partnerships with organizations that help generate a diverse and inclusive talent pipeline. In 2023, we launched GO ALL INclusive, an initiative aimed at celebrating and promoting our "inclusive" corporate value by highlighting ways in which all employees can reflect, recognize and reward inclusive behaviors. We also grew membership within our eight business councils with the goal of enabling employees from diverse backgrounds to feel a sense of belonging in a supportive community and safe environment. Juneteenth was designated as a paid company holiday for all U.S. employees and added to the U.S. holiday calendar, while National Day for Truth and Reconciliation was designated as a paid company holiday for all Canadian employees and added to the Canadian holiday calendar - both beginning in 2024. Finally, we published demographic data on our DEI website, including regarding employees who self identify as LGBTQ+, Veteran or Persons with Disabilities. The Motorola Solutions Foundation also increased its charitable giving as compared to 2022.
Employees    The safety of our employees remains a priority, and we continuously strive to provide a safe and injury-free workplace, using our global environmental, health and safety (“EHS”) management system to ensure program and reporting consistency at all of our sites. Our general approach includes assessing risks and identifying controls through the use of our comprehensive job hazard and risk assessment tool.
At December 31, 2017,Additional information regarding how our purpose and December 31, 2016 we had approximately 15,000ethics informs our approach to corporate responsibility can be found in our Corporate Responsibility Report, which is available on our website. The information contained on or accessible through our corporate website, including but not limited to our DEI website and 14,000 employees, respectively.our Corporate Responsibility Report, is not incorporated by reference into and is not a part of this Form 10-K.
Material Dispositions
On October 27, 2014, we completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities of the Enterprise business to Zebra Technologies Corporation ("Zebra"). The financial results of the disposed business have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The results of discontinued operations are discussed in further detail in the “Discontinued Operations” footnote included in Item 8.None.
Financial Information About Geographic Areas    
The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 12, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region” of Part II, "Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this document, the “Results of Operations—2017 Compared to 2016” and “Results of Operations—2016 Compared to 2015” sections of Part II, “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 1A: Risk Factors” of this document.
Financial Information About Segments  
The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 12, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” of Part II, "Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this document.
Available Information
We make available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website, www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, other reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and all other reports and amendments filed with, or furnished to, those reportsthe SEC simultaneously or as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our reports are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.www.sec.gov. Also available free of charge on our website as provided above are the following corporate governance documents:
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restated Certificate of Incorporation with Amendments
Conformed Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (amended Jan. 4, 2011)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola, Inc. (effective Jan. 4, 2011)


Certificate of Ownership and Merger of Motorola Name Change Corporation into Motorola, Inc. (effective Jan. 4, 2011)
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws
Board Governance Guidelines
Director Independence Guidelines
Principles of Conduct for Members of the Motorola Solutions, Inc. Board of Directors
Motorola Solutions Code of Business Conduct, which is applicable to all Motorola Solutions employees, including the principal executive officers, the principal financial officer and the controller (principal accounting officer)
Audit Committee Charter
Compensation and Leadership Committee Charter
Governance and Nominating Committee Charter
11



All of our reports and corporate governance documents may also be obtained electronically and without charge by contacting Investor Relations Motorola Solutions, Inc., Corporate Offices, 500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60661, E-mail: at investors@motorolasolutions.com. This annual report on Form 10-K and Definitive Proxy Statement are available on the Internet at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors and may also be requested in hardcopy by completing the on-line request form available onOur website (including our DEI website at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors. Our Internet websitereferenced above) and the information contained therein or incorporated therein are not intended to be incorporated by reference into and are not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
12



Item 1A: Risk Factors
We face a numberYou should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to our other filings with the SEC and the other information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” section in Part II. Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements in Part II. Item 8. If any of the risks related to current global economic and political conditions, including low economic growth ratesuncertainties described in certain markets, the impact of currency fluctuations, commodity price volatility, and unstable political conditions that have and couldcautionary factors described below actually occur or continue to unfavorably impactoccur, our business.
Global economicbusiness, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and political conditions continue to be challenging for manythe trading price of our governmentcommon stock could be materially and commercial markets, as economic growth in many countries, particularly in partsadversely affected. These risks may be amplified by the effects of Latin Americamacroeconomic events or developments. Moreover, the risks below are not the only risks we face and in other emerging markets, has remained lowadditional risks not currently known to us or declined, currency fluctuations have impacted profitability, credit markets have remained tight for certain counterparties of oursthat we presently deem immaterial may emerge or become material at any time and many of our customers remain dependent on government grants to fund purchases of our products and services. In addition, conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere have created many economic and political uncertainties that continue to impact worldwide markets. The length of time these adverse economic and political conditions may persist is unknown. These global economic and political conditions have impacted and could continue tonegatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in a number of ways, including:
Requests by Customers for Vendor Financing by Motorola Solutions: Certain customers of ours, particularly, but not limited to, those who purchase large infrastructure systems, request that their suppliers provide financing in connection with equipment purchases and/reputation or the provisiontrading price of solutionsour common stock.
Risks Related to Laws and services, particularly asRegulations
We are subject to complex and changing laws and regulations in various jurisdictions regarding privacy, data protection, information security, and cybersecurity which exposes us to increased costs and potential liabilities in the sizeevent of any actual or perceived failure to comply with such legal and lengthcompliance obligations and could adversely affect our business.
The EU adopted the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) which took effect on May 25, 2018, harmonizing data protection laws across the EU. The GDPR strengthens individual privacy rights and enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of these typespersonal data. This includes expanded disclosures about how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention of contracts increasesinformation and asmandatory data breach notification requirements. Noncompliance with the GDPR can trigger significant fines.
U.S. federal, state and other foreign governments and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, storage, use, processing and disclosure of personal data. Several state governments within the U.S. have recently enacted their own versions of “GDPR-like” privacy legislation, which has created, and we increase our business in developing countries. Requests for vendor financingexpect will continue to, increasecreate additional compliance challenges, risk, and administrative burden. Comprehensive U.S. federal privacy legislation is also being discussed seriously by lawmakers, and the Federal Trade Commission has commenced a privacy rulemaking that may attempt to implement nationwide rules. These proposals, as well as other standalone federal bills, could restrict the ability of law enforcement to purchase data from private companies. It is possible that a one-size fits all compliance program may be difficult to achieve and manage globally, and that we will be forced to comply with a patchwork of inconsistent privacy regulations.
Also, several other countries in volumewhich we operate, including Australia and scope, includingBrazil, have established legal requirements for cross-border data transfers. There is continued uncertainty concerning rules related to transfers of EU and United Kingdom (“UK”) personal data outside of their respective jurisdictions. There is also an increasing trend towards data localization policies. Cloud-based solutions may be subject to further regulation with respect to data localization requirements and restrictions on the international transfer of data. If countries implement more restrictive regulations for cross-border personal data transfers (or customers do not permit personal data to leave the country of origin), it could affect the manner in responsewhich we provide our services or the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, which could adversely impact our business.
In addition, various jurisdictions in which we operate have adopted or are expected to reduced tax revenue atpromulgate cybersecurity regulations that would apply directly to our products and services. For example, in the state and local government level and ongoing tightening of credit for certain commercial customers. Motorola Solutions has continuedEU, we are subject to, provide vendor financing to both our government and commercial customers. We have been faced with and expect to continue to be facedsubject to, cybersecurity regulations for certain services we provide. These regulations expose us to increased costs to address compliance obligations and potential liability in the event of any failure to comply with choosing betweensuch regulations, which could result in fines and penalties, reputational harm, and adversely affect our business. Because the interpretation and application of privacy, data protection, information security and cybersecurity laws are complex and still uncertain; it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing practices or the features of our products, software and services. Any failure or perceived failure by us, our business partners, or third-party service providers to comply with such laws and regulations, or the privacy commitments in contracts, could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others and significant fines, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results and harm our reputation.
Existing or future legislation and regulations pertaining to AI, AI-enabled products and the use of biometrics (e.g., facial recognition) or other video analytics that apply to us or to our customers may make it more challenging, costly, or in some cases prohibit certain products or services from being offered or modified and subject us to regulatory and litigation risks and potential liabilities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Current or future legislation and governmental regulations pertaining to AI, AI-enabled products and the use of biometrics or other video analytics may affect how our business is conducted or expose us to unfavorable developments resulting from changes in the regulatory landscape. For example, President Biden’s recent Executive Order on Safe, Secure, and Trustworthy Artificial Intelligence has potentially broad implications on the development and use of AI across agencies within the United States, and could also result in extensive compliance requirements for companies like ours that sell solutions with AI applications. As another example, the AI Act in the EU, which received high-level political agreement in December 2023, and is anticipated to be passed into law by mid-2024, is expected to place severe restrictions on the use of AI for real-time “biometric identification” by law enforcement, and implement significant compliance requirements on the development and use of AI for biometric identification of any kind. If adopted, it is also expected to place compliance requirements on a variety of other AI uses
13



by law enforcement, as well as on the companies that develop those products, including us. Other such laws are expected to pass around the globe in the coming months and years.
With respect to biometrics and other analytics, laws such as the Biometric Information Privacy Act in Illinois have restricted the collection, use and storage of biometric information and provide a private right of action of persons who are aggrieved by violations of the act. Additionally, laws such as the California automatic license plate recognition (“ALPR”) statute regulate the use of ALPRs and provide a private right of action to persons who have suffered actual damages from violation of the statute. The Federal Trade Commission has increasingly pursued enforcement actions against companies for the misuse of biometric information and the use of facial recognition technology without implementing appropriate safeguards. Such legislation, regulations, and enforcement actions have exposed us to, and we expect that they will continue to expose us to, regulatory and litigation risks.
Legislation and governmental regulations related to AI and the use of biometrics and other video analytics may also influence our current and prospective customers’ activities, as well as their expectations and needs in relation to our products and services. Compliance with these laws and regulations may be onerous and expensive, and may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing our levelthe cost of vendor financingcompliance and the risk of liability. It is also not clear how existing and future laws and regulations governing issues such as AI, AI-enabled products, biometrics and other video analytics apply or potentially losing sales, as some of our competitors, particularly those in Asia, have been more willing to provide vendor financing to customers around the world, particularly customers in Africa and Latin America. To the extent we are unable to sell these receivables on terms acceptable to us we may retain exposurewill be enforced with respect to the credit qualityproducts and services we sell.
Any such increase in costs or increased risk of our customers who we finance.
Customers' Inability to Obtain Financing to Make Purchases from Motorola Solutions and/or Maintain Their Business: Some of our customers require substantial financing, including public financing or government grants, in order to fund their operations and make purchases from us. The inability of these customers to obtain sufficient credit or other funds, includingliability as a result of lower tax revenues, currency fluctuationschanges in these laws and regulations or unavailability of government grants, to finance purchases ofin their interpretation could individually, or in the aggregate, make our products and services and/that use AI technologies, biometrics or other video analytics less attractive to our customers, cause us to change or limit our business practices or affect our financial condition and operating results.
Government regulation of radio frequencies may limit the growth of private and public safety narrowband and broadband systems or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.
Radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data, and video communications services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum is allocated to wireless services, including commercial and public safety users. The global demand for wireless communications has grown exponentially, and spurred competition for access among various networks and users. In response, regulators are reassessing the allocations of spectrum among users, including public safety users, and considering whether to change the allocation of certain spectrum bands from narrowband to broadband use, or to require sharing of spectrum bands. Our results could be negatively affected by the rules and regulations adopted by regulators. Our products operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. The loss of available radio spectrum may result in the loss of business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands (e.g., the sharing of previously dedicated or other spectrum) may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed.
A portion of our business is dependent upon U.S. government contracts and grants, which are highly regulated and subject to disclosure obligations and oversight audits by U.S. government representatives and subject to cancellations. Any such disclosure events, audits or noncompliance with such regulations and laws could result in adverse findings and negatively impact our business.
Our business with or funded by the U.S. government is subject to specific laws and regulations with numerous and unique compliance requirements relating to formation, administration and performance of U.S. federal or federally funded contracts. These requirements, which may increase or change over time, may increase our performance and compliance costs thereby reducing our margins, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. Violations or other failures to comply with these laws, regulations or other compliance requirements could lead to terminations for default, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time or other adverse actions. Such laws, regulations or other compliance requirements include those related to procurement integrity, export control, U.S. government security and information security regulations, supply chain and sourcing requirements and restrictions, employment practices, protection of criminal justice data, protection of the environment, accuracy of records, proper recording of costs, foreign corruption, Trade Agreements Act, Buy America Act, other domestic content requirements, and the False Claims Act.
Generally, in the U.S., government contracts and grants are subject to certain voluntary or mandatory disclosure obligations and oversight audits by government representatives. Such disclosures or audits could result in adjustments to our contracts. For contracts covered by the Cost Accounting Standards, any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract may not be allowed, and such costs already reimbursed may have to be refunded. Future disclosures, audits and adjustments, if required, may materially reduce our revenues or profits upon completion and final negotiation of such disclosure events or audits. Negative disclosure or audit findings could also result in investigations, termination of a contract or grant, forfeiture of profits or reimbursements, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. government. All contracts with the U.S. government can be terminated for convenience by the government at any time.
Certain of our offerings include services that are subject to telecommunications regulations in various jurisdictions, which expose us to increased costs to address compliance obligations and potential liability in the event of any failure to comply with such regulations, which could result in fines and penalties, reputational harm and adversely affect our business.
We are a provider of certain services that include telecommunications in the U.S., including selective routing services for 911 calls. As such, we are subject to certain Federal Communications Commission FCC and possible state regulations relating to telecommunications, including some certification or licensing, service reliability, and regulatory fee requirements. If we do not
14



comply with these regulations, we could be subject to enforcement actions, fines, and possibly loss of certifications or licenses to operate or offer certain of our services that are regulated telecommunications. Any enforcement action, which may be a public process, could also damage our reputation and erode customer trust.
Additionally, we are subject to regulations in certain foreign countries where we offer services that include telecommunications or other types of communications services. For example, we are registered to provide WAVE PTX push-to-talk offerings, with and without telecommunications connectivity, in certain countries internationally. Local laws and regulations, and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, can differ significantly among the jurisdictions in which we provide these services. In some countries, certain services that we offer are not considered to be regulated communications services, while in other countries they are subject to regulations, including registration with the local telecommunications governing authority, which increases the level of scrutiny and potential for enforcement by regulators as well as our cost of doing business internationally. Further, enforcement and interpretations of the laws and regulations in some countries can be unpredictable and subject to the informal views of government officials. Failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties, additional compliance obligations or liabilities, loss of authority to provide regulated services, and reputational harm, which could adversely affect our business.
Moreover, it is possible that regulations in any of these jurisdictions may be changed, expanded or interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing practices. Future applicable legislative, regulatory or judicial actions could increase the cost and complexity of our compliance and increase our exposure to potential liability.
Increased focus on climate change has contributed to an evolving state of environmental regulation and uncertainty related to such regulation, as well as physical risks of climate change, could impact our results of operations, financial or competitive position.
Increased public awareness and worldwide focus on climate change has led to legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions, and may result in more international, federal or regional requirements or industry standards to reduce or mitigate global warming. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. Additionally, legislative and regulatory efforts have focused on carbon taxes in certain areas where we operate. As a result, we may become subject to new or strengthened regulations, legislation or other governmental requirements or industry standards, and we anticipate that we will see increased demand to meet their payment obligationsvoluntary criteria related to reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the elimination of certain constituents from products and increasing energy efficiency. For example, the EU's Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and EU taxonomy initiatives will introduce additional due diligence and disclosure requirements addressing sustainability that will apply or we expect will apply, as applicable, to us in the coming years. These requirements will, and other increased regulation of climate change concerns could, subject us to additional costs and restrictions, and could require us to make certain changes to our manufacturing practices and/or product designs, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and competitive position.
In addition, the physical risks of climate change (such as extreme weather conditions or rising sea levels) may impact the availability and cost of materials and natural resources, sources and supply of energy, product demand and manufacturing and could increase insurance and other operating costs. This may include, potentially, costs associated with repairing damage as a result of extreme weather events or renovating or retrofitting facilities to better withstand extreme events. Many of our facilities around the world, as well as our customers' and suppliers' operations, are in locations that may be impacted by the physical risks of climate change, and we face the risk of losses incurred as a result of physical damage to our facilities or those of our suppliers or customers such as loss or spoilage of inventory and business interruption caused by such events.
We are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental product compliance and remediation laws that continue to expand and could impact our ability to grow our business, could subject us to unexpected costs and liabilities and could impact our financial performance.
Our operations and the products we manufacture are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental product compliance and remediation laws. Compliance with such existing or future laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities, restrict what products and services we can offer, and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws are environmental and relate to the use, disposal, cleanup of, and exposure to certain substances. For example, in the U.S., laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or actions regardless of fault and oftentimes in response to action or omissions that were legal at the time they occurred. We continue to incur disposal costs and have ongoing remediation obligations, including those resulting from newly discovered environmental issues located at discontinued Company facilities, as well as current and former facilities of companies that we acquire. Changes to environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these laws could have and in some cases has had, a negative impact on our financial results. This risk increasesperformance.
Laws focused on: (i) the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories, (ii) recycling of both electronic products and packaging, (iii) reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products, (iv) the use and transportation of batteries, and (v) debt collection and other consumer finance matters continue to expand significantly. There are also demanding and rapidly changing laws around the globe related to issues such as the sizeradio interference, radio frequency radiation exposure, medical related functionality, use of products with video functionality, and lengthconsumer and social mandates pertaining to use of wireless or electronic equipment. These laws, and changes to these laws, could have a substantial impact on whether we can offer certain products, solutions and services, on product costs, and on what capabilities and characteristics our contracts increase. In addition, if global economic conditions result in insolvencies for our customers, it willproducts or
15



services can or must include, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial results.condition and competitive position.
ChallengesTax matters could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in Budgeting and Forecasting: It is difficult to estimate changes in various parts of the U.S. and world economy,numerous foreign tax jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes and cash tax liability may be negatively impacted by: (i) changes in the mix of earnings taxable in jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, (ii) changes in tax laws and accounting principles, (iii) changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, (iv) changes in available tax credits, (v) discovery of new information during the course of tax return preparation, (vi) increases in non-deductible expenses, or (vii) repatriating cash held abroad.
Since our 2022 tax year, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 has required that we capitalize and amortize our research and experimental expenditures over five or fifteen years, as applicable. This change in law had a materially negative impact on our cash tax liability in 2023, and we expect such change to continue to impact our cash tax liability through 2026, unless the provisions are repealed or deferred by Congress.
Tax audits may also negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to continued examination of our income tax returns, and tax authorities may disagree with our tax positions and assess additional tax. We regularly evaluate the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Outcomes from these continuing examinations may have a negative impact on our future financial condition and operating results.
Certain tax policy efforts, including the marketsOrganization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations, and other initiatives could have an adverse effect on the taxation of international businesses. Furthermore, many of the countries where we are subject to taxes, including the U.S., are independently evaluating their tax policy and we may see significant changes in legislation and regulations concerning taxation. Certain countries have already enacted legislation which could affect international businesses, and other countries have become more aggressive in their approach to audits and enforcement of their applicable tax laws. Such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies, or practices, could increase our effective tax rates in many of the countries where we have operations and have an adverse effect on our overall tax rate, along with increasing the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance, all of which could impact our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Ability to Grow Our Business
As we expand the technologies within our Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments, we may face increased areas of risk that we may not be able to properly assess or mitigate, as well as increased competition and additional compliance obligations, each of which could harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition or result in additional obligations or liabilities for our business.
The process of developing new video security, access control, and software products and enhancing existing products is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate customers' changing needs, emerging technological trends and development costs accurately could significantly harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition. Any failure to accurately predict technological and business trends, control research and development costs or execute our innovation strategy could harm our business and financial performance. Our research and development initiatives may not be successful in whole or in part, including research and development projects, that we have prioritized with respect to funding and/or personnel.
We may face increasing competition from traditional system integrators, the defense industry, commercial software companies, and commercial telecommunication carriers as services contracts become larger, more complicated, and include an expanded range of services. Expansion will bring us into contact with new regulatory requirements and restrictions with which we participate. Componentsmay have to comply and which could result in additional compliance obligations or liabilities; (including potential enforcement actions, fines penalties, or reputational harm); or increase the costs of our budgetingdoing business, reduce margins or delay or limit the range of new solutions and forecasting are dependent upon estimates of demandservices which we will be able to offer. We may be required to agree to specific performance metrics that meet the customer's requirements for our productsnetwork security, availability, reliability, maintenance and estimates of foreign exchange rates. The prevailing economic uncertainties render estimates of future income and expenditures challenging.
Potential Deferment or Cancellation of Purchases and Orders by Customers: Uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions may cause,support and, in some cases, has caused, businessesif these performance metrics are not met we may not be paid.
Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and governmentstechnologies and our results can be impacted by the effectiveness of our significant investments in new products and technologies.
The markets for certain products of ours are characterized by changing technologies and evolving industry standards and customer preferences. For example, the software and video security industries are characterized by rapidly changing customer preferences in favor of cloud solutions and the adoption of AI capabilities. In some cases, it is unclear what specific technology will be adopted in the market or what delivery model will prevail. In addition, new technologies such as push-to-talk over LTE and 5G could reduce sales of our traditional products. New technologies and new competitors continue to deferenter our markets at a faster pace than we have experienced in the past, resulting in increased competition from traditional and non-traditional suppliers. New products and services are expensive to develop and bring to market and additional complexities are added when this process is outsourced as we have done in certain cases or cancel purchasesas we increase our reliance on third-party content and technology. Moreover, evolving expectations from customers, including the expectations that companies offer products and services to help reduce energy consumption, improve efficiency and minimize greenhouse gas footprints, may impact our competitive position and research and development efforts. Our success depends, in responsesubstantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products and services, upgrades and enhancements of current products to tighter credit, decreased cash availabilitycomply with emerging industry standards, customer expectations, laws and de-prioritizationregulations, including country specific proprietary technology requirements,
16



and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our competitors. Developing new technologies to compete in a specific market may not be financially viable, resulting in our inability to compete in that market. The research and development of communications equipment withinnew, technologically-advanced products and services is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the budgeting process. If future demand foraccurate anticipation of technology and market trends. Many of our products declines dueand services are complex and we may experience delays in completing development and introducing new products or technologies in the future.
Catastrophic events may interrupt our business, or our customers’ or suppliers’ business, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position, cash flows and stock price.
Our business operations, and the operations of our customers and suppliers, are subject to economic conditions, it will negatively impactinterruption by natural disasters (including climate change-related events), flooding, fire, power shortages, the widespread outbreak of infectious diseases and pandemics, terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities, and other events beyond our control. If a new pandemic or health outbreak were to occur, we could experience varied impacts similar to what we experienced related to the impacts of COVID-19, including impacts to our workforce and supply chain, inflationary pressures and increased costs, schedule or production delays, market volatility and other financial results.



Inability to Operate and Grow in Certain Markets: We operate in a number of markets with a risk of intensifying political instability, including Europe, Russia, Brazil, the Middle East and Africa. If political instability continues in these marketsimpacts. These events such as COVID-19 have had, and in other parts of the world in which we operate itfuture could continue to have, a significantnegative impact on our ability to growmanage our business and/or cause disruption of economic activity, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial position, cash flows and stock price.
Social, ethical, and competitive risks relating to the use of AI in some cases,our products and services could adversely affect our results of operations and business reputation.
We envision a future in which AI operating in our products and services will help our public safety and enterprise customers build safer communities with stronger communication platforms. As we increasingly build AI, including generative AI, into our offerings, we may enable or offer solutions that draw controversy due to their actual or perceived impact on social and ethical issues resulting from the use of new and evolving AI in such offerings. AI may not always operate in those locations,as intended and datasets may be insufficient or contain illegal, biased, harmful or offensive information, which willcould negatively impact our results of operations, business reputation or customers’ acceptance of our AI offerings. Although we work to responsibly meet our customers’ needs for products and services that use AI, including through AI governance programs and internal technology oversight committees, we may still suffer reputational or competitive damage as a result of any inconsistencies in the application of the technology or ethical concerns, both of which may generate negative publicity.
Further, we face significant competition from other companies that are developing their own AI systems. Other companies may develop AI systems that are similar or superior to our technologies or more cost-effective to develop and deploy. Additionally, customer demand for AI-based analytics may continue to increase at a fast rate. Therefore, the research and development cost we may incur to compete with such AI systems and meet increased customer demand for AI-based analytics may increase the cost of our offerings. If we are unable to mitigate these risks, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
We expect to continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.
In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities or to meet other strategic needs such as product or technology gaps, we have made, and expect to continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include: (i) the inability to realize our business plan with respect to the acquired businesses, (ii) the difficulty or inability in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner, including ensuring proper integration of acquired businesses’ legal and regulatory compliance programs, information technology systems and financial results.reporting and internal control systems, (iii) the challenges in integrating acquired businesses to create the operating platform for public safety, (iv) the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions, (v) the risk that our contractual relationships or the markets served do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets, (vi) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses, (vii) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations, (viii) the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience, (ix) future impairments of goodwill, (x) the potential loss of intellectual property due to actions of employees in connection with such acquisitions and (xi) the potential identified or unknown security vulnerabilities in acquired products that expose us to additional security risk.
ACertain acquisition candidates in the industries in which we participate may carry higher relative valuations (based on revenues, earnings, cash flow, or other relevant multiples) than we do. This is particularly evident in recurring revenue businesses, software businesses and certain services businesses. Acquiring a business that has a higher relative valuation than Motorola Solutions may be dilutive to our earnings. In addition, we may not pursue opportunities that are highly dilutive to near-term earnings.
Key employees of acquired businesses may receive substantial value in connection with a transaction in the form of cash payments for their ownership interest, particularly in the case of founders and other shareholder employees, or as a result of change-in-control agreements, acceleration of stock options and the lifting of restrictions on other equity-based compensation rights. To retain such employees and integrate the acquired business, we may offer additional retention incentives, but it may still be difficult to retain certain key employees.
Risks Related to Information Technology and Intellectual Property
17



Increased cybersecurity threats could lead to a security breach or other significant disruption of our IT systems, those of our outsource partners, suppliers or those we manufacture, install, and in some cases operate and maintain for our customers, caused by cyber attack or other means,and could have a negative impact on our operations, sales, and operating results.
AllWe rely extensively on our information systems to manage our business operations. We are consistently subject to attempts to compromise our information technology systems from both internal and external sources and, like all information technology systems, our systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, cyber attack,cyberattack, cyber intrusion, computer viruses, security breach, denial-of-service attacks, ransomware or other malware, energy blackouts, natural disasters and severe weather conditions, terrorism, sabotage, war, insider trading, human error and computer and telecommunication failures. As a provider of mission-critical communications systems for customers in critical infrastructure sectors of the U.S. and globally, including systems that we operate and maintain for certain customers of ours or as a software-based service, we face additional risk as a potential target of sophisticated attacks aimed at compromising both our Company’scompany’s and our customers’ sensitive information and intellectual property, through means referred to as advanced persistent threats.property. This risk is heightened because these systems may contain sensitive governmental information or personally identifiable or other protected information. WhileOur vulnerability and that of our third-party vendors, to cyber and other information technology risks may also be increased by factors such as cyberattacks related to geopolitical conflicts (which may be heightened by our global presence) and the large portion of our office workforce that continues to work from home. Additionally, the volume, frequency and sophistication of these threats continues to grow and the complexity and scale of the systems to be protected continues to increase. Like other enterprise software companies, we also use open source software from time to time, which may be more susceptible to vulnerabilities that may not be identified with scanning tools. In an effort to protect against such attacks, we maintain insurance related to cybersecurity risks and employ a number of countermeasures and security controls, including training, and audits, encryption, and utilization of commercial information security threat sharing networksnetworks. If we fail to protect against such attacks, we, along witheffectively manage our cybersecurity, our business, products, and services could suffer from the industry, have experienced a gradualresulting weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls.
Further, our company outsources certain business operations, including, but not limited to IT, network connectivity, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and steady increase in the sophistication of these threats, most noticeably through well-crafted social engineering and phishing attempts.services. We cannot guarantee that all threat attempts will be successfully thwarted even with these countermeasures and we are therefore investing more in detection and response capabilities to minimize potential impacts. Further, we are dependent, in certain instances, upon our outsourced business partners, suppliers, and customers to adequately protect our IT systems and those IT systems that we manage for our customers. In addition,customers, including the hosts of our cloud infrastructure on top of which our cloud-based solutions are built, as well as the network connectivity upon which some of our services are built. Some of our customers are exploring broadband solutions that use public carrier networks on which our solutions would operate. We do not have direct oversight or influence over how public carrier networks manage the security, quality, or resiliency of their networks, and because they are an attractive high value target due to their role in critical infrastructure, they expose customers to an elevated risk over our private networks.
Our Company outsources certain business operations, including, but not limited to IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. These arrangements are governed by various contracts and agreements which reference and mandate Company and international standards of information protection, as appropriate. In addition, we maintain certain networked equipment at customer locations and are reliant on those customers to protect and maintain that equipment. The “attack surface” for us to protect against our adversaries is thus often extended to these partners and customers, as well as our suppliers, and we have some dependency upon their cyber security capabilities as well as their willingness to exchange threat and response information with us
A cyber attackcyberattack or other significant disruption involving our IT systems or those of our outsource partners, suppliers or our customers could result in substantial costs to repair or replace our IT systems or the loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability, or that of our customers, to perform critical functions. Such disruption may also result in the unauthorized release of proprietary, confidential or sensitive information of oursus or our customers.customers, or the disruption of services provided to customers and essential for their mission. Such unauthorized access to, or release of, this information or disruption of services could: (i) allow others to unfairly compete with us, (ii) compromise safety or security, given the mission-critical nature of our customers’ systems, (iii) subject us to claims for breach of contract, tort, and other civil claims andwithout adequate indemnification from our suppliers, (iv) subject us to time-intensive notification requirements, (v) damage our reputation.reputation, and (vi) require us to provide modifications or replacements to our products and services. Our potential liability related to such claims by customers or third-parties described above may not be contractually capped nor fully covered by our insurance. We could face regulatory penalties, enforcement actions, remediation obligations and/or private litigation by parties whose data is improperly disclosed or misused. In addition, there has been a sharp increase in laws in Europe, the U.S. and elsewhere, imposing requirements for the handling of personal data, including data of employees, consumers and business contacts, as well as imposing requirements for remediation action, including specific timing and method of notification. There is a risk that our Company, directly or as the result of some third-party service provider we use, could be found to have failed to comply with the laws or regulations of some country regarding the collection, consent, handling, transfer, retention or disposal of such personal data, and therefore subject us to fines or other sanctions. The European Courts invalidation of Safe Harbor as a mechanism to legitimize cross border data flows increases the risk that our Company, directly or through some third-party service provider that we use, may inappropriately transfer EU personal data. Any or all of the foregoing could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
A significant amount of our international business is transacted in local currency and a significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents are held outside of the United States, which exposes us to risk relating to currency fluctuations, changes in foreign exchange regulations and repatriation delays and costs, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and financial flexibility.
We have sizable sales and operations in Canada and our Europe, Middle East and Africa, Asia, and Latin America regions.
A significant amount of this business is transacted in local currency. As a result, our financial performance is impacted by currency fluctuations. We are also experiencing increased pressure to agree to established currency conversion rates and cost of living adjustments as a result of foreign currency fluctuations or the requirement to transact business in local currencies.
A significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents is currently held outside the U.S. and we continue to generate profits outside of the U.S., while many of our liabilities, such as our public debt, the majority of our pension liabilities and certain other cash payments, such as dividends and share repurchases, are payable in the U.S. While we have regularly repatriated funds with minimal adverse impact, repatriation of some of the funds has been and could continue to be subject to delay for local country approvals and could have potential adverse tax consequences. In addition, foreign exchange regulations may limit our ability to convert or repatriate foreign currency. As a result of having a lower amount of cash and cash equivalents in the U.S., our financial flexibility may be reduced.



We face uncertainty in the global geopolitical landscape that may impede the implementation of our strategy outside the United States.
In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “U.K”) held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the European Union (“E.U.”), commonly referred to as Brexit. It is expected that the U.K. government will initiate a process to withdraw from the E.U. and begin negotiating the terms of its separation. The announcement of Brexit has resulted in volatility in the global stock market and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies in which we conduct business. The announcement of Brexit and likely withdrawal of the U.K. from the E.U. may also create global economic uncertainty, which may cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce their spending budgets. In addition, there may be uncertainty as to the position the United States will take with respect to certain treaty and trade relationships with other countries. This uncertainty may impact (i) the ability or willingness of non-U.S. companies to transact business in the United States, including with our Company, (ii) regulation and trade agreements affecting U.S. companies, (iii) global stock markets and (iv) general global economic conditions. All of these factors are outside of our control, but may cause us to adjust our strategy in order to compete effectively in global markets and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
A portion of our business is dependent upon U.S. government contracts and grants, which are highly regulated and subject to oversight audits by U.S. government representatives and subject to cancellations. Such audits could result in adverse findings and negatively impact our business.
Our U.S. government business is subject to specific procurement regulations with numerous compliance requirements. These requirements, although customary in government contracting in the U.S., increase our performance and compliance costs. These costs may increase in the future, thereby reducing our margins, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. Failure to comply with these regulations or other compliance requirements could lead to suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. Among the causes for debarment are violations of various laws or policies, including those related to procurement integrity, export control, U.S. government security regulations, employment practices, protection of criminal justice data, protection of the environment, accuracy of records, proper recording of costs, foreign corruption and the False Claims Act.
Generally, in the U.S. government contracts and grants are subject to oversight audits by government representatives. Such audits could result in adjustments to our contracts. Any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract may not be allowed, and such costs already reimbursed may have to be refunded. Future audits and adjustments, if required, may materially reduce our revenues or profits upon completion and final negotiation of audits. Negative audit findings could also result in investigations, termination of a contract or grant, forfeiture of profits or reimbursements, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. government. All contracts with the U.S. government are subject to cancellation at the convenience of the U.S. government.
In addition, contacts with government officials and participation in political activities are areas that are tightly controlled by federal, state, local and international laws. Failure to comply with these laws could cost us opportunities to seek certain government sales opportunities or even result in fines, prosecution, or debarment.
Government regulation of radio frequencies may limit the growth of public safety broadband systems or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.
Radio frequencies are required to provide wireless services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum is allocated to wireless services and specifically to public safety users. The growth of public safety broadband communications systems may be affected: (i) by regulations relating to the access to allocated spectrum for public safety users, (ii) if adequate frequencies are not allocated, or (iii) if new technologies are not developed to better utilize the frequencies currently allocated for such use. Industry growth may also be affected by new licensing fees required to use frequencies.
The U.S. leads the world in allocating spectrum to enable wireless communications including LTE. Other countries have also allocated spectrum to allow deployment of these and other technologies. This changing landscape may introduce new competition and new opportunities for us.
MSI’s opportunities to sell LTE equipment and related software and services in the U.S will be substantially impacted by: (1) AT&T's success in satisfying contract requirements and milestones, including, among others, subscriber adoption rate, mandatory payments to FirstNet, and coverage and (2) fiscal, public, and regulatory policies and/or special interest politics that risk delaying deployment.
We derive a portion of our revenue from government customers who award business through competitive bidding which can involve significant upfront costs and risks. This effort may not result in awards of business or we may fail to accurately estimate the costs to fulfill contracts awarded to us, which could have adverse consequences on our future profitability.
Many government customers, including most U.S. government customers, award business through a competitive bidding process, which results in greater competition and increased pricing pressure. The competitive bidding process involves significant cost and managerial time to prepare bids for contracts that may not be awarded to us. Even if we are awarded contracts, we may fail to accurately estimate the resources and costs required to fulfill a contract, or to resolve problems with our subcontractors or suppliers, which could negatively impact the profitability of any contract award to us, particularly in the case of


fixed price contracts. In addition, following the award of a contract, we have experienced and may continue to experience significant expense or delay, contract modification or contract rescission as a result of customer delay or our competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us in competitive bidding.
We enter into fixed-price contracts that could subject us to losses in the event we fail to properly estimate our costs or hedge our risks associated with currency fluctuations.
We enter into a number of firm fixed-price contracts. If our initial cost estimates are incorrect, we can lose money on these contracts. Because certain of these contracts involve new technologies and applications, require us to engage subcontractors and/or can last multiple years, unforeseen events, such as technological difficulties, fluctuations in the price of raw materials, problems with our subcontractors or suppliers and other cost overruns, can result in the contract pricing becoming less favorable or even unprofitable to us and have an adverse impact on our financial results. In addition, a significant increase in inflation rates or currency fluctuations could have an adverse impact on the profitability of longer-term contracts.
The expansion of our solutions and services business creates new competitors and new and increased areas of risk that we have not been exposed to in the past and that we may not be able to properly assess or mitigate.
We plan to continue to expand our solutions and services business by offering additional and expanded managed services for existing and new types of customers, such as designing, building, operating, managing and in some cases owning a public- safety system or other commercial system. The offering of managed services involves the integration of multiple services, multiple vendors and multiple technologies, requiring that we partner with other solutions and services providers, often on multiyear projects.
Additionally, our managed services business will be expanded to include the hosting of software applications. This allows the customers to “consume” the software “as a service” and avoid the costs and complexities of acquiring and operating the software.
We may recognize revenue over time as a services offering, rather than at a point in time as with a traditional equipment sale, which will extend revenue recognition over the length of the services contracts, which may be several years.
The managed services business is one characterized by large subcontracting arrangements and we may not be able to obtain favorable contract terms including adequate indemnities, performance commitments or other protections from our subcontractors to adequately mitigate our exposure to our customers.
We may face increasing competition from traditional system integrators and the defense industry as solutions and services contracts become larger and more complicated.
Expansion will bring us into contact with new regulatory requirements and restrictions, such as data security or data residency/localization obligations, with which we will have to comply and may increase the costs of doing business, reduce margins and delay or limit the range of new solutions and services which we will be able to offer.
We may be required to agree to specific performance metrics that meet the customer's requirements for network security, availability, reliability, maintenance and support and, in some cases, if these performance metrics are not met we may not be paid.
We may not continue to have access to the capital markets for financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded, which could limit our ability to repay our indebtedness and could cause liquidity issues.
From time to time we access the capital markets to obtain financing. Our access to the capital markets and the bank credit markets at acceptable terms and conditions are impacted by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings, (ii) the liquidity of the overall capital markets, (iii) strength and credit availability in the banking markets, and (iv) the current state of the global economy. In addition, we frequently access the credit markets to obtain performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, as well as to hedge foreign exchange risk and sell receivables. In addition, there can be no assurances we will be able to refinance our existing indebtedness (i) on commercially reasonable terms, (ii) on terms, including with respect to interest rates, as favorable as our current debt, or (iii) at all. There can be no assurances that we will continue to have access to the capital markets or bank credit markets on terms acceptable to us and if we are unable to repayadequately protect our intellectual property, or refinanceif we, our debt, we cannot guarantee that we willcustomers and/or our suppliers are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third parties, our competitive position and results of operations may be ableadversely impacted.
Our intellectual property rights protect our innovations and technology, and they may also generate income under license agreements. We attempt to generate enough cash flows from operations or that we willprotect our proprietary technology with intellectual property in the form of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be ablepossible for a third-party to obtain enough capitaland use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new markets may not be as developed as in our longer-standing businesses. This may expose us to service our debt, fund our planned capital expenditures or pay future dividends.
We are rated investment grade by all three national rating agencies. Any downward changes by the rating agencies to our credit rating may negatively impact the valuea heightened risk of litigation and liquidity of both our debt and equity securities. Under certain circumstances, an increaseother challenges from competitors in the interest rate payable by us under our revolving credit facility, if any amounts were borrowed under such facility, could negatively affect our operating cash flows.these new markets. In addition, a downgradeeffective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our credit ratings could limit our ability to: (i) accessintellectual property rights by third-parties and the capital markets or bank credit markets, (ii) provide performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, (iii) hedge foreign exchange risk, (iv) fund our foreign affiliates, and (v) sell receivables. A downgrade in our credit rating could also result in less favorable trade terms with suppliers. In addition, any downgrades in our credit ratings may affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the termscost of any such financing. Any future disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital markets may result in higher funding costs for us and adversely affectlitigation necessary to enforce our ability to access funds and other credit related products. In addition, we may avoid taking actions that would otherwise benefit us or our stockholders, such as engaging in certain acquisitions or engaging in stock repurchases, that would negatively impact our credit rating.


Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase at acceptable prices a sufficient amount of materials, parts, and components, as well as services and software to meet the demands of our customers and any disruption to our suppliers or significant increase in the price of suppliesintellectual property rights could have a negative impact on our financial results and competitive position. Moreover, the validity and scope of operations.coverage of our patents cannot be fully determined prior to litigation.
Our abilityAdditionally, because our products are comprised of complex technology, we are often involved in or impacted by assertions, including both requests for licenses and litigation, regarding third-party patents and other intellectual property rights.
18



The development of products operable in accordance with industry standards, such as those related to meet customers' demands depends,5G or video technology, may result in part, onthird-party patent royalty demands. Third-parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, intellectual property infringement claims against us and against our customers and suppliers. Many of these assertions are brought by non-practicing entities whose principal business model is to secure patent licensing-based revenue from product manufacturing companies. The patent holders often make broad and sweeping claims regarding the applicability of their patents to our products and services, seeking a percentage of sales as licenses fees, seeking injunctions to pressure us into taking a license, or a combination thereof. Defending claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees. Third-parties may also seek broad injunctive relief, which could limit our ability to timely obtain an adequate delivery of quality materials, parts, and components, as well as services and software from our suppliers. In addition, certain supplies, including for some of our critical components, are available only from a single source or limited sources and we may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. If demand forsell our products in the U.S. or services increases from our current expectations or if suppliers are unableelsewhere with intellectual property subject to meet our demand for other reasons, including as a result of natural disasters or financial issues,the claims. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could experience an interruption in suppliesbe required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing products or a significant increase into obtain licenses to the priceintellectual property that is the subject of supplies, including as a resultsuch litigation, each of having to move to an alternative source, thatwhich could have a negative impact on our business asfinancial results. Such licenses, if available at all, may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. In some cases, we might be forced to stop delivering certain products if we or our customer or supplier are subject to a result of increased costfinal injunction.
We face risks relating to intellectual property licenses and intellectual property indemnities in our customer and supplier contracts, which may fail to fully protect us and subject us to unexpected liabilities or delay in or inability to deliverharm our products. This risk may increase as a result of consolidation of certain suppliers of ours. We have experienced shortages in the past that have negatively impacted ourfinancial condition and results of operationsoperations.
We obtain some technology from suppliers through the purchase of components or licensing of software, and we attempt to negotiate favorable intellectual property indemnities with our suppliers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. With respect to such indemnities, we may not be successful in our negotiations, a supplier's indemnity may not fully protect us or cover all damages and losses suffered by us and our customers due to the infringing products, or a supplier may not choose to obtain a third-party license or modify or replace its products with non-infringing products which would otherwise mitigate such damages and losses. Such situations may subject us to unexpected liabilities or unfavorable conditions. Further, we may not be able to participate in intellectual property litigation involving a supplier and may experience such shortages innot be able to influence any ultimate resolution or outcome that may negatively impact our sales or operations if a court enters an injunction that enjoins the future. In addition, credit constraints atsupplier's products or if the International Trade Commission issues an exclusionary order that blocks importation of our products into the U.S. Intellectual property disputes involving our suppliers could cause ushave resulted in our involvement in International Trade Commission proceedings from time to accelerate paymenttime. These proceedings are costly and entail the risk that we will be subjected to a ban on the importation of accounts payable by us, impacting our cash flow.
We have seen and expect to continue to see increases inproducts into the price of certain supplies as we no longer qualify for certain volume discounts given our significant decrease in direct material spend over the last several yearsU.S. solely as a result of our spin-offs and divestitures. We have also experienced less support and focus from our suppliers as our spend has diminished, making it more difficult for us to resolve gaps in supply due to unforeseen changes in forecast and demand. use of a supplier's components.
In addition, our current contractual arrangements with certain supplierscustomers increasingly demand that we indemnify them broadly from all damages and losses resulting from intellectual property litigation against them. These demands may stem from non-practicing entities that engage in patent enforcement and litigation, sometimes seeking royalties and litigation judgments in proportion to the value of the use of our products, rather than in proportion to the cost of our products. Such demands can amount to many times the selling price of our products.
Further, competitors may be cancelled or not extended by such suppliers and, therefore, not afford usable to negotiate significantly more favorable terms for intellectual property than we are able to, which puts them at a competitive advantage. Moreover, with sufficient protection against a reduction or interruption in supplies. Moreover, in the event any of these suppliers breach their contracts with us,respect to our legal remedies associated with such a breachinternally developed proprietary software, we may be insufficientharmed if we are forced to compensate us for any damages we may suffer.
Overmake publicly available, under the last several years we have outsourced portionsrelevant open-source licenses, some of certain business operations like IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services and expect to outsource additional business operations. This outsourcing limits our control over these business operations and exposes us to additional riskthat proprietary software as a result of either our use of open-source software code or the actionsuse of our outsource partners.
As we outsource more of our business operations we are not able to directly control these activities. Our outsource partners may not prioritize our business overthird-party software that of their other customers and they may not meet our desired level of quality, performance, service, cost reductions or other metrics. Failure to meet key performance indicators may result in our being in default with our customers. In addition, we may rely on our outsource partners to secure materials from our suppliers with whom our outsource partners may not have existing relationships and we may be required to continue to manage these relationships even after we outsource certain business operations.
As we outsource business operations we become dependent on the IT systems of our outsource partners, including to transmit demand and purchase orders to suppliers, which can result in a delay in order placement. In addition, in an effort to reduce costs and limit their liabilities, our outsource partners may not have robust systems or make commitments in as timely a manner as we require.
In some cases the actions of our outsource partners may result in our being found to be in violation of laws or regulations like import or export regulations. As many of our outsource partners operate outside of the U.S., our outsourcing activity exposes us to information security vulnerabilities and increases our global risks. In addition, we are exposed to the financial viability of our outsource partners. Once a business activity is outsourced we may be contractually prohibited from or may not practically be able to bring such activity back within the Company or move it to another outsource partner. The actions of our outsource partners could result in reputational damage to us and could negatively impact our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our sales within a quarter are not linear, with a substantial percentage of products shipping in the final month of the quarter. This lack of linearity creates inefficiencies in our business performance and any interruption during this final month could have a substantial impact on our quarterly financial results.
On average, a substantial percentage of our quarterly sales ship in the final month of a quarter. Any interruption in our ability to ship products during this final month, such as unavailability of critical components, disruption to our manufacturing capabilities or disruptions in our distribution channel, will have a disproportionately large impact on our quarterly financial results, as we may be unable to recover in time to ship the products and recognize revenue in that quarter.
In addition, this lack of linearity results in inefficiencies in our financial performance, as we must invest in capacity and resources to support this business model, meaning we have underutilized operations during the first two months of the quarter. We also must maintain additional component inventory and engage in pre-builds of finished goods to mitigate the impact of this lack of linearity and meet potential last month demand. This could result in our carrying excess inventory, which is costly and may result in increased inventory obsolescence over time.





contains open-source code.
We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives and formatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and we license the Motorola Marks from Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC (“MTH”), which is currently owned by Motorola Mobility, a subsidiary of Lenovo. Our joint use of the Motorola Marks could result in product and market confusion and negatively impact our ability to expand our business under the Motorola brand. In addition, if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement we could lose our rights to the Motorola Marks. Because of the change of control of Motorola Mobility, which is now owned by Lenovo,
In 2010, we may find that an incompatible third-party owns the Motorola Marks.
We havesecured a worldwide, perpetual and royalty-free license from MTH to use the Motorola Marks as part of our corporate name and in connection with the manufacture, sale, and marketing of our current products and services. The license of the Motorola Marks is important to us because of the reputation of the Motorola brand for our products and services. There are risks associated with both Motorola Mobility and the Companyus using the Motorola Marks and with thisour loss of ownership.ownership of the Motorola Marks. As both we and Motorola Mobility and the Company will be usinguse the Motorola Marks, confusion could arise in the market, including customer confusion regarding the products offered by and the actions of the two companies. Motorola Mobility was acquired by Lenovo in 2014, which resulted in Lenovo having effective control over the Motorola Marks. This risk could increase as both Motorola Mobility's and our products continue to converge. This risk could increase under Lenovo's control if they expand their use of the Motorola Marks. Also, any negative publicity associated with either company in the future could adversely affect the public image of the other.
Motorola Mobility was acquired by Lenovo in 2014, which resulted in Lenovo having effective control over the Motorola Marks. Our risks under the license could increase if Lenovo expands its use of the Motorola Marks, or if our products and those of Lenovo converge. In addition, because our license of the Motorola Marks will beis limited to products and services within our specified fields of use, we willare not be permitted to use the Motorola Marks in other fields of use without the approval of Motorola Mobility, which is now controlled by Lenovo. In the event thatMobility. As we desirecontinue to expand our business into any other fields of use, we may need toeither must do so with a brand other than the Motorola brand. Developing a brand, as well-known and with as much brand equity as Motorolawhich could take considerable time and expense. Theexpense, or assume the risk that our expanded fields don’t meet the definition of needing to develop a second brand increases as Motorola Mobility's and our products continue to converge and if our business expands into otherpermitted fields of use. In addition, weuse under our license, which could result in loss of our rights to use the Motorola Marks.
We could lose our rights to use the Motorola Marks if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement. Such a loss could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, MTH has the rightcertain rights to license the brand to third- partiesthird-parties and either Motorola Mobility or licensed third-parties may use the brand in ways that make the
19



brand less attractive for customers of Motorola Solutions, creating increased risk that Motorola Solutions may need to develop an alternate or additional brand. In 2013 Motorola Mobility modified certain Motorola Marks used by the Company. Motorola Mobility may require the Companyus to adopt modifications to the use of the modified Motorola Marks, which would result in the Company incurring theand this could negatively impact our business, including costs ofassociated with rebranding.
In addition, neitherNeither Motorola Mobility nor Lenovo areis prohibited from selling the Motorola Marks. In the event of a liquidation of Motorola Mobilityby Lenovo or the then ownerthen-owner of the Motorola Marks, it is possible that a bankruptcy court would either (i) permit the Motorola Marks to be assigned to a third-party. While our right to use the Motorola Marks under our license should continue in our specified field of use in such situations, it is possible that we could be party to a license arrangement with a third-party whose interests aremay be incompatible with ours, thereby potentially making the license arrangement difficult to administer and increasing the costs and risks associated withof sharing the Motorola Marks. In addition, there is a risk that, in the event of a bankruptcy of Motorola MobilityMarks, or the then owner of the Motorola Marks, Motorola Mobility, the then owner or its bankruptcy trustee may attempt to reject the license, or a bankruptcy court may(ii) refuse to uphold the license or certain of its terms. Such a lossterms, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business
Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase at acceptable prices a sufficient amount of materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services, to meet the demands of our customers and any disruption to our suppliers or significant increase in the price of supplies has had, and could continue to have a negative impact on our results of operations or financial condition.
Our ability to meet customers' demands depends, in part, on our ability to timely obtain an adequate delivery of quality materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services, from our suppliers. If demand for our products or services increases from our current expectations or if, as we have experienced recently, suppliers are unable to meet our demand for other reasons, including as a result of supply chain constraints, natural disasters (including events related to climate change), financial issues or other factors, we have, and could continue to experience an interruption in supply or a significant increase in the price of supply. We have experienced such shortages in the past that have negatively impacted our results of operations and may continue to experience such shortages in the future. In 2023, we reduced our inventory carrying levels as compared to 2022 in response to improved supply conditions of semiconductors, although we expect to continue to actively manage our inventory in the future, including by continuing to carry increased levels of inventory in targeted areas to support increased demand and customer requirements. We expect that any future supply chain effects could also impact our ability to meet customer demand and negatively impact our results of operations.
Our suppliers have, and may continue to significantly and quickly increase their prices in response to increases in costs of raw materials that they use to manufacture their parts or components. As a result, we may not be able to increase our prices commensurately with our increased costs, which could negatively impact our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, certain supplies, including for some of our critical components, software and services solutions, are available only from a single source or limited sources and we may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. Where certain supplies are not available from our direct suppliers, we may be required to move to an alternative source or source certain items through the open market, which involves significantly increased prices that are difficult to forecast or predict. We have been required to take these steps in certain instances in connection with the impact on the semiconductor market described above. Each of these factors may impact our ability to meet customer demand and could negatively impact our results of operations or financial condition.
We are exposed to risks under large, multi-year system and services contracts that may negatively impact our business.
We enter into large, multi-year system and services contracts with municipal, state, and nationwide government and commercial customers. In some cases, we may not be the prime contractor and may be dependent on other third-parties such as commercial carriers or systems integrators. Our entry into these contracts exposes us to risks, including among others: (i) technological risks, (ii) risk of defaults by third-parties on whom we are relying for products or services as part of our offering or who are the prime contractors, (iii) financial risks, including potential penalties applicable to us if performance commitments in managed services contracts are not met, the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with such contracts, the fact that such contracts often only receive partial funding initially and may be cancellable on short notice with limited penalties, our inability to recover front-loaded capital expenditures in long-term managed services contracts, the impact of the termination of funding for a government program or the insolvency of a commercial customer, and the impact of currency fluctuations and inflation, (iv) cybersecurity risks, especially in managed services contracts with public safety and enterprise customers that process data, and (v) political or regulatory risks, especially related to the contracts with government customers, including our Airwave contract in the UK, as described below.
With respect to the political or regulatory risks of such contracts, in October 2021, the CMA announced that it had opened a market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market. This investigation included Airwave, our private mobile radio communications network that we acquired in 2016. Airwave provides mission-critical voice and data communications to emergency services and other agencies in Great Britain. In early 2023, the CMA published a final decision which stated it will impose a prospective price control on the Airwave contract. We disagreed with the CMA’s decision and filed an appeal with the Competition Appeal Tribunal ("CAT"). In addition, on July 31, 2023, the CMA adopted a remedies order which implemented the price control set out in its final decision, which was suspended until the CAT dismissed our appeal on December 22, 2023. On February 13, 2024, we filed an application with the United Kingdom Court of Appeal requesting that it hear our appeal. Revenue will be recognized according to the remedies order published by the CMA, unless the United Kingdom Court of Appeal were to reverse the remedies order.
20



Our employees, customers, suppliers and outsource partners are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world. In 2023, 31% of our revenue was generated outside of North America. In addition, 47% of our employees were employed outside of North America in 2023. Most of our suppliers' operations are outside the U.S.
A significant amount of manufacturing and research and development of our products, as well as administrative and sales facilities, takes place outside of the U.S. If the operations in these facilities are disrupted, our business, financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows could be negatively impacted.
Because of these sizable sales and operations outside of the U.S., we have more complexity in our operations and are exposed to a unique set of global risks that could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, including but not limited to: (i) currency fluctuations, including but not limited to increased pressure to agree to established currency conversion rates and cost of living adjustments as a result of foreign currency fluctuations, (ii) import/export regulations, tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes, customs classifications and certifications, including but not limited to changes in classifications or errors or omissions related to such classifications and certifications, (iii) compliance with and changes in U.S. and non-U.S. laws or regulations related to antitrust and competition (such as the CMA’s findings and remedies order in connection with its market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market and the EU Foreign Subsidies Regulation), anti-corruption (such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act), trade, labor and employment, environmental, health and safety, technical standards, consumer protection, intellectual property and data privacy, (iv) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., obligations under tax incentive agreements, and difficulties in securing local country approvals for cash repatriations, (v) reduced financial flexibility given that a significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents is currently held outside of the U.S., (vi) challenges in collecting accounts receivable, (vii) cultural and language differences, (viii) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, the imposition of sanctions and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts and terrorism, (ix) natural disasters, (x) public health issues or outbreaks or pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and (xi) litigation in foreign court systems and foreign enforcement or administrative proceedings.
Additionally, the benefits we receive under various agreements we have entered into with non-U.S. governments and agencies relate to our operations and/or sales in such foreign jurisdictions. If our operations or sales are not at levels originally anticipated, we may be at risk of having to reimburse benefits already granted, which could increase our cost of doing business in such foreign jurisdictions.
Over the last several years we have utilized third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products, and to perform portions of certain business operations such as IT, network connectivity, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. We expect to continue these practices in the future, which limit our control over these business operations and exposes us to additional risk as a result of the actions of our outsource partners.
We rely on third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products (including software), and to assist in performing certain IT, network connectivity, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. As we outsource more of such operations we are not able to directly control these activities. We could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline if: (i) we are not able to engage such third-parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, (ii) such third-parties lack our desired level of performance or service, lack sufficient quality control or fail to deliver quality components, products, services or software on time and at reasonable prices, (iii) there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, (iv) our third-party providers fail to comply with legal or regulatory requirements (such as the Uyghur Forced Labor Protection Act), (v) we have difficulties transitioning operations to such third-parties, or (vi) such third-parties are disrupted by external events, such as cyberattacks, natural disasters, public health issues or outbreaks or pandemics, extreme weather conditions related to climate change, acts of terrorism or political conflicts.
Our reliance on third-parties could, in certain instances, result in reputational damage or even disqualify us from sales opportunities with certain government customers. For example, our supply chain is complex and if our suppliers are unable to verify that components and parts provided to us are free of defined “conflict minerals” originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) or an adjoining country, then we may be required to publicly disclose, as we have disclosed in the past, that we are not currently able to determine if the products we manufactured are DRC conflict-free, which could harm our reputation.
Once a business activity is outsourced we may be contractually prohibited from or may not practically be able to bring such activity back within the Company or move it to another outsource partner. The actions of our outsource partners could result in reputational damage to us and could negatively impact our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and cash flows.
We utilize the services of subcontractors to perform under many of our contracts and the inability of our subcontractors to perform in a timely and compliant manner or to adhere to our Human Rights Policy could negatively impact our ability to comply with our performance obligations as the prime contractor.business.
We engage subcontractors, including third-party integrators, on many of our contracts and as we expand our solutionstechnologies in our Products and services businessSystems Integration and Software and Services segments, our use of subcontractors has and will continue to increase. Our subcontractors may further subcontract performance and may supply third-party products and software from a number of smaller companies. In addition, it is our policy to require our subcontractors and other third-parties with whom we work
21



to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including our Human Rights Policy (and, in addition, for our suppliers to comply with our Supplier Code of Conduct).
We may have disputes with our subcontractors, including disputes regarding the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor or its subcontractors and the functionality, warranty and indemnities of products, software and services supplied by our subcontractor. We are not always successful in passing down customer requirements to our subcontractors or a customer may otherwise look to us to cover a loss or damage, and thus in some cases may be required to absorb contractual risks from our customers without corresponding back-to-back coverage from our subcontractor. Even when we are able to pass down customer requirements to our subcontractors, sometimes those subcontractors have less financial resources than we do, and a customer may look to us to cover a loss or damage. Our subcontractors may not be able to acquire or maintain the quality of the materials, components, subsystems and services they supply, or secure preferred warranty and indemnity coverage from their suppliers which might result in greater product returns, service problems, warranty claims and costs and regulatory compliance issues. Further, one of our subcontractors or other third-parties subject to our Human Rights Policy could fail to comply with such policies or with applicable law or may engage in unethical business practices. Any of the foregoing could cause orders to be canceled, relationships to be terminated or our reputation to be damaged, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure of our suppliers, subcontractors, distributors, resellers and representatives to use acceptable legal or ethical business practices and adhere to our Supplier Code of Conduct or our Human Rights Policy could negatively impact our business.
It is our policy to require our suppliers, subcontractors, distributors, resellers, and third-party sales representatives (“TPSRs”) to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding working conditions, employment practices, environmental compliance, anti-corruption and trademark and copyright licensing. However, we do not control their labor and other business practices. If one of our suppliers, subcontractors, brokers, distributors, resellers, or TPSRs violates labor or other laws or implements labor or other business practices that are regarded as unethical, the shipment of finished


products to us could be interrupted, orders could be canceled, relationships could be terminated and our reputation could be damaged. If one of our suppliers or subcontractors fails to procure necessary license rights to trademarks, copyrights or patents, legal action could be taken against us that could impact the salability of our products and expose us to financial obligations to a third-party. Any of these events could have a negative impact on our sales and results of operations.
Our employees, customers, suppliers and outsource partners are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.
Most of our products that are manufactured by or for us outside the U.S. are manufactured in Malaysia. If manufacturing in our facility, or a facility manufacturing products for us, in Malaysia is disrupted, our overall capacity would be significantly reduced and our business, financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows could be negatively impacted.
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world. In 2017, approximately 42% percent of our revenue was generated outside the U.S. In addition, we have a number of research and development, administrative and sales facilities outside the U.S. and more than 54% of our employees are employed outside the U.S. Most of our suppliers' operations are outside the U.S. and most of our products are manufactured outside the U.S., both internally and by third-parties.
Because we have sizable sales and operations, including outsourcing and procurement arrangements, outside of the U.S., we have more complexity in our operations and are exposed to a unique set of global risks that could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, including but not limited to: (i) currency fluctuations, (ii) import/export regulations, tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes, customs classifications and certifications, including but not limited to changes in classifications or errors or omissions related to such classifications and certifications, (iii) changes in U.S. and non-U.S. rules related to trade, environmental, health and safety, technical standards, consumer and intellectual property and consumer protection, (iv) longer payment cycles, (v) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., obligations under tax incentive agreements, difficulties in repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner and difficulties in securing local country approvals for cash repatriations, (vi) changes in foreign exchange regulations, (vii) challenges in collecting accounts receivable, (viii) cultural and language differences, (ix) employment regulations and local labor conditions, (x) privacy and data protection regulations and restrictions, (xi) difficulties protecting intellectual property in foreign countries, (xii) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts and terrorism, (xiii) natural disasters, (xiv) public health issues or outbreaks,(xv) changes in laws or regulations that negatively impact benefits being received by us or that require costly modifications in products sold or operations performed in such countries, (xvi) litigation in foreign court systems and foreign enforcement or administrative proceedings, and (xvii) applicability of anti-corruption laws including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act.
We have a number of employees, contractors, representatives and agents in, and sell our products and services throughout, the Middle East and our operations, as well as demand for our products and services, could be negatively impacted by political conflicts and hostilities in this region. The potential for future unrest, terrorist attacks, increased global conflicts, hostility against U.S.-based multinational companies and the escalation of existing conflicts has created worldwide uncertainties that have negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact, demand for certain products of ours.
We also are subject to risks that our operations could be conducted by our employees, contractors, representatives or agents in ways that violate the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or other similar anti-corruption laws. While we have policies and procedures to comply with these laws, our employees, contractors, representatives and agents may take actions that violate our policies. Any such violations could have a negative impact on our business. Moreover, we face additional risks that our anti- corruption policies and procedures may be violated by TPSRs or other third-parties that help sell our products or provide other solutions and services, because such TPSRs and other third parties are not our employees, and, it is therefore more difficult to oversee [and control] their conduct.
Many of our components and some of our products, including software, are developed and/or manufactured by third- parties and in some cases designed by third-parties and if such third-parties lack sufficient quality control, change the design of components or if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, it may have a negative impact on our business.
We rely on third-parties to develop and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our finished products, and to design certain components and finished products, as well as provide us with software necessary for the operation of those products and we may increase our reliance on such third-parties in the future. We could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline if: (i) we are not able to engage such third-parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, (ii) such third-parties lack sufficient quality control or fail to deliver quality components, products, services or software on time and at reasonable prices, or deliver products, services or software that do not meet regulatory or industry standards or requirements, (iii) if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, or (iv) if we have difficulties transitioning operations to such third-parties.
Because of the long life-cycle of many of our products, we need access to limited quantities of components for manufacturing and repair and suppliers have been and may continue to be unwilling to manufacture such components or may only do so at high prices. Certain key component suppliers are reducing the expected lifetime of key components, in particular semiconductor and electrical components, on some of our products. This could result in the need for more frequent product redesigns and increased engineering costs on some products or costly last time buys, which may negatively impact our financial performance. In addition, we may be unable to meet our repair obligations to our customers.



We are exposed to risks under large, multi-year system and solutions and services contracts that may negatively impact our business.
We enter into large, multi-year system and solutions and services contracts with large municipal, state, and nationwide government and commercial customers. In some cases we may not be the prime contractor and may be dependent on other third-parties such as commercial carriers or systems integrators. This exposes us to risks, including among others: (i) technological risks, especially when the contracts involve new technology, (ii) risk of defaults by third-parties on whom we are relying for products or services as part of our offering or who are the prime contractors, (iii) financial risks, including the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with large, long-term contracts, the impact of currency fluctuations, inflation, and the related impact on operating results, (iv) cyber security risk, especially in managed services contracts with public safety and commercial customers that process data, and (v) political risk, especially related to the contracts with government customers. In addition, multi-year awards from governmental customers may often only receive partial funding initially and may typically be cancelable on short notice with limited penalties. Recovery of front loaded capital expenditures in long-term managed services contracts is dependent on the continued viability of such customers. The termination of funding for a government program or insolvency of commercial customer could result in a loss of anticipated future revenue attributable to that program, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability.
Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and technologies and our results can be impacted by the effectiveness of our significant investments in new products and technologies.
The markets for certain products of ours are characterized by changing technologies and evolving industry standards. In some cases it is unclear what specific technology will be adopted in the market or what delivery model will prevail, including whether public safety LTE will be delivered via private networks, public carriers or some combination thereof. In addition, new technologies such as voice over LTE or push-to-talk clients over LTE could reduce sales of our traditional products. The shift to smart public safety and the prevalence of data in our customer’s use cases results in our competing in a more fragmented marketplace. In addition, new technologies and new competitors continue to enter our markets at a faster pace than we have experienced in the past, resulting in increased competition from non-traditional suppliers, including public carriers, telecom equipment providers, consumer device manufacturers and software companies. New products are expensive to develop and bring to market and additional complexities are added when this process is outsourced as we have done in certain cases or as we increase our reliance on third-party content and technology. Our success depends, in substantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products, upgrades and enhancements of current products to comply with emerging industry standards, laws and regulations, such as China's proprietary technology, PDT, and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our competitors. Developing new technologies to compete in a specific market may not be financially viable, resulting in our inability to compete in that market. The R&D of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the accurate anticipation of technology and market trends. Many of our products and systems are complex and we may experience delays in completing development and introducing new products or technologies in the future. We may focus our resources on technologies that do not become widely accepted or are not commercially viable or involve compliance obligations with additional areas of regulatory requirements.
Our results are subject to risks related to our significant investment in developing and introducing new products. These risks include among others: (i) difficulties and delays in the development, production, testing and marketing of products, particularly when such activities are done through third-parties, (ii) customer acceptance of products, (iii) the development of, approval of, and compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements, (iv) the significant amount of resources we must devote to the development of new technologies, and (v) the ability to differentiate our products and compete with other companies in the same markets.
If the quality of our products does not meet our customers' expectations or regulatory or industry standards, then our sales and operating earnings, and ultimately our reputation, could be negatively impacted.
Some of the products we sell may have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product, or from the software used in the product. Sometimes, these issues may be caused by components we purchase from suppliers, or from finished products we purchase from other manufacturers, or suppliers.which we then resell to customers. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in shipping products to customers, or even the cancellation of orders by customers. Sometimes, we discover quality issues in the products after they have been shipped to our customers, requiring us to resolve such issues in a timely manner that is the least disruptive to our customers, particularly in light of the mission-critical nature of our communications products. Such pre-shipment and post- shipmentpost-shipment quality issues can have legal, financial and reputational ramifications, including: (i) delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, (ii) customer-imposed penalties for failure to meet contractual requirements, (iii) increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and (iv) a negative impact on our goodwill and brand name reputation.
In some cases, if the quality issue affects the product's performance, safety or regulatory compliance, then such a “defective” product may need to be “stop-shipped” or recalled. Depending on the nature of the quality issue and the number of products in the field, it could cause us to incur substantial recall or corrective field action costs, in addition to the costs associated with the potential loss of future orders and the damage to our goodwill or brand reputation. In addition, we may be required, under certain customer contracts, to pay damages for failed performance that might exceed the revenue that we receive from the contracts. Recalls and field actions involving regulatory non-compliance could also result in fines and additional costs. Recalls and field actions could result in third-party litigation by persons or companies alleging harm or economic damage as a result of the use of the products.


WeIn addition, privacy advocacy groups and other technology and industry groups have established or may establish various new or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional obligations on us. Our customers may expect to continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.
In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities orus to meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other strategic needs such as productstandards established by third-parties. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or technology gaps, we have made,meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our products and expect to continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risksadversely affect our business.
Increasing scrutiny and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include: (i) the difficulty or inability in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner, (ii) risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems, (iii) the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savingsevolving expectations from investors, customers, lawmakers, regulators and other benefits from acquisitions, (iv) the risk thatstakeholders regarding environmental, social and governance (“ESG”)-related practices and disclosures may adversely affect our contractual relationships or the markets do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets, (v) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses, (vi) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations, (vii) the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience, (viii) difficulties in integrating information technology systems and other business processes to accommodate the acquired businesses, (ix) challenges in integrating acquired businesses to create the operating platform for public safety and (x) future impairments of goodwill of an acquired business. In particular, failure to achieve targeted cost and revenue synergies could negativelyreputation, adversely impact our business performance.
Certain acquisition candidates in the industries in which we participate may carry higher relative valuations (based on revenues, earnings, cash flow, or other relevant multiples) than we do. This is particularly evident in software and certain services businesses. Acquiring a business that has a higher relative valuation than Motorola Solutions may be dilutive to our earnings. In addition, we may not pursue opportunities that are highly dilutive to near-term earnings.
Key employees of acquired businesses may receive substantial value in connection with a transaction in the form of cash payments for their ownership interest, particularly in the case of founders and other shareholder employees, or as a result of change-in-control agreements, acceleration of stock options and the lifting of restrictions on other equity-based compensation rights. To retain such employees and integrate the acquired business, we may offer additional retention incentives, but it may still be difficult to retain certain key employees.
We have completed a number of large divestitures over the last several years and have ongoing obligations and potential liabilities associated with those transactions and the businesses we divested. In addition, these divestitures have resulted in less diversity of our business and our customer base, which could negatively impact our financial results in the event of a downturn in our mission-critical communications business.
Over the last several years we have spun-off or sold a number of large businesses, including Motorola Mobility, our Networks business and our Enterprise business. In connection with our divestitures we typically remain liable for certain pre- closing liabilities associated with the divested business, such as pension liabilities, taxes, employment, environmental liabilities and litigation. In addition, although we often assign contracts associated with the divested business to a buyer in a divestiture, often that assignment will be subject to the consent of the contractual counterparty, which may not be obtained or may be conditioned, resulting in the company remaining liable under the contract. In connection with our divestitures we make representations and warranties and agree to covenants relating to the business divested. We remain liable for a period of time for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and we also indemnify buyers in the event of such breaches and for other specific risks. Even though we establish reserves for any expected ongoing liability associated with divested businesses, those reserves may not be sufficient if unexpected liabilities arise and this could negatively impact our financial condition and future results of operations.
Because we are now singularly focused on mission-critical communications for public safety and commercial customers we have less diversity in our business and our customer base. A downturn in this business could have a greater negative impact on our financial results than when we were a more diversified communications provider.
We face many risks relating to intellectual property rights.
Our business will be harmed if: (i) we, our customers and/or our suppliers are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third-parties, (ii) the intellectual property indemnities in our supplier agreements are inadequate to cover damages and losses due to infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by supplier products, (iii) we are required to provide broad intellectual property indemnities to our customers, (iv) our intellectual property protection is inadequate to protect against threats of misappropriation from internal or external sources or otherwise inadequate to protect our proprietary rights, or (v) our competitors negotiate significantly more favorable terms for licensed intellectual property. We may be harmed if we are forced to make publicly available, under the relevant open-source licenses, certain internally developed software-related intellectual property as a result of either our use of open-source software code or the use of third-party software that contains open-source code.
Since our products are comprised of complex technology, much of which we acquire from suppliers through the purchase of components or licensing of software, we are often involved in or impacted by assertions, including both requests for licenses and litigation, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Third-parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, intellectual property infringement claims against us and against our customers and suppliers. Many of these assertions are brought by non-practicing entities whose principle business model is to secure patent licensing-based revenue from product manufacturing companies. The patent holders often make broad and sweeping claims regarding the applicability of their patents to our products, seeking a percentage of sales as licenses fees, seeking injunctions to pressure us into taking a license, or a combination thereof. Defending claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees. Increasingly, third-parties have sought broad injunctive relief which could limit our ability to sell our products in the U.S.attract and retain employees or


elsewhere with intellectual property subject to the claims. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing products or to obtain licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of such litigation, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial results. However, we cannot be certain that any such licenses, if available at all, will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. In some cases, we might be forced to stop delivering certain products if we or our customer or supplier are subject to a final injunction.
We attempt to negotiate favorable intellectual property indemnities with our suppliers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful in our negotiations or that a supplier's indemnity will cover all damages and losses suffered by us and our customers, due to the infringing products or that a supplier will choose to accept a license or modify or replace its products with non-infringing products which would otherwise mitigate such damages and losses. Further, we may not be able to participate in intellectual property litigation involving a supplier and may not be able to influence any ultimate resolution or outcome that may negatively impact our sales if a court enters an injunction that enjoins the supplier's products or if the International Trade Commission issues an exclusionary order that blocks our products from importation into the U.S. Intellectual property disputes involving our suppliers have resulted in our involvement in International Trade Commission proceedings from time to time. These proceedings are costly and entail the risk that we will be subjected to a ban on the importation of our products into the U.S. solely as a result of our use of a supplier's components.
In addition, our customers increasingly demand that we indemnify them broadly from all damages and losses resulting from intellectual property litigation against them. These demands stem from the increasing trend of the non-practicing entities that engage in patent enforcement and litigation targeting the end users of our products. End users are targeted so the non- practicing entities can seek royalties and litigation judgments in proportion to the value of the use of our products, rather than in proportion to the cost of our products. Such demands can amount to many times the selling price of our products.
Our patent and other intellectual property rights are important competitive tools and may generate income under license agreements. We regard our intellectual property as proprietary and attempt to protect it with patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third-party to obtain and use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights by third- parties and the cost of any litigation necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights could have a negative impact on our financial results.
As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new markets may not be as developed as in our longer- standing businesses. This may expose us to a heightened risk of litigation and other challenges from competitors in these new markets. Further, competitors may be able to negotiate significantly more favorable terms for licensed intellectual property than we are able to, which puts them at a competitive advantage.
We may not have the ability to settle the principal amount of the $1 billion of 2% Senior Convertible Notes (the "Senior Convertible Notes") in cash in the event of conversion or to repurchase the Senior Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, which could have a material effect on our reported financial results.
Our Senior Convertible Notes are convertible any time. In the event of conversion, the Company currently intends to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash.
Under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the Senior Convertible Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash are evaluated for their impact on earnings per share utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the Senior Convertible Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method the number of shares outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share includes the number of shares that would be required to settle the excess of the conversion value of the Senior Convertible Notes, if any, over the principal amounts of the Senior Convertible Notes (which would be settled in cash). The conversion value of the Senior Convertible Notes will exceed the principal amount of the notes to the extent the trading price of a share of our stock exceeds the effective conversion price as of the conversion date.
If we do not have adequate cash available, either from cash on hand, funds generated from operations or existing financing arrangements, or we cannot obtain additional financing arrangements, we may not be able to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash and, in the case of settlement of conversion elections, will be required to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in stock. If we settle any portion of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in stock, it will result in immediate, and possibly material, dilution to the interests of existing security holders.
Following any conclusion that we no longer have the ability to settle the Senior Convertible Notes in cash, we will be required on a going forward basis to change our accounting policy for earnings per shareincreased scrutiny from the treasury stock method to the if-converted method. Earnings per share will most likely be significantly lower under the if-converted method as compared to the treasury stock method.
Our ability to repurchase the Senior Convertible Notes in cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental changeinvestment community or make any other required payments may be limited by lawenforcement authorities or the terms of other agreements relating tootherwise adversely impact our indebtedness outstanding at the time. Our failure to repurchase the Senior Convertible Notes when required would result in an event of default with respect to the Senior Convertible Notes and may constitute an event of default or prepayment under, or result in the acceleration of the maturity of, our then-existing indebtedness.


Tax matters could have a negative impact on our financial conditionbusiness and results of operations.
There is increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from investors, customers, lawmakers, regulators and other stakeholders on ESG-related practices and disclosures, including those related to environmental stewardship, climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion, forced labor, racial justice and workplace conduct. Regulators have imposed, and likely will continue to impose, ESG-related rules and guidance, which may conflict with one another and impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks. Moreover, certain organizations that provide information to investors have developed ratings for evaluating companies on their approach to different ESG-related matters, and unfavorable ratings of us or our industries may lead to negative investor sentiment and the diversion of investment to other companies or industries. We are subjecthave elected to income taxesshare publicly our ongoing ESG-related efforts in the U.S.our proxy statement, Corporate Responsibility Report, TCFD Report, and numerous foreign tax jurisdictions.on our corporate website. Our provision for income taxesbusiness may face increased scrutiny related to these activities, and cash tax liability may be negatively impacted by: (i) changes in the mix of earnings taxable in jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, (ii) changes in tax laws and accounting principles, (iii) changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, (iv)failure or perceived failure to meet commitments under tax incentive agreements, (v) discovery of new information during the course of tax return preparation, (vi) increases in nondeductible expenses,ESG-related goals or (vii) difficulties in repatriating cash held abroad in a tax- efficient manner.
As of December 22, 2017 the U.S. enacted wide-sweeping tax law changesmaintain ESG practices that willmeet evolving stakeholder expectations, could harm our reputation, adversely impact our provision for income taxes. Certain provisions included in the legislation, primarily relatedability to the taxation of non-U.S. income, do not contain sufficient details forattract and retain employees or customers, expose us to determineincreased scrutiny from the specific financial impact on the Company in future years. The future guidanceinvestment community or interpretations of the new law could result in an increase toenforcement authorities or otherwise adversely affect our U.S. tax liability and a resulting negative impact on our future operating results.
Tax audits may also negatively impact our business financial condition and results of operations. We are subject
Risks Related to continued examination of our income tax returns, and tax authorities may disagree with our tax positions and assess additional tax. We regularly evaluate the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuing examinations will not have a negative impact on our future financial condition and operating results.
Certain tax policy efforts, including the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s ("OECD") Base Erosion and Profit Shifting ("BEPS") Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations, and other initiatives could have an adverse effect on the taxation of international businesses. Furthermore, many of the countries where we are subject to taxes, including the United States, are independently evaluating their tax policy and we may see significant changes in legislation and regulations concerning taxation. Certain countries have already enacted legislation which could affect international businesses, and other countries have become more aggressive in their approach to audits and enforcement of their applicable tax laws. Such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies, or practices, could increase our effective tax rates in many of the countries where we have operations and have an adverse effect on our overall tax rate, along with increasing the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance, all of which could impact our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.Human Capital Management
Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract retain and prepare succession plans forretain senior management and key employees.employees, including engineers and other key technical employees, in order to remain competitive.
The performance of our CEO, senior management and other key employees such as engineers and other technical employees is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain talented, highly qualifiedhighly-qualified senior management, engineers and other key employees or attract them when needed, it could negatively impact our business.
We rely on the experience of our senior management, most of whom have been with the Companyus for many years and as a result have specific knowledge relating to us and our industry that is difficult to replace and competition for management with
22



experience in the communications industry is intense. A loss of the CEO, a member of senior management, or an engineer or other key employee particularly to a competitor, could also place us at a competitive disadvantage. Further, ifIn addition, we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our CEO, senior management and other key employees, our business could be negatively impacted.
It may be difficult for us to recruit and retain the types of engineers and other highly-skilled employees that are necessary to remain competitive and layoffs of such skilled employees as a result of divestitures, restructuring activities or cost reductions may benefit our competitors.
Competition for key technical personnel in high-technology industries is intense. As we expand our solutions and services business, we now haveface increased demanddemands for technical personnel in areas likesuch as software development, which is an area of particularly high demand for skilled employees. We believe that our future success depends in large part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate, retain and leverage the skills of qualified engineers and other highly-skilled personnel needed to develop successful new products or services. WeIn particular, we have faced, and expect to continue to face, intense competition globally for experienced software and cloud computing infrastructure engineers, as well as employees in data science and AI. The compensation and incentives we have available to attract, retain and motivate employees may not meet the expectations of current and prospective employees as the competition for talent intensifies. Our efforts to attract, develop, integrate, and retain highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications may be compounded by the increased availability of remote working arrangements, which has expanded the pool of companies that can compete for our employees and employment candidates. Further, if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our CEO, senior management and other key employees, our business could be negatively impacted.
Risks Related to Financial Performance or Economic Conditions
As we are a global company, we face a number of risks related to current global economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate that have and could continue to unfavorably impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Global economic and political conditions, including impacts from the inflationary cost environment, continue to be challenging for many of our government and enterprise markets, as successful aseconomic growth in many countries has remained low or declined, currency fluctuations have impacted profitability, credit markets have remained tight for certain counterparties of ours and some of our competitors at recruiting, assimilating, retainingcustomers are dependent on government grants to fund purchases of our products and utilizingservices.
In addition, conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere have created many economic and political uncertainties that continue to impact worldwide markets, including impacts relating to new or increased tariffs and potential trade wars, and threats to national security vulnerabilities linked to country of origin. The length of time these highly-skilled personnel,adverse economic and political conditions may persist is unknown.
These global economic and political conditions have impacted and could continue to impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in a number of ways, including:
Requests by certain of our government and enterprise customers that we provide vendor financing, including in response to financial challenges surrounding state and local governments, which may cause us to retain exposure to the credit quality of our customers who we finance if we are unable to sell these receivables on terms acceptable to us.
The inability of certain of our customers to obtain financing in order to make purchases from us and/or maintain their business, which may negatively impact our financial results.
Challenges we face in budgeting and forecasting due to economic uncertainties in various parts of the U.S. and world economy, which could negatively impact our financial results if such budgets or forecasts are inaccurate.
Deferment or cancellation of purchases and orders by customers may occur due to uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions, which could reduce future demand for our products and negatively impact our financial results.
Intensifying political instability in a number of markets in which we operate could have a negativesignificant impact on our business. In addition, as we have divested businessesability to grow and, restructured our operations we have, in some cases, had to layoff engineers and other highly skilled employees. If these employees were to go to work foroperate in such locations, which could negatively impact our competitors it could have a negative impact on our business.financial results.
Returns on pension and retirement plan assets and interest rate changes could affect our earnings and cash flows in future periods.
Although we engaged in pension de-risking activities in 2014, we continue toWe have large underfunded pension obligations, in part resulting from the fact that we retained almost all of the U.S. pension liabilities and a major portion of our non-U.S. pension liabilities following our divestitures, including the distribution of Motorola Mobility, the sale of our Networks business and the sale of our Enterprise business.past divestitures. The funding position of our pension plans is affected by the performance of the financial markets, particularly the equity and debt markets, and the interest rates used to calculate our pension obligations for funding and expense purposes. Minimum annual pension contributions are determined by government regulations and calculated based upon our pension funding status, interest rates, and other factors. If the financial markets perform poorly, we have been and could be required to make additional large contributions. The equity and debt markets can be volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can affect our contribution requirements. In volatile capital market environments, the uncertainty of material changes in future minimum required contributions increases.

We may not continue to have access to the capital markets for financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded, which could limit our ability to repay our indebtedness and could cause liquidity issues.



Changes inFrom time to time we access the capital markets to obtain financing. Our access to the capital markets and the bank loan markets at acceptable terms and conditions are impacted by many factors, including: (i) our operations or sales outsidecredit ratings, (ii) the U.S.condition of the overall capital markets, could result in lost benefits in impacted countries(iii) strength and increase our cost of doing business.
We have entered into various agreements with non-U.S. governments, agencies or similar organizations under which we receive certain benefits relating to its operations and/or salescredit availability in the jurisdiction. If our circumstances change,banking markets, and operations or sales are not at levels originally anticipated,(iv) the state of the global economy. In addition, we frequently access the credit markets to obtain performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, as well as to hedge foreign exchange risk and sell receivables. Furthermore, we may not be able to refinance our existing
23



indebtedness (i) on commercially reasonable terms, (ii) on terms, including with respect to interest rates, as favorable as our current debt, or (iii) at risk of havingall. We may not continue to reimburse benefits already granted,have access to the capital markets or bank credit markets on terms acceptable to us and losing some or all of these benefits and increasing our cost of doing business.
We transferred a significant portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, to Motorola Mobility and Zebra andif we are unable to leverage these intellectual property rights asrepay or refinance our debt, we did priorcannot guarantee that we will be able to the distribution of Motorola Mobilitygenerate enough cash flows from operations or the sale ofthat we will be able to obtain enough capital to service our Enterprise business.debt, fund our planned capital expenditures or pay future dividends.
We contributed approximately 17,200 granted patentsare rated investment grade by all three national rating agencies. Any downward changes by the rating agencies to our credit rating may negatively impact the value and approximately 8,000 pending patent applications worldwide to Motorola Mobilityliquidity of both our debt and equity securities. Under certain circumstances, an increase in connectionthe interest rate payable by us under our revolving credit facility, if any amounts are borrowed under such facility, could negatively affect our operating cash flows. In addition, a downgrade in our credit ratings could limit our ability to: (i) access the capital markets or bank credit markets, (ii) issue commercial paper (iii) provide performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, (iv) hedge foreign exchange risk, (v) fund our foreign affiliates, (vi) sell receivables, and (vii) obtain favorable trade terms with the distribution. We also transferred approximately 2,700 granted patents and approximately 800 pending patent applications to Zebra in connection with the sale of the Enterprise business. Although we have a worldwide, perpetual, royalty-free license to these patents and other intellectual property rights, we no longer own them. As a result we are unable to leverage these intellectual property rights for purposes of generating licensing revenue or entering into favorable licensing arrangements with third-parties. As a resultsuppliers. In addition, we may incur increased license feesavoid taking actions that would otherwise benefit us or litigation costs. Although we cannot predictour stockholders, such as engaging in certain acquisitions or engaging in stock repurchases, that would negatively impact our credit rating.
Our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations on cross-border transactions and the extenttranslation of such unanticipated costs, it is possible such costslocal currency results into U.S. dollars could negatively impact our financial results.results of operations.
We are subject to a wide range of product regulatoryconduct business through our subsidiaries in many different countries, and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws that continue to expand and could impact our ability to grow our business, could subject us to unexpected costs and liabilities and could impact our financial performance.
Our operations and the products we manufacture and/or sell are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws. Compliance with such existing or future laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities, restrict what products and services we can offer, and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws are environmental and relate to the use, disposal, clean up of, and exposure to certain substances. For example,fluctuations in the U.S., laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or actions regardless of fault and often times in response to action or omissions that were legal at the time they occurred. We continue to incur disposal costs and have ongoing remediation obligations. Changes to environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these lawscurrency exchange rates could have a negativesignificant impact on our reported consolidated results of operations, financial performance.
Laws focused on: (i)condition and cash flows, which are presented in U.S. dollars. Cross-border transactions, both with external parties and intercompany relationships, result in increased exposure to foreign exchange effects. Accordingly, significant changes in currency exchange rates, particularly the energy efficiency of electronic productsEuro, British pound, Canadian dollar and accessories, (ii) recycling of both electronic productsAustralian dollar, has had in the past, and packaging, (iii) reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products, and (iv) the transportation of batteriescould continue to, expand significantly. Laws pertaining to accessibility features of electronic products, standardization of connectors and power supplies,cause fluctuations in the transportation of lithium-ion batteries and other aspectsreported results of our products are also proliferating. There are also demanding and rapidly changing laws around the globe related to issues such as product safety, radio interference, radio frequency radiation exposure, medical related functionality, and consumer and social mandates pertaining to use of wireless or electronic equipment. These laws, and changes to these laws,businesses’ operations that could have a substantial impact on whether we can offer certain products, solutions and services, on product costs, and on what capabilities and characteristics our products or services can or must include.
These laws could impact our products and negatively affect our ability to manufacture and sell products competitively. We expect these trends to continue. In addition, we anticipate that we will see increased demand to meet voluntary criteria related to reduction or eliminationresults of operations. Additionally, the strengthening of certain constituentscurrencies such as the Euro and U.S. dollar potentially exposes us to competitive threats from products, increasing energy efficiency,lower cost producers in other countries. Our sales are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar has in the past, and providing additional accessibility.
We may be unablecould continue to, obtain components and parts that are verified to be Democratic Republic of Congo ("DRC") Conflict Free, which could result in reputational damage if we disclose that our products include minerals that have been identifiedunfavorable translation effects as “not found to be DRC conflict free” or if we disclose that wethe results of foreign locations are unable to determine whether such minerals are included in our products.translated into U.S. dollars.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act included disclosure requirements regarding the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold (which are defined as “conflict minerals”) in our products and if the origin of these materials were from the DRC or an adjoining country. If the minerals originated from the DRC or an adjoining country then a company must disclose the measures it has taken to exercise due diligence and chain of custody to prevent the sourcing of such minerals that have been found to be financing conflict in the DRC. There is a limited pool of suppliers who can provide verifiable DRC Conflict Free components and parts, particularly since our supply chain is complex. As a result, we may be required to publicly disclose that we are not currently able to determine if the products we manufactured in 2017 are DRC Conflict Free. For future reporting years, if the industry systems that we are relying on are not mature enough for us to make a definitive Conflict Free determination, we may have to declare our products as “not found to be DRC conflict free,” or such other definitional standard as determined by the SEC and/or the judicial system and we may face reputational challenges with our customers, other stockholders and the activist community as a result. In addition, the European Union has passed conflict minerals legislation which may have an impact on our reporting obligations and compliance programs in Europe.
Any system or network disruption could have negative impact on our operations, sales and operating results.
We rely extensively on our information systems to manage our business operations. Our systems are subject to damage or interruption from various sources, including power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cyber security breaches, vandalism, severe weather conditions, catastrophic events, terrorism, and human error, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. If our systems are damaged, fail to function properly, or otherwise become


compromised or unavailable, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them, and we may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We also currently rely on a number of older legacy information systems that are harder to maintain and that we now have fewer resources to maintain since implementing our new ERP system. A system failure could negatively impact our operations and financial results. In addition, as we have outsourced more of our business operations we have increased our dependence on the IT systems of our outsourced business partners which are not under our direct management or control. Any disruption to either those outsourced systems or the communication links between Motorola Solutions and the outsourced supplier, may negatively impact our ability to manufacture, distribute, or repair products. We may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these disruptions.
Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

Item 1C: Cybersecurity
Risk Management & Strategy
We assess, identify and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats through various protective policies, procedures and processes, including through: (1) the monitoring responsibilities of our cybersecurity program; (2) our information security policies and standards, including our global incident response procedure; (3) our audit services department’s annual enterprise risk management (“ERM”) assessment; (4) our third-party cybersecurity risk assessment program; and (5) cybersecurity insurance.
Designed to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of customer and internal company information, our cybersecurity program focuses on protecting our enterprise information systems and the secure development and deployment of our products. We monitor for critical vulnerabilities and threat actor activity, and work to create a unified view to prioritize protecting our critical infrastructure (including potential impacts to key third-party service providers to the Company). The cybersecurity program, which is led by our Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, holds regular meetings to review ongoing internal information security investigations. We assess the effectiveness of our cybersecurity program using self-assessments and independent third-party analyses, and evaluate our program using frameworks such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework. In addition to these independent third-party analyses, third-parties also provide services to support our cybersecurity in several ways, such as through penetration testing and commercial information security threat sharing networks, and by assisting with tabletop exercises and certain monitoring activities.
We have designed and implemented a global incident response procedure, which helps enable us to quickly detect, respond to, and recover from third-party malicious attacks and potential security incidents. This procedure includes formal steps to review incidents and implement improvements, including steps to involve the Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure and Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services (described further below), as appropriate. In addition, we have other specific information security policies and standards, organized to align with various NIST frameworks, which we use to manage our cybersecurity risks.
Assessing, identifying and managing cybersecurity risks are integrated into our audit services department’s annual ERM assessment, which is designed to identify, assess, prioritize, mitigate and monitor our principal risks. The ERM assessment considers the probability, impact and velocity of potential risks and provides management and the Audit Committee with an overarching and objective view of the risk management activities of the Company. Audit services identifies and conducts engagements utilizing inputs from the ERM assessment. The engagements span financial, operational, strategic and compliance
24



risks, with a view to assessing risks over a two-year time horizon. The engagement results assist management in maintaining acceptable risk levels. The Vice President of Audit Services reports directly to the Audit Committee as well as to the Chief Financial Officer and meets regularly with the Audit Committee and its chairperson, including in executive session. Separately, the Vice President of Audit Services and Vice President of Ethics & Compliance head an internal cross-functional team (which includes members from our cybersecurity and data privacy programs, among others) that holds regular meetings to discuss the key risks facing the Company and related mitigation efforts, including cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity risk is tracked as a principal risk within the context of the ERM assessment.
In addition, we have processes designed to oversee and identify risks from cybersecurity threats associated with our use of third-party service providers. Pursuant to our third-party cybersecurity risk assessment program, any outsource partners and suppliers that have access to the Company’s data or customer data complete a risk assessment prior to the Company engaging with such parties. Using the assessments, our cybersecurity program looks to determine any gaps and identified risks, and then appropriate teams within the Company work to track and remediate such risks. These third-party risk assessments are foundational for how we manage and monitor our supply chain.
To further complement the processes described above, we maintain insurance related to cybersecurity risks. We maintain a broad portfolio of insurance coverage, leveraging the products of multiple companies to help ensure appropriate protection.
We are consistently subject to attempts to compromise our information technology systems from both internal and external sources and, like all information technology systems, our systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or interruption from a variety of sources. As of the filing of this Form 10-K, we are not aware of any such attacks that have occurred since the beginning of 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, us, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. However, if as a result of any future attacks our information technology systems are significantly damaged, cease to function properly or are subject to a significant cybersecurity breach, we may suffer an interruption in our ability to manage and operate our business, and our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected. Such attacks, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and result in us incurring significant costs related to, for example, repairing or replacing our IT systems; the loss of critical data; interruptions or delays in our ability, or that of our customers, to perform critical functions; defending against claims for breach of contracts, tort and other civil claims without adequate indemnification from our suppliers; providing time-sensitive notification requirements; and providing modifications or replacements to our products and services. In addition, the volume, frequency and sophistication of these threats continues to grow and the complexity and scale of the systems to be protected continues to increase. See “Risks Related to Information Technology and Intellectual Property” in “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K for further information.
Corporate Governance
Our Board has delegated to the Audit Committee the responsibility to oversee risks related to cybersecurity threats. Specifically, subject to oversight by the full Board, the Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure provides the Audit Committee with periodic cybersecurity and information security reports. These reports are informed by input from our cybersecurity program, headed by our Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, and our cybersecurity services business (which provides cybersecurity services to our customers), headed by our Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services. Annually, the Vice President of Audit Services reviews the results of the ERM assessment with the Audit Committee as well. In addition, a subset or the full group of certain individuals, such as our Chief Information Officer, Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services, Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, and Lead Counsel and Senior Director of Data Privacy, present at least once per year to the Audit Committee regarding cybersecurity and data privacy risk topics. The full Board is regularly informed about such risks through Audit Committee reports and presentations.
Our Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services and Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, along with their teams, are in charge of assessing and managing our risks related to cybersecurity, including by setting our strategy, policies, standards and processes in these areas, as further described above under “Risk Management & Strategy.” Utilizing the processes noted above, these teams remain informed about and monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents.
Our Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services has over thirty years of work experience in the cybersecurity field, protecting both large corporations and global critical infrastructure assets, in both the policy and operational domains. This individual chairs the Public Safety Threat Alliance (PSTA), an information sharing organization established by the Company that is dedicated to the protection of public safety entities across the globe. This individual holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Management and Computer Science and has served as an intelligence officer in the United States Army.
Our Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure has over twenty-five years of work experience in the information technology field, specifically information security. This individual began their career as a security engineer, progressing to a security architect, and then to overall leader of the Cybersecurity and Information Technology Infrastructure functions at the Company. This individual holds a Master of Computer Science degree. This individual also maintains a Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) certification from ISACA, an international professional organization focused on IT governance, as well as a Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) certification from the International Information System Security Certification Consortium (ISC2), a leading member association for cybersecurity professionals.
25



Item 2: Properties
Motorola Solutions' principal executive offices are located at 500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Motorola Solutions also operates manufacturing facilities and sales offices in other U.S. locations and in many other countries.
As of December 31, 2017, we: (i) owned 2 facilities (manufacturing and office), both of which were locatedFebruary 5, 2024, the material properties that we used in Europe, (ii) leased 203 facilities, 105 of which were located in North America and South America and 98 of which were located in other countries and (iii) primarily utilized three major facilities for the manufacturing and distribution ofconnection with our products, located in: Penang, Malaysia; Elgin, Illinois; and Berlin, Germany. Motorola Solutions sold its Penang, Malaysia facility and manufacturing operations to Sanmina Corporation ("Sanmina") on February 1, 2016.business, serving all segments, are as follows:
We generally consider the productive capacity of our manufacturing facilities to be adequate and sufficient for our requirements. The extent of utilization of each manufacturing facility varies throughout the year.
LocationApproximate Operating Size in Sq. Ft.
(In thousands)
Owned vs. LeasedPurpose
Elgin, Illinois, U.S.301LeasedManufacturing and distribution
Schaumburg, Illinois, U.S.282LeasedResearch & development and customer support
Penang, Malaysia254LeasedDistribution, research & development and corporate administrative
Krakow, Poland191LeasedResearch & development and corporate administrative
Plantation, Florida, U.S.172LeasedResearch & development and corporate administrative
Tel Aviv, Israel139LeasedResearch & development and corporate administrative
Allen, Texas, U.S.138OwnedResearch & development and corporate administrative
Schio, Italy125LeasedManufacturing, engineering, administrative
Chicago, Illinois, U.S.102LeasedCorporate administrative (global headquarters)
Vancouver, BC, Canada70LeasedCorporate administrative
In 2017, approximately 35% of our products were manufactured in Illinois and approximately 60% of our products were manufactured in Penang. We rely on third-party providers in order to enhance our ability to lower costs and deliver products that meet demand. If manufacturing in Malaysia or Illinois were disrupted, our overall productive capacity could be significantly reduced.
Item 3: Legal Proceedings
WeIn addition to the matter referenced below, we are a defendant in various lawsuits,subject to legal proceedings and claims that have not been fully resolved and actions, which arisehave arisen in the normalordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.
Refer to the description of "Hytera Litigation" in "Note 12: Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information regarding our legal proceedings.

Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

Information about our Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following are the persons who wereare the executive officers of Motorola Solutions,the Company, their ages, and their current titles as of February 16, 201815, 2024 and the positions they have held during the last five years with the Company:Company or as otherwise noted:
Gregory Q. Brown; age 57;63; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since May 3, 2011.
GinoKaren E. Dunning; age 67; Senior Vice President, Human Resources since February 1, 2023; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Labor & Employment, Operations & Real Estate from November 2021 to January 2023; Corporate Vice President, Human Resources, Labor & Employment, Operations & Real Estate from July 2019 to November 2021; and Corporate Vice President, Human Resources, Labor & Employment and Operations from December 2018 to June 2019.
Katherine Maher, age 41; Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since March 14, 2022; Vice President and Corporate Controller from November 2021 to March 2022; Finance Director, North America Credit & Systems Integration, from July 2020 to November 2021; and North America Distribution Finance Director from May 2018 to July 2020.
John P. "Jack" Molloy; age 52; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since November 18, 2021 and Executive Vice President, Products and Sales from August 2018 to November 2021.
Rajan S. Naik; age 52; Senior Vice President, Strategy and Ventures, since December 2017.
26



James A. Bonanotte;Niewiara; age 53;55; Senior Vice President, General Counsel since February 1, 2023; Senior Vice President, Commercial Law, Litigation, Antitrust & Intellectual Property from April 2020 to January 2023; Corporate Vice President, Lead Counsel, Commercial Law, Litigation & Antitrust from May 2019 to April 2020; and Corporate Vice President, Lead Counsel, Americas, Sales & Product Operations from January 2017 to May 2019.
Mahesh Saptharishi; age 46; Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since November 18, 2021; Senior Vice President, Software Enterprise and Mobile Video, and Chief Technology Officer from June 2021 to November 2021; Chief Technology Officer & Senior Vice President, Software Enterprise from April 2021 to June 2021; and Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer from February 2019 to April 2021.
Jason J. Winkler; age 49; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 13, 2013; Corporate Vice President and Acting Chief Financial Officer from August 2013 to November 2013; and Corporate Vice President, Finance, Sales and Field Operations, from October 2012 to August 2013.
Bruce W. Brda; age 55; Executive Vice President, Products and Solutions since July 24, 2017; Executive Vice President, Products & Services from January 2016 to July 2017; Executive Vice President, Systems & Products from May 2015 to January 2016; Senior Vice President, Systems & Products from December 2014 to May 2015; Senior Vice President, Government Solutions from March 2014 to December 2014;1, 2020 and Senior Vice President, Global Solutions & ServicesFinance from January 2013September 2018 to March 2014.June 2020.
Mark S. Hacker;Cynthia M. Yazdi; age 46; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer since January 21, 2015;59; Senior Vice President, and General Counsel from June 2013 to January 2015; and Corporate Vice President, Law, Sales and Product Operations, International and Legal Operations from January 2013 to June 2013.
John P. "Jack" Molloy; age 46; Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and ServicesCommunications & Brand since July 24, 2017; Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales from January 2016 to July 2017; Executive Vice President, Americas Sales & Services from November 2015 to January 2016;February 2, 2022; Senior Vice President, The Americas SalesChief of Staff, Communications & MarketingBrand and Motorola Solutions Foundation from September 2015November 2021 to November 2015;February 2022; and Senior Vice President, North America SalesChief of Staff, Marketing and Communications and Motorola Solutions Foundation from January 2014August 2018 to August 2015; Corporate Vice President, Central US & Canada and NA Energy Market from January 2013 to December 2013.November 2021.
John K. Wozniak; age 46; Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since November 3, 2009.


The above executive officers will serve as executive officers of Motorola Solutionsthe Company until the regular meeting of the Board of Directors in May 20182024 or until their respective successors are elected. There is no family relationship between any of the executive officers listed above.


27



PART II
Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Motorola Solutions' common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange.Exchange and trades under the symbol "MSI." The number of stockholders of record of its common stock on February 2, 20185, 2024 was28,697.17,662. This figure does not include a substantially greater number of “street name” holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
Information regarding securities authorizedDuring 2023, we declared regular quarterly dividends of $0.88 per share of our common stock for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by referenceeach of the first three quarters of fiscal 2023, and $0.98 per share of our common stock for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023. While we expect to continue to pay comparable regular quarterly dividends in 2024, any future dividend payments will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our profits, financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions on the payment of dividends, general business conditions and such other factors as our Board of Directors deems relevant.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
On December 15, 2023, the Company issued 15,831 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of IPVideo Corporation to certain former shareholders of IPVideo Corporation. The stock was issued for an aggregate grant-date fair value of $5 million that will be expensed over an average service period of 1 year. The foregoing transaction did not involve any underwriters, any underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offerings. The shares with respect to the information undertransaction were issued in reliance upon the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” of Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The remainderexemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the response to this Item incorporates by reference Note 16, “Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)”Securities Act of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.’’1933, as amended, in a privately negotiated transaction not involving any public offerings or solicitations.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides information with respect to acquisitions by the Company of shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2017.2023.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Period
(a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
 
(b) Average Price
Paid per
Share (1)
 
(c) Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Program (2)
 
(d) Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Program (2)
09/28/17 to 10/25/17
 N/A
 
 $1,833,468,345
10/26/17 to 11/22/17749,423
 $91.59
 749,423
 $1,770,826,834
11/23/17 to 12/27/17610,029
 $92.39
 610,029
 $1,708,468,411
Total1,359,452
 $91.95
 1,359,452
  
Period(a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
(b) Average Price
Paid per
Share (1)
(c) Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Program (2)
(d) Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Program (2)
09/30/2023 to 10/25/2023250,781 $278.61 250,781 $528,972,235 
10/26/2023 to 11/20/2023113,878 $276.74 113,878 $2,497,458,099 
11/21/2023 to 12/27/202351,386 $311.34 51,386 $2,481,459,407 
Total416,045 $282.14 416,045 
(1)Average price paid per share of common stock repurchased is the execution price, includingexcludes commissions paid to brokers.brokers and excise tax. As of January 1, 2023, the Company's share repurchases in excess of issuances are subject to a 1% excise tax enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022. The amount of excise tax incurred is included in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
(2)ThroughAs originally announced on July 28, 2011, and subsequently amended, including a series$2.0 billion increase approved by the Board of actions,Directors during the fourth quarter of 2023, the Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $14.0$18.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had used approximately $12.3$15.5 billion, including transaction costs, to repurchase shares.shares, leaving approximately $2.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases.

28






PERFORMANCE GRAPHPerformance Graph
The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total shareholder returns of Motorola Solutions, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Communications Equipment Index.
This graph assumes $100 was invested in the stock or the indices on December 31, 20122018 and reflects the paymentreinvestment of dividends.
2319

Years Ended December 31201820192020202120222023
Motorola Solutions$100.00 $142.19 $152.70 $247.22 $237.81 $292.59 
S&P 500$100.00 $131.47 $155.65 $200.29 $163.98 $207.04 
S&P Communications Equipment$100.00 $113.41 $114.12 $172.69 $138.36 $166.68 

29



Item 6: Selected Financial Data[Reserved.]

30
 Years Ended December 31
(In millions, except per share amounts)2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Operating Results         
Net sales$6,380
 $6,038
 $5,695
 $5,881
 $6,227
Operating earnings (loss)1,282
 1,067
 994
 (1,006) 947
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax*(155) 560
 640
 (697) 933
Per Share Data (in dollars)         
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share*$(0.95) $3.24
 $3.17
 $(2.84) $3.45
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share*(0.95) 3.24
 3.02
 5.29
 4.06
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions)162.9
 173.1
 201.8
 245.6
 270.5
Dividends declared per share$1.93
 $1.70
 $1.43
 $1.30
 $1.14
Balance Sheet         
Total assets$8,208
 $8,463
 $8,346
 $10,423
 $11,851
Total debt4,471
 4,396
 4,349
 3,400
 2,461
Other Data         
Capital expenditures$227
 $271
 $175
 $181
 $169
% of sales3.6% 4.5% 3.1% 3.1% 2.7%
Research and development expenditures$568
 $553
 $620
 $681
 $761
% of sales8.9% 9.2% 10.9% 11.6% 12.2%


*    Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.


Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position as of December 31, 20172023 and 20162022 and results of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017.2023. This commentary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Executive Overview
Our Business
Motorola Solutions is solving for safer. Every day we come to work solving for safer communities, safer schools, safer hospitals, safer businesses, safer everywhere. We are a leading global provider of mission-critical communication infrastructure, devices, accessories, software, and services. Our products and services help government,leader in public safety and commercial customers improve their operations through increased effectiveness, efficiency,enterprise security, grounded in nearly 100 years of close customer and safety of their mobile workforces.community collaboration. We serve our customers with a global footprint of sales indesign and advance technology for more than 100,000 public safety and enterprise customers in over 100 countriescountries. We are driven by our commitment to help make everywhere safer for all.
We manage our business organizationally through two segments: “Products and 15,000 employees worldwide based onSystems Integration” and “Software and Services.” Within these segments, we have principal product lines that also follow our industry leading innovationthree major technologies: LMR Communications, Video and a deep portfolio ofCommand Center.
The Company has invested across these three technologies organically and through acquisitions to evolve its LMR focus and expand its safety and security products and services.
We conductOur strategy is to generate value through our business globallytechnologies that help meet the changing needs of our customers around the world in protecting people, property and manage it by two segments:
Products:The Products segmentplaces. While each technology individually strives to make users safer and more productive, we believe we can enable better outcomes for our customers when we unite these technologies to work together. Our goal is comprised of Devicesto help remove silos and Systems. Devices includes two-way portablebarriers between people and vehicle mounted radios, accessories,technologies, so that data unifies, information flows, operations run and software features and upgrades. Systems includes the radio network core and central processing software, base stations, consoles, repeaters, and software applications and features. The primary customers of the Products segment are government, publiccollaboration improves to help strengthen safety and first-responder agencies, municipalities,security everywhere. Across all three technologies, we offer cloud-based and commercialhybrid solutions, cybersecurity services, software and industrial customers who operate private communications networkssubscription services as well as managed and managesupport services.
One example of this collaboration is highlighted by a mobile workforce. school setting. When a teacher presses a panic button on a phone, this can automatically notify local law enforcement of an emergency, trigger a lockdown to secure all entries, share live video feeds with first responders and send mass notifications to key stakeholders inside and outside the school, helping schools to detect, respond and resolve safety and security threats.
The principal products within each segment, by technology, are described below:
Products and Systems Integration Segment
In 2017,2023, the segment’s net sales were $3.8$6.2 billion, representing 59%63% of our consolidated net sales.
Services: The Services segment providesLMR Communications
Our LMR Communications technology includes infrastructure and devices for LMR, public safety Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) and enterprise-grade private LTE. Our technology enables voice and multimedia collaborations across two-way radio, WiFi and public and private broadband networks. We are a full set of service offeringsglobal leader in the two-way radio category, including Project 25 (P25), Terrestrial Trunked Radio ("TETRA") and Digital Mobile Radio (DMR), as well as other PCR solutions. We also deliver LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including devices operating in both low-band and mid-band frequencies, including Citizens’ Broadband Radio Service (CBRS) frequencies.
We believe that public safety agencies and enterprises continue to trust LMR communications systems and devices because they are purpose-built and designed for reliability, availability, security and resiliency to withstand the most challenging conditions.
By extending our two-way radios with broadband data capabilities, we strive to provide our customers with greater functionality and multimedia access to the information and data they need in their workflows. Examples include application services such as GPS location to better protect lone workers, job dispatch to share detailed information and over-the-air programming to optimize device uptime. Our view is that complementary data applications such as these enable government, public safety and commercial communicationenterprise customers to work more efficiently and safely, while maintaining their mission-critical voice communications to remain connected and working in collaboration with others.
Primary sources of revenue for this technology come from selling devices and building communications networks, including: (i) Integration services, (ii) Managed & Support services, and (iii) iDEN services. Integration services includes the implementation, optimization,including infrastructure, installation and integration with our customers’ technology environments. The LMR technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment represented 82%of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.
Video
Our Video technology includes video management infrastructure, AI-powered security cameras including fixed and certain mobile video equipment as well as on-premise and cloud-based access control solutions. We deploy video security and access control solutions to thousands of government and enterprise customers around the world, including schools, transportation systems, devices, software,healthcare centers, public venues, commercial real estate, utilities, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, state and applications. Managed & Support services includes a continuumlocal law enforcement agencies and retailers. Organizations such as these utilize
31



video security and access control to verify critical events or incidents in real-time and to provide data to investigate an event or incident after it happens.
Our view is that government and public safety customers in particular are increasingly turning to video security technologies, including fixed and mobile cameras, to increase visibility, accountability and safety for citizens, communities and first responders alike. Additionally, we believe that government, public safety agencies and enterprises are increasingly turning to scalable, cloud-based multi-factor authentication access control to make their facilities more secure.
The Video technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment represented 18% of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support, the net sales of the total segment in 2023.
Softwareand hardware maintenance. More advanced offerings include network monitoring, software maintenance, and cyber security services. Managed service offerings range from partial or full operation of customer owned networks to operation of Motorola Solutions owned networks. Services and SaaS offerings are provided across all radio network technologies, Command Center Consoles, and Smart Public Safety Solutions. iDEN services consists primarily of hardware and software maintenance services for our legacy iDEN customers. Segment
In 2017,2023, the segment’s net sales were $2.6$3.7 billion, representing 41%37% of our consolidated net sales.
Trends AffectingLMR Communications
LMR Communications services include support and managed services, which offer a broad continuum of support for our customers. Support services include repair and replacement, technical support and preventative maintenance, and more advanced offerings such as system monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operational support of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned communications networks. Our Business
Impact of Macroeconomic Conditions: The stronger U.S. dollarcustomers’ systems often have multi-year or multi-decade lifespans that help drive demand for software upgrades, device and weakening economic conditions had a negative impact on sales throughout 2015 and 2016, particularly in Latin America, parts of Europe, and China. During that time, the strengthening dollar reduced the purchasing power of our customers, and economic challenges negatively impacted government and commercial budgets in these regions. While economic conditions in parts of the world stabilized in 2017 in contrast to the prior year, we expect continued political and economic uncertainty, in particular with the United Kingdom’s planned exit from the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”), and in parts of Latin America and Europe.
Focus on Managed & Support Services and Software:Services continues to grow at a faster rate than the Products segment, driven by acquisitionsinfrastructure refresh opportunities, as well as growth in Managed & Supportadditional services absentto monitor, manage, maintain and secure these complex networks and solutions. We strive to deliver services to our customers that help improve performance across their systems, devices and applications for greater safety and productivity.
Given the mission-critical nature of acquisitions. While Services generallyour customers’ operational environments, we aim to design the LMR networks they rely on for availability, security and resiliency. We have lower gross margins thana comprehensive approach to system upgrades that addresses hardware, software and implementation services. As new system releases become available, we work with our Products segment, we expect revenue growth will continuecustomers to drive operating margin expansion. Duringupgrade software, hardware, or both, with respect to site controllers, comparators, routers, LAN switches, servers, dispatch consoles, logging equipment, network management terminals, network security devices such as firewalls and intrusion detection sensors, on-site or remotely.
The LMR technology within the year ended December 31, 2017, ourSoftware and Services segment grew by 9%.represented 64% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.
In addition, we continueVideo
Video software includes video network management software, decision management and digital evidence management software, certain mobile video equipment, and advanced vehicle location data analysis software, including license plate recognition. Our software is designed to invest incomplement video hardware systems, proving end-to-end video security to help keep people, property and places safe.
Our video network management software through internal development and strategic acquisitions, asis embedded with AI-powered analytics to deliver operational insights to our customers increasingly demand expandedby bringing attention to important events within their video footage. Given the growing volume of video content, we believe that analytics are critical to deliver meaningful, action-oriented insights. Our view is that these insights can help to proactively detect an important event in real time as well as reactively search video content to detect an important event that occurred in the past. For example, AI-powered analytics can highlight unusual behavior such as a person at a facility out of hours, locate a missing child at a theme park with Appearance Search, flag a vehicle of interest at a school through license plate recognition, send an alert through access control if doors are propped open at a hospital, or trigger parallel workflows by activating a school's customized lockdown plan while simultaneously alerting first responders with video footage inside the school.
Our cloud technologies can offer organizations the ability to access, search and manage their video security and access control system from a centralized dashboard, accessible on remote devices such as smartphones and laptops. Additionally, our fixed video systems can be connected to the cloud, providing our customers with the ability to securely access video across their sites from a remote or central monitoring location.
Our Video services include our "video-as-a-service" subscription-based offerings for law enforcement, simplifying procurement by bundling hardware and software into a single subscription. For example, body cameras and in-car video systems can be paired with either on-premises or cloud-based digital evidence management software and complementary command center products. Our cloud solutions are also sold as-a-service, available as single-year to multi-year hosted services, supporting our customers with upgrades and software enhancements to help ensure system performance and technological advancement.
The Video technology within the Software and Services segment represented 16% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.
Command Center
Our Command Center portfolio consists of native cloud, hybrid and on-premises software solutions that support the complex process of the public safety workflow from "911 call to case closure." From the moment a person contacts 911, an array of individuals engage to gather information to coordinate a response and manage the post-incident resolution. These individuals include dispatchers who route calls to police, fire and emergency medical services, first responders in the field, intelligence
32



analysts who manage real-time operations, records specialists who preserve the integrity of information and evidence, crime analysts who identify patterns and accelerate investigations, and corrections officers who oversee jail and inmate management.
Additionally, to help ensure that individuals within the public safety workflow can work as efficiently, effectively and safely as possible, we believe it’s important that individuals within enterprise settings and communities can communicate and collaborate directly with public safety agencies, particularly during emergencies. We remain focused on strengthening the intersection of public safety and enterprise security, offering solutions that are delivered viadesigned to help individuals, enterprises and public safety agencies work together and share the information in an effort to help prevent critical incidents from occurring and better inform an emergency response when an incident unfolds.
Our Command Center software supports all of these individuals through the three phases of incident or event: detection, response and related services. Thisresolution. Detection software includes mobilecommunity engagement and alert applications for tip submissions, crime mapping and evidence submission, mass notification, panic buttons that can share real-time incident details and location, 911 call management software (including multimedia and AI-powered language transcription) and next-generation core services for 911 call routing. Response software includes voice and computer aided dispatch (CAD) for dispatch and coordinating first response, collaboration software to share operational updates, real-time intelligence software that shows a single, real-time view of video feeds and other alerts on a map, and field response and reporting to help frontline personnel collaborate, manage incident activity and file reports from the field. Resolution software includes centralized records for streamlined reporting and record-keeping, evidence management for gathering, managing and sharing multimedia evidence throughout an incident's lifecycle, and investigative tools that uncover connections across records, vehicles and images in an effort to identify crime trends.
Another area of public safety evolution is the increasing adoption of Next Generation 911 Core Services (“NGCS”), a group of products and services needed to create infrastructure connectivity in order to process a 911 call using Next Generation (“NG”) technology. The NG infrastructure is an Emergency Service IP Network ("ESInet"), which can carry voice, data and multimedia. ESInet enables 911 call takers at public safety answering points to respond to text, video and data. Our NGCS can be offered as a managed service and includes call routing, ESInet, location services, geographic information services, cybersecurity and our continuous communications network and security operations center dedicated to public safety.
Command Center also includes interoperability solutions that provide connectivity across LMR and broadband networks to help ensure that communication is not limited by coverage area, network technology or device type. Additionally, Command Center includes push-to-talk ("PTT") devices that deliver voice communications over LTE and Wi-Fi, and advanced back-end systems that enable and manage interoperable communications, capable of scaling from small enterprises to nationwide cellular networks. For example, a two-way radio network can connect with an LTE network, assisting individuals in communicating securely and more easily across technologies. These solutions can provide our public safety customers with the critical interoperability between multiple agencies' networks, facilitating a coordinated response.
Finally, as the Command Center market continues to evolve from on-premises to hybrid and cloud "software-as-a-service" ("SaaS") technologies to improve their operations, reduce response times and increase officer availability, we offer both native cloud-based applications and cloud features that provide enhanced capabilities such as analyticsenhance on-premises applications. We believe this flexibility helps our customers to optimize their investments and predictive intelligence. In some cases, government funding or mandates help drive this software expansion, such as Next Generation 9-1-1 funding inenhance their systems with the United States, and Public Safety LTE investment in the United States, United Kingdom, and other countries. This evolving trend provides a growth opportunity for us.technologies of their choice.
Recent Developments
On February 1, 2018, we announced our intention to purchase Avigilon Corporation, a provider of advanced end-to-end security and surveillance solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, surveillance cameras and access control solutions for a purchase price of approximately $1.3 billion Canadian dollars. The acquisition is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2018.
On July 28, 2017, we announced our intention to purchase Plant Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Airbus DS Communications. This acquisition will expand our software portfolio in the Command Center with additional solutions for Next Generation 9-1-1. The acquisition is expected to be completed intechnology within the first quarter Software and Services segment represented 20% of 2018.





Recent Changes to U.S. Tax Law
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted into law. The Tax Act contains broad and complex provisions including, but not limited to: (i) the reduction of corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, (ii) requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, (iii) generally eliminating U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries, (iv) modifying limitation on excessive employee remuneration, (v) requiring current inclusion in U.S. federal taxable income of certain earnings of controlled foreign corporations, (vi) repeal of corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how AMT credits can be realized, (vii) creating a new minimum tax, (viii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense, (ix) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, and (x) eliminating the deduction for income attributable to domestic production activities.
As required under U.S. GAAP, the effects of tax law changes are recognized in the period of enactment. Accordingly, we have recorded incremental income tax expense in the amount of $874 million associated with the Tax Act during the year ended December 31, 2017.
Change in Presentation
During the first quarter of 2017, we restructured our regions to combine the North America and Latin America regions into one region which is now reflected as the Americas. Accordingly, we now report net sales of the total segment in the following three geographic regions: the Americas, Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), and Asia Pacific ("AP"). We have updated all periods presented to reflect this change in presentation.2023.
2017 financial results2023 Financial Results
Ended 2017 with a record backlog position of $9.6 billion, up 15% compared to 2016
Net sales were $6.4$10.0 billion in 20172023 compared to $6.0$9.1 billion in 2016 and grew in every region2022.
Operating earnings were $1.3$2.3 billion in 2017,2023 compared to $1.1$1.7 billion in 20162022.
Recorded an $874 million tax expense dueNet earnings attributable to U.S. tax reform
Loss from continuing operations was $155 million,Motorola Solutions, Inc. were $1.7 billion, or $0.95$9.93 per diluted common share in 2017,2023, compared to earnings of $560 million,$1.4 billion, or $3.24$7.93 per diluted common share in 20162022.
OperatingOur operating cash flow increased $181 million to $1.3was $2.0 billion in 20172023 compared to $1.8 billion in 2022.
Returned $790 millionWe returned approximately $1.4 billion of capital to shareholders, in the form of $483$804 million in share repurchases and $307$589 million in dividends in 2017 and invested $298 million in acquisitions2023.
IncreasedWe increased our quarterly dividend by 11% to $0.52$0.98 per share in November 20172023.
We ended 2023 with a backlog position of $14.3 billion, down $88 million compared to 2022.
Segment Financial results for our two segments in 2017Highlights
In the Products and Systems Integration segment, net sales were $3.8$6.2 billion in 2017,2023, an increase of $123$514 million, or 3%9%, compared to $3.6$5.7 billion in 2016.2022. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in every region, compared to 2016.both the International and North America region. Operating earnings were $914$1.2 billion in 2023, compared to $913 million in 2017, compared to $734 million in 2016.2022. Operating marginmargins increased in 20172023 to 24.2%19.9% from 20.1%15.9% in 2016.2022 primarily due to higher sales and lower direct material costs, partially offset by higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation.
In the Software and Services segment, net sales were $2.6$3.7 billion in 2017,2023, an increase of $219$352 million, or 9%10%, compared to $2.4$3.4 billion in 2016.2022. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in every region,both the North America and International region. Operating earnings were $1.1 billion in 2023, compared to 2016. Managed & Support services grew 12%$748 million in 2022. Operating margins increased in 2023 to
33



28.1% from 22.1% in 2022 primarily driven by higher sales, a $147 million fixed asset impairment loss in 2022 that did not recur in 2023, related to assets constructed and used in the acquisitionsdeployment of the Emergency Services Network ("ESN") services contract with the Home Office of the United Kingdom (the "Home Office") which we have executed an agreement to exit, and a reduction in intangible amortization expenses, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave Spillman Technologies, Interexportservices in 2023 due to the implementation of the United Kingdom's (the "U.K.") Competition and Kodiak Networks. Operating earnings were $368 millionMarkets Authority's ("CMA") remedies order and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.
Macroeconomic Events
During fiscal year 2023, we operated under market conditions influenced by events such as those discussed below. For a further discussion of our business and the trends and risks that we encounter in 2017,our business, please refer to “Part I. Item 1. Business” and “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.
In 2023, we experienced improved conditions with respect to availability of materials in the semiconductor market. We reduced our inventory carrying levels as compared to $333 million2022 in response to the improved supply conditions. We continue to remain focused on improving our supplier network, engineering alternative designs and working to reduce supply shortages and effectively manage costs. In addition, we continue to actively manage our inventory by diversifying the footprint of our supply chain operations, including by finalizing a strategic agreement relating to our video manufacturing operations during the first quarter of 2024, and maintaining increased levels of inventory in targeted areas to support increased demand and customer requirements.
Recent Events
CMA Update
In October 2021, the CMA announced that it had opened a market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market. This investigation included Airwave, our private mobile radio communications network that we acquired in 2016. Operating margin increasedAirwave provides mission-critical voice and data communications to emergency services and other agencies in 2017Great Britain.
In early 2023 the CMA issued its final decision which stated it will impose a prospective price control on Airwave. We strongly disagreed with the CMA's final decision and we filed an appeal with the Competition Appeal Tribunal ("CAT"). On July 31, 2023, the CMA adopted a remedies order which implemented the price control set out in its final decision, which was suspended until the CAT dismissed our appeal on December 22, 2023. On February 13, 2024, we filed an application with the United Kingdom Court of Appeal requesting that it hear our appeal.
Based on the adoption of the remedies order, since August 1, 2023, revenue under the Airwave contract has been recognized in accordance with the prospective price control. As our appeal to 14.1% from 13.9% in 2016.
Looking Forward
Entering 2018, we believe we are well-positionedthe CAT has been dismissed, revenue will continue to compete moving forward. We have a broad, compelling products andbe recognized according to the remedies order published by the CMA, unless the United Kingdom Court of Appeal were to reverse the remedies order. Our backlog for Airwave services portfolio specifically tailored for our mission-critical communications customer base that spans many layerscontracted with the Home Office through 2026, inclusive of governments, public safety, and first responders, as well as commercial and industrial customers in a number of key verticals. As we add new products, features, and software upgrades, we ensure our solutions are interoperable and backward-compatible, enabling customers to confidently invest for their future needs while allowing them to utilize their prior investment in our technology.
Supplementing our traditional core business is our investment in our Managed & Support services business and software solutions in the Command Center. As communication networks have become increasingly complex, software-centric, and data-driven, we have shifted our offeringsfive month period beginning August 1, 2023, was reduced by $777 million to align with this technology trendthe remedies order in serving our customers. the fourth quarter of 2023.
34



Recent Acquisitions
TechnologySegmentAcquisitionDescriptionPurchase PriceDate of Acquisition
Video Security and Access ControlProducts and Systems IntegrationIPVideo CorporationCreator of a multifunctional safety and security device.$170 million and share-based compensation of $5 millionDecember 15, 2023
Command CenterSoftware and ServicesRave Mobile Safety, Inc.
("Rave Mobile")
Provider of mass notification and incident management services.$553 million and share-based compensation of $2 millionDecember 14, 2022
LMR CommunicationsProducts and Systems IntegrationFuturecom Systems Group, ULCProvider of radio coverage extension solutions.$30 millionOctober 25, 2022
LMR CommunicationsProducts and Systems IntegrationBarrett Communications Pty LtdProvider of specialized radio communications.$18 millionAugust 8, 2022
Video Security and Access ControlProducts and Systems IntegrationVideotec S.p.A.Provider of ruggedized video security solutions.$23 million and share-based compensation of $4 millionMay 12, 2022
Video Security and Access ControlSoftware and ServicesCalipsa, Inc.Provider of cloud-native advanced video analytics.$39 million and share-based compensation of $4 millionApril 19, 2022
LMR CommunicationsSoftware and ServicesTETRA Ireland Communications LimitedProvider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service.$120 millionMarch 23, 2022
Video Security and Access Control
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Ava Security LimitedProvider of cloud-native video security and analytics.$388 million and share-based awards and compensation of $7 millionMarch 3, 2022
Command CenterSoftware and Services911 Datamaster, Inc.Provider of Next Generation 911 data solutions that help to ensure emergency calls are accurately located and routed based on the caller's location.$35 million and share-based compensation of $3 millionDecember 16, 2021
Video Security and Access Control
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Envysion, Inc.Provider of enterprise video security and business analytics.$124 million and share-based compensation of $1 millionOctober 29, 2021
Video Security and Access Control
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Openpath Security, Inc.Provider of cloud-based mobile access control.$298 million and share-based compensation of $29 millionJuly 15, 2021
35



Climate Change Regulations
We expect that our operations and supply chain will become increasingly subject to continuefederal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and international treaties and industry standards relating to see growing demand for our Managed & Support services going forward. These services offerings help customers manage, support,climate change. For example, in the European Union (the “EU”), the EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and upgrade their networksEU taxonomy initiatives will introduce additional due diligence and disclosure requirements addressing sustainability that will apply or we expect will apply, as well as utilize features, applications, and data in new ways, including predictive policing, proactive support, or smarter response strategies. We expect our overall revenue mixapplicable, to continue to shift towards software and services over time. We expanded our software solutions and services portfolios in 2017 with the acquisitions of Kodiak Networks and Interexport, respectively.



Another key technology trend complementing our existing business is the expanded use of broadband LTE by our customers. We have been proactively investing in next-generation public safety broadband solutions for years, as we believe public safety LTE solutions are the next-generation tool for our public safety first-responder customers. We believe our expertise in both public and private networks makes us uniquely qualified to provide these public safety broadband solutions to this customer base. We have now won the four largest public safety LTE network installations awarded to date and expect LTE sales to represent a larger portion of our revenue in the coming years.
We remain committedRecently, in October 2021 the U.K.’s Cabinet Office began requiring companies bidding on contracts with the U.K. government that have a value of over £5m per year to driving shareholder value with revenue growth, operating leverage, cash flow generation, and efficient capital deployment. Our frameworkhave carbon reduction plans that contain a commitment to achieving net zero emissions by 2050 for efficient capital deployment of cash flow fromU.K. operations. This requirement applies to our operations consists of approximately: (i) 50% for acquisitions or share repurchases, (ii) 30% for dividends, and (iii) 20% for investments in the business through capital expenditures.U.K. Although Motorola Solutions UK Ltd. and Airwave Solutions Ltd., our U.K. subsidiaries, each committed in early 2022 to achieving net zero emissions by 2050 for such entities' U.K. operations, this requirement and any similar future requirements and other increased regulation of climate change concerns could subject us to additional costs and restrictions, impact our competitive position or require us to make certain changes to our manufacturing practices and/or product designs.
Looking Forward
We expect continued growth within our global LMR installed base as a number of events such as natural disasters and large-scale incidents continue to reinforce the importance of having secure, reliable LMR for public safety. We believe our augmentation of LMR with broadband solutions will also drive growth, as we expect our customers will look to integrate valuable data capabilities. We expect to provide additional services to existing LMR customers as communications networks become more complex, software-centric and data-driven.
As public safety needs continue to evolve, we anticipate growth opportunities within the command center as our Command Center portfolio supports the complex process of the public safety workflow from "911 call to case closure." We expect increased growth across our portfolio that consists of native cloud, hybrid and on-premises software solutions that provide a balanced approachmigration path for our customers from on-premises solutions to cloud capabilities, as well as from the increasing adoption of NGCS.
Within Video, we expect growth across our portfolio of fixed and mobile video security solutions embedded with advanced analytics and access control solutions. We believe drivers include the expansion of traditional video sales beyond enterprise customers to government and public safety customers. Additionally, we believe that government, public safety agencies and enterprises are increasingly turning to scalable, cloud-based multi-factor authentication access control to make their facilities more secure with the ability to securely access, search and manage these systems across their sites from a remote or central monitoring location. We also expect customers to continue to embrace analytics that convert video data into actionable insights and offerings such as "video-as-a-service."
Finally, we anticipate new opportunities from the investments we are making to integrate our LMR, Video and Command Center technologies into one unified safety and security ecosystem. We have made go-to-market and research and development investments in allocating capital throughboth Video and our Command Center technologies with growth in mind. We have made a number of acquisitions and we see opportunities to continue to rationalize costs within both segments of our business, further driving operating leverage in our businesses.
We expect the continuing impact of revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2024 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order. Revenue will continue to be recognized according to the remedies order published by the CMA, unless the United Kingdom Court of Appeal were to reverse the remedies order. Refer to "Recent Events" set forth in this framework. Our share repurchase program has approximately $1.7 billion“Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of authority available asFinancial Condition and Results of December 31, 2017.Operations” of this Form 10-K for a further discussion regarding the impact of the CMA's remedies order on our business.




36



Results of Operations 
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)2017 % of
Sales **
 2016 % of
Sales **
 2015 % of
Sales **
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)2023% of
Sales **
2022% of
Sales **
2021% of
Sales **
Net sales from products$3,772
   $3,649
   $3,676
  
Net sales from services2,608
   2,389
   2,019
  
Net sales from services
Net sales from services
Net sales6,380
   6,038
   5,695
  
Net sales
Net sales
Costs of product sales
Costs of product sales
Costs of product sales1,686
 44.7 % 1,649
 45.2 % 1,625
 44.2 %2,591 44.6 44.6 %2,595 48.3 48.3 %2,104 45.7 45.7 %
Costs of services sales1,670
 64.0 % 1,520
 63.6 % 1,351
 66.9 %Costs of services sales2,417 58.0 58.0 %2,288 61.1 61.1 %2,027 56.9 56.9 %
Costs of sales3,356
 52.6 % 3,169
 52.5 % 2,976
 52.3 %Costs of sales5,008 50.2 50.2 %4,883 53.6 53.6 %4,131 50.6 50.6 %
Gross margin3,024
 47.4 % 2,869
 47.5 % 2,719
 47.7 %Gross margin4,970 49.8 49.8 %4,229 46.4 46.4 %4,040 49.4 49.4 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses979
 15.3 % 1,000
 16.6 % 1,021
 17.9 %Selling, general and administrative expenses1,561 15.6 15.6 %1,450 15.9 15.9 %1,353 16.6 16.6 %
Research and development expenditures568
 8.9 % 553
 9.2 % 620
 10.9 %Research and development expenditures858 8.6 8.6 %779 8.5 8.5 %734 9.0 9.0 %
Other charges195
 3.1 % 249
 4.1 % 84
 1.5 %Other charges257 2.6 2.6 %339 3.7 3.7 %286 3.5 3.5 %
Operating earnings1,282
 20.1 % 1,067
 17.7 % 994
 17.5 %Operating earnings2,294 23.0 23.0 %1,661 18.2 18.2 %1,667 20.4 20.4 %
Other income (expense):           
Interest expense, net(201) (3.2)% (205) (3.4)% (173) (3.0)%
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net3
  % (6) (0.1)% 107
 1.9 %
Other(8) (0.1)% (12) (0.2)% (11) (0.2)%
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net(216)(2.2)%(226)(2.5)%(208)(2.5)%
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, netGains on sales of investments and businesses, net  %— %— %
Other, netOther, net68 0.7 %77 0.8 %92 1.1 %
Total other expense(206) (3.2)% (223) (3.7)% (77) (1.4)%Total other expense(148)(1.5)(1.5)%(146)(1.6)(1.6)%(115)(1.4)(1.4)%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes1,076
 16.9 % 844
 14.0 % 917
 16.1 %
Net earnings before income taxesNet earnings before income taxes2,146 21.5 %1,515 16.6 %1,552 19.0 %
Income tax expense1,227
 19.2 % 282
 4.7 % 274
 4.8 %Income tax expense432 4.3 4.3 %148 1.6 1.6 %302 3.7 3.7 %
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations(151) (2.4)% 562
 9.3 % 643
 11.3 %
Net earningsNet earnings1,714 17.2 %1,367 15.0 %1,250 15.3 %
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests4
 0.1 % 2
  % 3
 0.1 %Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests5 0.1 0.1 %— — %0.1 0.1 %
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations*(155) (2.4)% 560
 9.3 % 640
 11.2 %
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  % 
  % (30) (0.5)%
Net earnings (loss)*$(155) (2.4)% $560
 9.3 % $610
 10.7 %
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share*:           
Continuing operations$(0.95)   $3.24
   $3.17
  
Discontinued operations
   
   (0.15)  
Net earnings*
Net earnings*
Net earnings*$1,709 17.1 %$1,363 15.0 %$1,245 15.2 %
Earnings per diluted common share*$(0.95)   $3.24
   $3.02
  
Earnings per diluted common share*
Earnings per diluted common share*$9.93  $7.93  $7.17  
*    Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.
**    Percentages may not add due to rounding.

Geographic Market Sales by Locale of End Customer
202320222021
North America69 %70 %68 %
International31 %30 %32 %
 100 %100 %100 %
37



 2017 2016 2015
Americas68% 68% 71%
EMEA21% 21% 17%
AP11% 11% 12%
 100% 100% 100%


Results of Operations—20172023 Compared to 20162022
Net Sales
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022% Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration$6,242 $5,728 %
Net sales from Software and Services3,736 3,384 10 %
Net sales$9,978 $9,112 10 %
The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 63% of our net sales in both 2023 and 2022. The Software and Services segment’s net sales represented 37% of our net sales in both 2023 and 2022.
Net sales were $6.4 billion in 2017, up $342increased by $866 million, or 6%10%, compared to $6.0 billion2022. The 9% increase in 2016, reflecting solid demand acrossnet sales within the globe for our productsProducts and services.Systems Integration segment was driven by a 20% increase in the International region and a 5% increase in the North America region. The 10% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by a 16% increase in the North America region and a 1% increase within the International region. The increase in net sales is reflective ofincluded:
an increase in the Products and ServicesSystems Integration segment, inclusive of $15 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in every region. WithinLMR and Video; and
an increase in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of $83 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by an increase in LMR services, Command Center and Video;
inclusive of $38 million from unfavorable currency rates.
Regional results included:
a 9% increase in the North America region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, Video and Command Center; and
a 11% increase in the International region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR and Video, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order.
Products and Systems Integration
The 9% increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment Systems net sales increased in the Americas, while Devices net sales increased in every region. Services net sales increased,was driven by the acquisitions of Airwave, Interexport, Spillman Technologies and Kodiak Networks andfollowing:
$414 million, or 9% growth in Managed & SupportLMR, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the International and IntegrationNorth America regions; and
$100 million, or 10% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;
inclusive of $19 million from unfavorable currency rates.
Software and Services
The 10% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by the following:
$125 million, or 5% growth in LMR services, absentinclusive of acquisitions.revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America and International regions, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order;
$124 million, or 21% growth in Command Center, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions; and
$103 million, or 20% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America region;
inclusive of $19 million from unfavorable currency rates.
Gross Margin
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022% Change
Gross margin$4,970 $4,229 18 %
Gross margin was $3.0 billion, or 47.4%49.8% of net sales in 2017,2023 compared to $2.9 billion, or 47.5%46.4% of net sales in 2016.2022. The primary drivers of this increase in gross margin as a percentage of net sales were:
38



higher gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by higher sales and lower direct material costs; and
higher gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by higher sales and a $147 million fixed asset impairment loss in 2022 that did not recur in 2023, related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order.
Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022% Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,561 $1,450 %
SG&A expenses decreased 2% to $979increased $111 million, or 15.3%8% in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation, and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses, partially offset by lower Hytera-related legal expenses. SG&A expenses were 15.6% of net sales in 2017,2023 compared to $1.0 billion, or 16.6%15.9% of net sales in 2016. The decrease2022.
Research and Development ("R&D") Expenditures
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022% Change
Research and development expenditures$858 $779 10 %
R&D expenditures increased $79 million, or 10% in SG&A expenditures is2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to cost saving initiatives, partially offset byhigher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation, and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.
Research and Development Expenditures
R&D expenditures increased 3% to $568 million, or 8.9%were 8.6% of net sales in 2017, compared to $553 million, or 9.2%2023 and 8.5% of net sales in 2016. The increase2022.
Other Charges
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022
Other charges$257 $339 
Other charges decreased $82 million, or 24% in R&D expenditures is2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to increased expenses associated with acquired businesses.the following:
Other Charges
We recorded net other charges$177 million of $195intangible asset amortization expense in 2023 compared to $257 million in 2017,2022;
$4 million of legal settlements in 2023 compared to net charges of $249$23 million in 2016. The charges2022;
$6 million of operating lease asset impairments in 2017 included: (i) $1512023 compared to $24 million in 2022;
$7 million of charges relatingfor acquisition-related transaction fees in 2023 compared to $23 million in 2022; and
$3 million of fixed asset impairments in 2023 compared to $12 million in 2022; partially offset by
$24 million impairment loss related to the amortizationexit of intangibles, (ii) $48video manufacturing operations in 2023 that did not occur in 2022 (see "Property, Plant and Equipment, Net" within "Note 4: Other Financial Data" to our consolidated financial statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for further information);
$15 million of losses on settlements within a non-U.S. pension plan, (iii) $33environmental reserve expense in 2023 that did not occur in 2022;
$15 million of gain recoveries from the legal settlement under the Hytera bankruptcy proceedings in 2022 that did not occur in 2023; and
$22 million of net reorganization of business charges (iv) $9in 2023 compared to $18 million in 2022 (see "Note 14: Reorganization of asset impairments,Businesses" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and (v) $1Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).
39



Operating Earnings
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration$1,244 $913 
Operating earnings from Software and Services1,050 748 
Operating earnings$2,294 $1,661 
Operating earnings increased $633 million, of charges for acquisition related transaction fees,or 38% in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in Operating earnings was due to:
a $331 million increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment from 2022 to 2023, primarily driven by higher sales and lower direct material costs, partially offset by higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation; and
a $47$302 million gainincrease in the Software and Services segment from 2022 to 2023, primarily driven by higher sales, a $147 million fixed asset impairment loss in 2022 that did not recur in 2023, related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit, and a reduction in intangible amortization expenses, partially offset by the revenue reduction on legal settlements. The chargesAirwave services in 2016 included: (i) $113 million of charges relating2023 due to the amortizationimplementation of intangibles, (ii) $97 million of net reorganization of business charges, including a $17 million building impairmentthe CMA's remedies order, and a $3 million impairment of our corporate aircraft, (iii) $26 million of losses on settlements within a non-U.S. pension plan, and (iv) $13 million of transaction fees on the acquisition of Airwave. The net reorganization of business charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.
Net Interest Expense, net
Net interest expense was $201
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022
Interest expense, net$(216)$(226)
The $10 million in 2017 compared to $205 million in 2016. The decrease in net interest expense in 20172023 compared to 20162022 was a result of lower outstandinghigher interest income earned on cash partially offset by higher debt throughout 2017, due to the $675 million term loan outstanding throughout 2016, which was repaid at the end of 2016.outstanding.
Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net
Net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net$ $
The net gains on sales of investments and businesses were $3 million in 2017, compared to net losses on sales of investments and businesses of $6 million in 2016. The net gains in 2017 were primarily related to the sales of various equity investments. Theinvestments that occurred in 2022.
Other, net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022
Other, net$68 $77 
Other, net income decreased $9 million in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to:
$53 million of foreign currency losses in 2016 consisted primarily2023 compared to $37 million of foreign currency gains in 2022;
$99 million of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit in 2023 compared to $123 million of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit in 2022;
$21 million gain on TETRA Ireland equity method investment in 2022 that did not occur in 2023; and
$16 million of investment impairments in 2023 compared to $1 million of investment impairments in 2022; partially offset by
a $19$20 million gain on derivatives in 2023 compared to a $61 million loss on the sale of an investmentderivatives in United Kingdom treasury securities and 2022;
a $7 million loss from the sale of our Malaysia manufacturing operations, partially offset by $20 million of gains on the sales of equity investments.
Other
Net Other expense was $8 million in 2017, compared to $12 million in 2016. The net Other expense in 2017 was primarily comprised of a $31 million foreign currency loss, partially offset by: (i) a $15$13 million gain on derivative instruments, (ii) $7 million of other non-operating gains and (iii) a $1 million gain onfair value adjustments to equity method investments. The net Other expenseinvestments in 2016 was primarily comprised of: (i) a $562023 compared to an $30 million loss on derivative instruments, (ii) fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2022;
40



a $10 million foreign currency loss on currency purchased and held in anticipation of the acquisition of Airwave, (iii) a $4 million investment impairment, and (iv) a $2$6 million loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt partially offset by: (i) in 2022 that did not occur in 2023; and
a $46$3 million foreign currency gain, (ii) $9 million of other non-operating gains, and (iii) $5 million gainloss on equity method investments.investments in 2022 that did not occur in 2023.
Effective Tax Rate
We recorded $1.2 billion of net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20232022
Income tax expense$432 $148 
Income tax expense increased by $284 million in 2017, an increase of $945 million2023 compared to $282 million of net tax expense in 2016, or2022, for an effective tax rate of 33%. As a result of the Tax Act, we recorded $874 million of non-recurring charges during 2017, primarily related to a valuation allowance of $471 million against U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards and income tax expense of $366 million from the remeasurement of our deferred tax balances at the lower federal tax rate of 21%. Excluding the income tax effects from the Tax Act, our effective tax rate was20.1%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%.21% primarily due to:
$38 million benefit from the foreign derived intangible income deduction;
$33 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation; and
$19 million of benefits due to the generation of research and development tax credits, offset by:
$71 million tax expense for estimated 2023 U.S. state income taxes.
Our effective tax rate in 20162022 was 9.8%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%21% primarily due to:
$77 million of a non-recurring net deferred tax benefit as a result of an intra-group transfer of certain intellectual property rights;
$68 million of benefits due to lowerthe recognition of excess tax ratesbenefits on non-U.S. income.share-based compensation;
Our effective tax rate will$59 million benefit from the foreign derived intangible income deduction; and
$47 million benefit due to a change from period to period based on non-recurring events, such as the settlement of income tax audits, changes in valuation allowances, changes in tax laws, and the tax impact of significant unusual or extraordinary items, as well as recurring factors including changes in the geographic mixCompany's ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards resulting in the partial release of incomevaluation allowances.
For further information, see "Note 7: Income Taxes" to our consolidated financial statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and effectsSupplementary Data” of various global income tax strategies.this Form 10-K.



Results of Operations—2022 Compared to 2021
Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.Net Sales
After taxes, we had a loss from continuing operations attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021% Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration$5,728 $5,033 14 %
Net sales from Software and Services3,384 3,138 %
Net sales$9,112 $8,171 12 %
The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 63% of $155 million, or $0.95 per diluted share,our net sales in 2017,2022, compared to earnings62% in 2021. The Software and Services segment’s net sales represented 37% of $560 million, or $3.24 per diluted share,our net sales in 2016.
The decrease in earnings from continuing operations in 2017, as2022, compared to 201638% in 2021.
Net sales increased by $941 million, or 12%, in 2022 compared to 2021. The 14% increase in net sales within the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by a 15% increase in the North America region and a 10% increase in the International region. The 8% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by a 14% increase in the North America region and consistent net sales within the International region. The increase in net sales included:
an increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of $53 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, inclusive of public safety LMR products and PCR, and Video; and
an increase in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of $68 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by an increase in income tax expense primarily related to an $874Video, LMR services and Command Center;
inclusive of $216 million charge forfrom unfavorable currency rates.
Regional results include:
a 15% increase in the implementationNorth America region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, Video and Command Center; and
a 5% increase in the Tax Act.International region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, Video and Command Center.
Results of Operations—2016 Compared to 2015
41


Net Sales
Net sales were $6.0 billionProducts and Systems Integration
The 14% increase in 2016, up $343the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by the following:
$510 million, or 6%, compared to $5.7 billion12% growth in 2015. public safety LMR products and PCR, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions; and
$185 million, or 22% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, in both the North America and International regions;
inclusive of $98 million from unfavorable currency rates.
Software and Services
The 8% increase in net sales is reflective ofthe Software and Services segment was driven by the following:
$112 million, or 28% growth in every region. EMEA grew on Services sales, partially offsetVideo, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by lower Products sales. The increasethe North America region;
$69 million, or 3% growth in EMEA Services sales was due to expansionLMR services, inclusive of our Managed & Support services, primarilyrevenue from acquisitions, driven by the acquisitionNorth America region; and
$65 million, or 12% growth in Command Center, inclusive of Airwave which provided $462revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;
inclusive of $118 million of net sales during the year ended December 31, 2016. The Americas grew on Products sales, partially offset by lower Services sales. The decrease in the Americas Services sales was primarily due to macroeconomic pressures in Latin America. AP grew on both Services and Products sales.from unfavorable currency rates.
Gross Margin
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021% Change
Gross margin$4,229 $4,040 %
Gross margin was $2.9 billion, or 47.5%46.4% of net sales in 2016,2022 compared to $2.7 billion, or 47.7%49.4% of net sales in 2015.2021. The primary drivers of this decrease in gross margin as a percentage of net sales were:
lower gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by a fixed asset impairment loss of $147 million related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit; and
lower gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by increased direct material costs and freight costs, partially offset by pricing actions and higher sales volume.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021% Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,450 $1,353 %
SG&A expenses decreased 2%increased $97 million, or 7% in 2022 compared to $1.0 billion, or2021. SG&A expenses were 15.9% of net sales in 2022 compared to 16.6% of net sales in 2016, compared to $1.0 billion, or 17.9% of net sales in 2015.2021. The decreaseincrease in SG&A expenditures isexpenses was primarily due to cost savings initiatives, including headcount reductions, partially offset by higher incentiveexpenses associated with acquired businesses, higher share-based compensation and acquisitions costs.higher travel expenses.
Research and Development Expenditures
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021% Change
Research and development expenditures$779 $734 %
R&D expenditures decreased 11% to $553increased $45 million, or 9.2%6% in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to an investment in R&D, higher expenses associated with acquired businesses and higher share-based compensation. R&D expenditures were 8.5% of net sales in 2016, compared to $620 million, or 10.9%2022 and 9.0% of net sales in 2015. The decrease in R&D expenditures is primarily due to: (i) cost savings initiatives, including headcount reductions, and (ii) the movement of employees to lower cost work sites.2021.
42



Other Charges
We recorded net other
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021
Other charges$339 $286 
Other charges increased $53 million, or 19% in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to the following:
$257 million of $249intangible asset amortization expense in 2022 compared to $236 million in 2016,2021;
$23 million of legal settlements in 2022 compared to net charges of $84$3 million in 2015. The charges2021;
$24 million of operating lease asset impairments in 2016 included: (i) $1132022 compared to $10 million in 2021;
$12 million of fixed asset impairments in 2022 that did not occur in 2021; and
$23 million of charges relatingfor acquisition-related transaction fees in 2022 compared to $15 million in 2021; partially offset by
$15 million of gain recoveries from the amortization of intangibles, (ii) $97legal settlement under the Hytera bankruptcy proceedings in 2022 that did not occur in 2021; and
$18 million of net reorganization of business charges including in 2022 compared to $24 million in 2021 (see "Note 14: Reorganization of Businesses" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).
Operating Earnings
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration$913 $760 
Operating earnings from Software and Services748 907 
Operating earnings$1,661 $1,667 
Operating earnings decreased $6 million, or 0.4% in 2022 compared to 2021. The decrease in Operating earnings was due to:
a $17$159 million buildingdecrease in the Software and Services segment from 2021 to 2022, primarily driven by a fixed asset impairment loss of $147 million related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit; partially offset by
a $3$153 million impairment on our corporate aircraft, (iii) $26increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment from 2021 to 2022, driven by higher sales volume and increased pricing, partially offset by higher direct material costs and higher operating expenses. The increase in operating expenses was primarily driven by higher expenses associated with acquired businesses and $27 million of losses on settlements within a non-U.S. pension plan, and (iv) $13 million of transaction fees on the acquisition of Airwave. The charges in 2015 included: (i) $108 million of net reorganization of business charges, including a $31 million impairment of our corporate aircraft which was sold and (ii) $8 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles,higher share-based compensation expense, partially offset by a $32$15 million non-U.S. pension curtailment gain. The net reorganization of business charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.gain from Hytera legal recoveries.
Net Interest Expense, net
Net interest expense was $205
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021
Interest expense, net$(226)$(208)
The $18 million in 2016 compared to $173 million in 2015. The increase in net interest expense in 20162022 compared to 20152021 was a result of higher debt outstanding debt balances throughout 2016.and the reversal of a non-cash interest accrual related to an international tax audit in 2021, partially offset by higher interest income earned on cash.
Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net
Net losses on sales of investments and businesses were $6 million in 2016, compared to
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021
Gains (Losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net$3 $
The net gains on sales of investments and businesses of $107 million in 2015. The net losses in 2016 consistedwere primarily of: (i) a $19 million loss on the sale of an investment in United Kingdom treasury securities and (ii) a $7 million loss from the sale of our Malaysia manufacturing operations, partially offset by$20 million of gains on the sales of equity investments. The net gains in 2015 were related to the sales of various equity investments.
43



Other, net
Net
Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021
Other, net$77 $92 
Other, expense was $12net income decreased $15 million in 2016,2022 compared to $11 million in 2015. The net Other expense in 2016 was2021 primarily comprised of: (i) due to:
a $56$61 million loss on derivative instruments, (ii)derivatives in 2022 compared to a $10$30 million loss on derivatives in 2021;
a $30 million loss on fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2022 compared to an $8 million loss on fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2021; and
a $3 million loss on equity method investments in 2022 compared to a $5 million gain on equity method investments in 2021; partially offset by
a $21 million gain on TETRA Ireland equity method investment in 2022 that did not occur in 2021;
$37 million of foreign currency gains in 2022 compared to $17 million of foreign currency gains in 2021; and
a $6 million loss on currency purchased and heldthe extinguishment of long term debt in anticipation of the acquisition of Airwave, (iii) a $4 million investment impairment, and (iv) a $22022 compared to an $18 million loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt partially offset by: (i) a $46 million foreign currency gain, (ii) $9 millionin 2021 (see "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of other non-operating gains, and (iii) a $5 million gain on equity method investments. The net Other expense in 2015 was primarily comprised of: (i) a $23 million foreign currency loss and (ii) a $6 million investment impairment, partially offset by: (i) a $7 million gain on derivative instruments, (ii) a $6 million gain on equity method investments, and (iii) $5 million of other non-operating gains.this Form 10-K for further information).
Effective Tax Rate
We recorded $282 million of net
Years ended December 31
(In millions)20222021
Income tax expense$148 $302 
Income tax expense decreased by $154 million in 2016, resulting in2022 compared to 2021, for an effective tax rate of 33%9.8%, compared to $274which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:
a $77 million non-recurring net deferred tax benefit as a result of an intra-group transfer of certain intellectual property rights in 2022;
$68 million of netbenefits due to the recognition of excess tax expensebenefits on share-based compensation;
a $59 million benefit from the foreign derived intangible income deduction; and
a $47 million benefit due to a change in 2015,the Company's ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards resulting in an effective tax ratethe partial release of 30%. valuation allowances.
Our effective tax rate in 2016 and 2015 were2021 was 19.5%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%21% primarily due to:
a $34 million benefit due to lower tax rates on non-U.S. income.


Our effective tax rate willa change from period to period based on non-recurring events, such as the settlement of income tax audits, changes in valuation allowances, and the tax impact of significant unusual or extraordinary items, as well as recurring factors including changes in the geographic mixCompany's ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards resulting in the partial release of incomevaluation allowances; and effects
$32 million of various global income tax strategies.
Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.
After taxes, we had earnings from continuing operations attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. of $560 million, or $3.24 per diluted share, in 2016, compared to $640 million, or $3.17 per diluted share, in 2015.
The decrease in earnings from continuing operations in 2016, as compared to 2015, was primarily driven by: (i) a $165 million increase in Other charges primarilybenefits due to the increase in intangible amortization expense and (ii) a $113 million decrease in Gainsrecognition of excess tax benefits on sales of investments and businesses, partially offset by: (i) a $150 million increase in Gross margin, (ii) a $67 million decrease in R&D, and (iii) a $21 million decrease in SG&A. The increase in earnings from continuing operations per diluted share was driven by lower shares outstanding as a result of repurchases made through our ongoing share repurchase program, offset by a decrease in earnings from continuing operations.share-based compensation.
Earnings from Discontinued Operations
In 2016, we reported no earnings from discontinued operations, compared to a loss from discontinued operations of $30 million, or $0.15 per diluted share, in 2015. The loss from discontinued operations in 2015 was related to the sale of the Enterprise business.
Segment Information
The following commentary should be read in conjunction with the financial results of each operating business segment as detailed in Note 12, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” of our consolidated financial statements. Net sales and operating results for our two segments for 2017, 2016, and 2015 are presented below.
Products Segment
The Products segment’s net sales represented 59% of our consolidated net sales in 2017, compared to 60% in 2016 and 65% in 2015.
 Years ended December 31 Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)2017 2016 2015 2017—2016 2016—2015
Segment net sales$3,772
 $3,649
 $3,676
 3% (1)%
Operating earnings (loss)914
 734
 704
 25% 4 %

Segment Results—2017 Compared to 2016
The segment’s net sales increased $123 million, or 3%, to $3.8 billion in 2017, as compared to $3.6 billion in 2016. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in every region in 2017, compared to 2016. Devices net sales increased in every region while Systems net sales increased in the Americas partially offset by decreases in EMEA and AP. The segment's backlog was $1.9 billion at December 31, 2017 and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2016.
Net sales in the Americas continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 74% of the segment’s net sales in both 2017 and 2016.
The segment had operating earnings of $914 million in 2017, compared to $734 million in 2016. The increase in operating earnings in 2017 compared to 2016 was driven primarily by higher net sales and lower SG&A expenses, R&D expenditures, and Other charges.
Segment Results—2016 Compared to 2015
The segment’s net sales decreased $27 million, or 1%, to $3.6 billion in 2016, as compared to $3.7 billion in 2015. The decrease in the segment's net sales was primarily driven by a decrease in global Systems sales and unfavorable foreign exchange rates with a strengthening U.S. dollar in EMEA, Latin America, and AP, partially offset by growth in Devices in the Americas and AP. On a geographic basis, net sales decreased in EMEA and increased in the Americas and AP in 2016, compared to 2015. The segment's backlog was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2015.
Net sales in the Americas continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 74% of the segment’s net sales in 2016, up from 73% of the segment’s net sales in 2015.
The segment had operating earnings of $734 million in 2016, compared to $704 million in 2015. The increase in operating earnings in 2016 compared to 2015 was driven primarily by: (i) lower SG&A and R&D expenditures as a result of cost savings initiatives including headcount reductions, partially offset by an increase in Other charges.


Services Segment
The Services segment’s net sales represented 41% of our consolidated net sales in 2017, compared to 40% in 2016 and 35% in 2015.
 Years ended December 31 Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)2017 2016 2015 2017—2016 2016—2015
Segment net sales$2,608
 $2,389
 $2,019
 9% 18%
Operating earnings (loss)368
 333
 290
 11% 15%

Segment Results—2017 Compared to 2016
The segment’s net sales increased $219 million, or 9%, to $2.6 billion in 2017, as compared to $2.4 billion in 2016. The increase in the segment's net sales was driven by growth in Managed & Support services and Integration services absent of acquisitions and the acquisitions of Interexport, Airwave, Spillman Technologies and Kodiak Networks. The net sales increase in the Americas was driven by Managed & Support services absent of acquisitions and the acquisitions of Interexport, Spillman Technologies and Kodiak Networks. The net sales increase in EMEA was driven by the acquisition of Airwave and growth in both Managed & Support services and Integration services absent of acquisitions. The net sales increase in AP was driven by growth in Integration services. The segment's backlog was $7.7 billion at December 31, 2017 and $6.9 billion at December 31, 2016.
Net sales in the Americas continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 59% of the segment’s net sales in 2017, up from 58% of the segment’s net sales in 2016.
The segment had operating earnings of $368 million in 2017 compared to $333 million in 2016. The increase in operating earnings in 2017 compared to 2016 was driven primarily by higher net sales, partially offset by operating expenses related to acquisitions.
Segment Results—2016 Compared to 2015
The segment’s net sales increased $370 million, or 18%, to $2.4 billion in 2016, as compared to $2.0 billion in 2015. The increase in the segment's net sales was primarily driven by higher Managed & Support services sales from both the acquisition of Airwave and absent of acquisitions. The acquisition of Airwave provided $462 million of net sales within EMEA during the year ended December 31, 2016, while the Managed & Support services business absent of acquisitions grew in the Americas and AP. This sales growth was partially offset by: (i) a decrease in Integration services sales, with a significant decrease in EMEA related to the winding down of a large system implementation, (ii) declining iDEN services sales in the Americas, and (iii) the effect of unfavorable foreign exchange rates with a strengthening U.S. dollar in EMEA, Latin America, and AP. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in EMEA and AP and decreased in the Americas in 2016, compared to 2015.The segment's backlog was $6.9 billion at December 31, 2016 and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase in the segment's backlog in 2016 compared to 2015 was driven in part by $1.2 billion from the acquisition of Airwave.
Net sales in the Americas continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 58% of the segment’s net sales in 2016, down from 69% of the segment’s net sales in 2015.
The segment had operating earnings of $333 million in 2016 compared to $290 million in 2015. The increase in operating earnings in 2016 compared to 2015 was driven primarily by: (i) increased sales volume generating higher gross margin on our Managed & Support services, primarily in EMEA due to the acquisition of Airwave, and (ii) lower SG&A expenditures due to cost savings initiatives, including headcount reductions, partially offset by an increase in Other charges, including $105 million of intangible amortization expense, primarily associated with the Airwave acquisition.

Reorganization of Businesses
In 2017,2023, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $42$53 million relating to the separation of 400700 employees, of which 300420 were direct employees and 280 were indirect employees and 100 were direct employees. The $42$53 million of charges included $9$7 million recorded to Cost of sales and $33$46 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $42$53 million arewere charges of $43$41 million related to employee separation costs and a $24 million impairment loss related to the exit of video manufacturing operations, partially offset by $7 million of reversals for employee separation accruals no longer needed and $5 million of reversals for exit cost accruals no longer needed.
During 2022, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $36 million relating to the separation of 460 employees, of which 310 were direct employees and 150 were indirect employees. The $36 million of charges included $18 million recorded to Cost of sales and $18 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $36 million were charges of $36 million for employee separation costs and $8$10 million for exit costs, partially offset by $9$10 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2016,2021, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $140$32 million relating to the separation of 1,300600 employees, of which 900200 were indirect employees and 400 were direct employees. The $140$32 million of charges included $43$8 million recorded to Cost of sales and $97$24 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $140$32 million arewere charges of: (i) $120of $42 million for employee separation costs, (ii) $20 million for impairments, including $17 million for a building impairment and $3 million for the impairment of corporate aircraft, and (iii) $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $5$10 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2015, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $117 million relating to the separation of 1,100 employees, of which 900 were indirect employees and 200 were direct employees. The $117 million of charges in earnings from continuing operations included $9 million recorded to Cost of sales and $108 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $117 million are charges of: (i) $74 million for employee separation costs, (ii) $31 million for the impairment of
44





corporate aircraft, (iii) $10 million for exit costs, and (iv) a $6 million building impairment charge, partially offset by $4 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment:segment due to such reorganizations:
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015
Products$31
 $106
 $84
Services11
 34
 33
 $42
 $140
 $117
Years ended December 31202320222021
Products and Systems Integration$45 $21 $25 
Software and Services8 15 
53 $36 $32 
Cash payments for exit costs and employee severance in connection with the reorganization of business plans were $93$37 million, $79$34 million, and $71$77 million in 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015,2021, respectively. The reorganization of business accruals for employee separation costs at December 31, 20172023 were $50$23 million which we expect to pay within one year.
At January 1, 2023, we had an accrual of $10 million for exit costs related to our exit of the ESN contract with the Home Office. During the year, we recorded a $5 million reversal for accruals no longer needed. The remaining $5 million of which $41 million relates to employee separationexit costs thatare recorded in Accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2023, and are expected to be paid within one year and $9 million relates primarily to lease termination obligations that are expected to be paid over a number of years.year.


Liquidity and Capital Resources
We increased the aggregate of our cash and cash equivalent balances from $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2016 to $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2017. As highlighted in the consolidated statements of cash flows, our liquidity and available capital resources are impacted by four key components: (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) operating activities, (iii) investing activities, and (iv) financing activities.
Years Ended December 31
202320222021
Cash flows provided by (used for):
   Operating activities$2,044 $1,823 $1,837 
   Investing activities(414)(1,387)(742)
   Financing activities(1,295)(906)(429)
   Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents45 (79)(46)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$380 $(549)$620 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
At December 31, 2017, $757 million2023, $1.4 billion of the $1.3our $1.7 billion cash and cash equivalents balance was held in the U.S. and $511$347 million was held outside of the U.S.in other countries. Restricted cash was approximately $63$2 million at botheach of December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 2016.2022.
In 2017,2023, we repatriated approximately $606$435 million in cash to the U.S. from international jurisdictions. Under the Tax Act, federalWe routinely repatriate a portion of non-U.S. earnings each year. We have recorded income tax expense for foreign withholding tax and distribution taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries have been generally eliminated after December 31, 2017. The change insuch earnings and, under current U.S. tax law will allow the Company to more simply repatriate foreign income in a tax exempt manner. However, welaws, do not anticipate significant changes in liquidity or our abilityexpect to repatriate foreign earnings more efficiently in the future as a result of the Tax Act.
Undistributed earnings that we intend to reinvest indefinitely, and for which noincur material incremental U.S. income taxes have been provided, aggregate to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2017. We currently have no plans to repatriate the foreign earnings permanently reinvested. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the permanently reinvested earnings will be remitted to the U.S. in the foreseeable future, an additional income tax charge may be necessary.on repatriation.
Where appropriate, we may also pursue capital reduction activities; however, such activities can be involved and lengthy. While we regularly repatriate funds, and a portion of offshore funds can be repatriated with minimal adverse financial impact, repatriation of some of these funds may be subject to delay fordue to local country approvals and could have potential adverse cash tax consequences.approvals.
Operating Activities
Net cash provided byThe increase in operating activities from continuing operations in 2017 was $1.3 billion, compared to cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations of $1.2 billion in 2016 and cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations of $1.0 billion in 2015. Operating cash flows from 2022 to 2023 was driven by:
higher earnings, net of non-cash charges; and
improved working capital; partially offset by
$280 million of higher income tax payments, including a one-time $70 million cash tax payment made in 2017, as compared2023 related to 2016, were positively impacted by higher revenue from continuing operationsan intra-group transfer of certain IP rights that was completed in 2022 (see "Note 7: Income Taxes" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and resultingSupplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).
The decrease in operating earnings. Operating cash flows from 2021 to 2022 was driven by:
an increase in 2016, as compared to 2015, were positively impacted byworking capital, inclusive of higher earnings from continuing operations, offset by inventory;
higher employee incentive compensation payments.costs; and
We expect to make a $500 million debt funded contribution to our U.S. Pension Plans in 2018. As a result, we will generate a tax benefit under the current U.S. federal tax rate of 35% for the plan year 2017, before the enacted rate lowers to 21% as a result of the Tax Act. We expect to make approximately $7$50 million of cash contributions to our Non-U.S. Pension Plans in 2018.higher income tax payments; partially offset by
higher earnings.
Investing Activities
Net cash used by investing activities from continuing operations was $448 million in 2017, compared to net cash used by investing activities from continuing operations of $1.0 billion in 2016 and net cash used by investing activities from continuing operations of $528 million in 2015. The decrease in net cash used byfor investing activities from 20162022 to 20172023 was primarily due to ato:
$997 million decrease in acquisitions and investments, driven by acquisitions and investments of $180 million in 2023 compared to $1.2 billion in 2022; and
45



$3 million decrease in capital expenditures in 2023 compared to 2022; partially offset by lower
$27 million decrease in proceeds from salesthe sale of investments and businesses. in 2023 compared to 2022.
The increase in net cash used byfor investing activities from 20152021 to 20162022 was primarily due to the acquisition of Airwave, offset by the sale of an investment used to fund the acquisition.to:
Acquisitions and Investments:We used net cash of $404$656 million forincrease in acquisitions and new investment activitiesinvestments, driven by acquisitions of $1.2 billion in 2017,2022 compared to $1.5 billion in 2016, and $586$521 million in 2015. The cash used during 2017 was used for investment2021;
$30 million increase in short-term government securities, and the acquisitions (net of acquired cash) of Kodiak Networks for $225 million and Interexport for $55 million. In 2016, we paid cash of $1.0 billion related to the acquisition of Airwave, $217 million for the acquisition of Spillman, and


$26 million related to the acquisition of other software and services related businesses. The remainder of the cash was used for several debt and equity investments. In 2015, we invested $401 million in order to partially offset our foreign currency risk associated with the purchase of Airwave. We liquidated these investments in February 2016 to partially fund the acquisition. Additionally, we paid $49 million for the acquisition of two public safety software solution providers, as well as several debt and equity investments.
Sales of Investments and Businesses:We received $183 million of proceeds in 2017, compared to $670 million in 2016, and $230 million in 2015. The $183 million of cash provided by investments in 2017 primarily consisted of the sales of short-term government securities.The $670 million of cash received in 2016 was primarily comprised of: (i) $382 million from the sale of an investment used to finance the acquisition of Airwave, (ii) $242 million from the sales of various debt and equity securities, and (iii) $46 million from the sale of our Penang, Malaysia facility and manufacturing operations. The $230 million of cash received in 2015 was primarily comprised of: (i) $49 million reimbursement from Zebra for cash transferred with the sale of the Enterprise business in conjunction with legal entities sold through a stock sale, (ii) $107 million from the sale of two equity investments, (iii) $13 million net cash received from Zebra for the final purchase price adjustment, as well as for reimbursement of liabilities of the Enterprise business paid on Zebra's behalf, and (iv) proceeds from the sale of various debt and equity securities, partially offset by $27 million of net cash transferredinvestments in conjunction with the sale of our ownership interest in a majority owned subsidiary to the entity's noncontrolling interest.
Capital Expenditures:Capital expenditures were $227 million in 2017,2022 compared to $2712021; and
$13 million in 2016, and $175 million in 2015. The decrease in capital spending in 2017, as compared to 2016, was primarily driven by lower facilities spend and lower expenditures on networks that we build and operate on behalf of our customers, partially offset by an increase in information technology spend. The increase in capital spendingexpenditures in 2016, as2022 compared to 2015, was primarily driven by an increase in expenditures on networks that we build and operate on behalf of our customers, information technology spend and facilities expenditures.2021.
Sales of Property, Plant, and Equipment: We had no proceeds related to the sale of property, plant, and equipment in 2017, compared to $73 million in 2016 and $3 million in 2015. The proceeds in 2016 were driven by the sale of buildings and land on the Schaumburg, IL campus and the sale of the corporate aircraft. The proceeds in 2015 were primarily comprised of sales of buildings and land.
Financing Activities
NetThe increase in cash used for financing activities was $722 million in 2017,2023 compared to $1.0 billion in 2016, and $2.4 billion in 2015. Cashcash used for financing activities in 20172022 was primarily comprised of: (i) $483driven by (also see further discussion in "Debt," "Credit Facilities," "Share Repurchase Program" and "Dividends" in this section below):
$589 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program and (ii) $307 million of cash used for the payment of dividends partially offset by $82in 2023 compared to $530 million ofin 2022; and
$104 million in net proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans.plans in 2023 compared to $156 million in 2022; partially offset by
Cash$595 million in net proceeds in 2022 from the issuance of $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032, of which a portion was subsequently used to repurchase $275 million principal amount of our 4.0% senior notes due 2024 for financing activities in 2016 was primarily comprised of: (i) $842a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest; and
$804 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program and (ii) $280in 2023 compared to $836 million ofin 2022.
The increase in cash used for the payment of dividends, partially offset by $93 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans.
Cash used for financing activities in 20152022 compared to cash used for financing activities in 2021 was primarily comprised of: (i) $3.2 billiondriven by:
$836 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program and (ii) $277in 2022 compared to $528 million ofin 2021; and
$530 million cash used for the payment of dividends in 2022 compared to $482 million in 2021; partially offset by: (i) $971by
$595 million of net proceeds in 2022 from the issuance of the Senior Convertible Notes and (ii) $84$600 million of net5.6% senior notes due 2032, of which a portion was subsequently used to repurchase $275 million principal amount of our 4.0% senior notes due 2024 for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest.
Sales of Receivables
We may choose to sell accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements. We may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the issuanceyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:
Years ended December 31202320222021
Contract-specific discounting facility $49 $211 
Accounts receivable sales proceeds96 179 56 
Long-term receivables sales proceeds182 204 248 
Total proceeds from receivable sales$278 $432 $515 
At December 31, 2023, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $813 million of common stock in connection with our employee stock optionlong-term receivables, compared to $891 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2022. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities related to the sales of accounts receivables and employee stock purchase plans.long-term receivables.
Current and Long-Term Debt:Debt
We had outstanding long-term debt of $4.5$6.0 billion and $4.4$6.0 billion, including the current portions of $52 million$1.3 billion and $4$1 million, at December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 2016,2022, respectively. In the acquisition of Interexport, we assumed $92 million of debt, including a current portion of $40 million, primarily related to capital leases.
On August 25, 2015,September 5, 2019, we entered into an agreement with Silver Lake Partners to issue $1.0 billion of 2% Senior Convertible Notes1.75% senior convertible notes which mature in September 2020.2024 (the "Senior Convertible Notes"). Interest on these notes is payable semiannually. The notesSenior Notes became fully convertible as of August 25, 2017.on September 5, 2021. The notes are convertible based on a conversion rate of 14.7476, as may be adjusted for dividends declared,4.9670 per $1,000 principal amount (which is currently equal to a published conversion price of $67.81$201.33 per share). The exercise price adjusts automatically, adjusted for dividends. Individends declared through the eventdate of conversion, the notes may be settled in either cash or stock, at our discretion. We intendsettlement. On February 14, 2024, we agreed with Silver Lake Partners to settle therepurchase $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $1.59 billion in cash.cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The cash consideration will be paid during the first quarter of 2024 and is expected to be paid from cash on the balance sheet and short-term borrowings including under the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.
46



In May of 2021, we issued $850 million of 2.75% senior notes due 2031. We recognized net proceeds of $844 million after debt issuance costs. A portion of these proceeds was then used to redeem $324 million in principal amount of our outstanding long-term debt for a purchase price of $341 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs, we recognized a loss of $18 million related to the redemption in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In May of 2022, we issued $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032. We recognized net proceeds of $595 million after debt issuance costs and discounts. A portion of these proceeds was then used to repurchase $275 million in principal amount of the Company's 4.0% senior notes due 2024 pursuant to a cash tender offer, for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs, we recognized a loss of $6 million related to the tender offer in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
We have investment grade ratings on our senioran unsecured long-term debt fromcommercial paper program, backed by the three largest U.S. national rating agencies. We believe thatrevolving credit facility described below, under which we will be ablemay issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to maintain sufficient access to the capital markets. Any future disruptions, uncertainty, volatility in the capital markets, or deterioration in our credit ratings may result in higher funding costs for us and adversely affect our ability to access funds.
We may, from time to time, seek to retire certain outstanding debt of ours through open market cash purchases, privately-negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.
Share Repurchase Program:Through a series of actions, the Board of Directors has authorized anmaximum aggregate share repurchaseprincipal amount of up$2.2 billion outstanding at any one time. At maturity, the notes are paid back in full including the interest component. The notes are not redeemable prior to $14.0 billion of our outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date.maturity. As of December 31, 2017,2023, we have used approximately $12.3 billion ofhad no outstanding debt under the share repurchase authority, including transaction costs, to repurchase shares, leaving approximately $1.7 billion of authority available for future repurchases.


During 2017, we paid an aggregate of $483 million, including transaction costs, to repurchase 5.7 million shares at an average price of $85.32 per share. During 2016, we paid an aggregate of $842 million, including transaction costs, to repurchase 12.0 million shares at an average price of $70.28. During 2015, we paid an aggregate of $3.2 billion, including transaction costs, to repurchase 48.0 million shares at an average price of $66.22. Shares repurchased in 2015 include 30.1 million shares repurchased under a modified "Dutch auction" tender offer at a tender price of $66.50 for an aggregate of $2.0 billion, including transaction costs.
Payment of Dividends:  We paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock of $307 million in 2017, $280 million in 2016, and $277 million in 2015. Subsequent to quarter end, we paid an additional $84 million in cash dividends to holders of our common stock.commercial paper program.
Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2017,2023, we had a $2.2$2.25 billion syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in April 2022, which can be used for borrowing and letters of creditMarch 2026 (the "2017"2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). The 20172021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement includes a $500 million letter of credit sub-limit withand fronting commitments of $450 million of fronting commitments.million. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate plus the applicable margin, or at a spread above the London Interbank OfferedSecured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), at our option. An annual facility fee is payable on the undrawn amount of the credit line. The interest rate and facility fee are subject to adjustment if our credit rating changes. We must comply with certain customary covenants including a maximum leverage ratio, as defined in the 20172021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. We were in compliance with our financial covenants as of December 31, 2017.2023.
We have investment grade ratings on our senior unsecured long-term debt. During the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017,2023, Moody's Investors Service upgraded our credit rating to Baa2 from Baa3. We continue to believe that we had borrowingswill be able to maintain sufficient access to the capital markets in the next twelve months and repaymentsthe foreseeable future.
Share Repurchase Program
Through a series of $150actions, including approval in November 2023 to increase the authorized amount by $2.0 billion, the Board of Directors has authorized an aggregate share repurchase amount of up to $18.0 billion of our outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2023, we used approximately $15.5 billion of the share repurchase authority, excluding transaction costs and excise tax, to repurchase shares, leaving approximately $2.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases. As of January 1, 2023, our share repurchases in excess of issuances are subject to a 1% excise tax enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which was $4 million under the 2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. Such borrowings were used to purchase Kodiak Networks in April of 2017, and were repaid using cash from operations in June of 2017. No letters of credit were issued under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2017.2023.
Our share repurchases for 2023, 2022, and 2021 are summarized as follows:
YearShares Repurchased (in millions)Average PriceAmount (in millions)
20232.9 $278.56 $804 
20223.7 225.00 836 
20212.5 208.41 528 
Dividends
We paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock of $589 million in 2023, $530 million in 2022, and $482 million in 2021. On January 12, 2024, we paid an additional $163 million in cash dividends to holders of our common stock.
Adequate Internal Funding Resources
We believe that we have adequate internal resources available to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet our expected working capital, capital expenditure and cash requirements for the next twelve months and the foreseeable future, as supported by the level of cash and cash equivalents in the U.S., the ability to repatriate funds from foreign jurisdictions, cash provided by operations, as well as liquidity provided by our commercial paper program backed by the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.
We do not anticipate a material decrease to net future cash flows generated from operations. We expect to use our available cash, investments, and debt facilities to support and invest in our business. This includes investing in our existing products and technologies, seeking new acquisition opportunities related to our strategic growth initiatives and returning cash to shareholders through common stock cash dividend payments (subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors) and share repurchases. Refer also to "Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors" for further discussion regarding access to the capital markets.
47



Material Cash Requirements from Contractual Obligations and Other Purchase CommitmentsObligations
Summarized in the table and text below are our obligationsshort-term (within the next twelve months) and commitments to make future payments under long-term debt obligations, lease obligations, purchase obligations and tax obligationsmaterial cash requirements as of December 31, 2017. 2023, which we expect to fund with a combination of operating cash flows, existing cash balances or, as needed, borrowings under new or existing debt:
 Payments Due by Period
(in millions)Short-termLong-term
Long-term debt obligations, gross(1)
$1,313 $4,748 
Lease obligations(2)
145 446 
Purchase obligations(3)
131 338 
Total obligations$1,589 $5,532 
 Payments Due by Period
(in millions)Total 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Uncertain
Timeframe
 Thereafter
Long-term debt obligations$4,528
 $52
 $6
 $1,007
 $417
 $770
 $
 $2,276
Lease obligations661
 121
 107
 82
 64
 53
 
 234
Purchase obligations*237
 173
 41
 15
 7
 1
 
 
Tax obligations76
 14
 
 
 
 
 62
 
Total contractual obligations$5,502
 $360
 $154
 $1,104
 $488
 $824
 $62
 $2,510
*(1)Amounts included represent firm, non-cancelable commitments.the estimated principal payments applicable to outstanding debt. Refer to "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for discussion related to our long-term debt obligations.
Lease Obligations: (2)We lease certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, information technology and other equipment, principally under non-cancelable operating leases. Our future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, totaled $661 million. Rental expense, net of sublease income, was $94 million in 2017, $84 million in 2016, and $42 million in 2015.
Purchase Obligations:  During the normal course of business,We are evaluating our real estate needs in order to manage manufacturing lead timesidentify opportunities to reduce long-term cash requirements for office space where practicable. Refer to "Note 3: Leases" to our consolidated financial statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and help ensure adequate component supply, we enter intoSupplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for further discussion of these material lease obligations.
(3)Amounts included represent firm, non-cancelable commitments. Such commitments include license agreements and agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow them to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by us or establish the parameters defining our requirements. In addition, we have entered into software license agreements which are firm commitments and are not cancelable. We had entered into firm, noncancelable, and unconditional commitments under such arrangements through 2022. The total payments expected to be made under these agreements are $237 million, of which $220 million relate to take or pay obligations from arrangements with suppliers for the sourcing of inventory supplies and materials. We do not anticipate the cancellation of any of our take or paytake-or-pay agreements in the future and estimate that purchases from these suppliers will exceed the minimum obligations during the agreement periods.
Tax Obligations:Other Contingencies
Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value: In certain circumstances, we enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the customer for failed performance might exceed the revenue we receive from the contract. Contracts with these types of uncapped damages provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. There is a possibility that a claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.
Indemnification Provisions:We may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial and intellectual property agreements. Historically, we have approximately $76 million of unrecognized income tax benefits relatingnot made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against us. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to multiple tax jurisdictions and tax years. Basedintellectual property indemnities given the current legal climate. In indemnification cases, payment by us is conditioned on the potential outcome of our global tax examinations, orother party making a claim pursuant to the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next twelve months. The associated net tax impact on the effective tax rate, exclusive of valuation allowance changes, is estimated to beprocedures specified in the range of a $10 million tax charge to a $30 million tax benefit, with cash payments not expected to exceed $20 million.
Commitments Under Other Long-Term Agreements:  We have entered into certain long-term agreements to purchase software, components, supplies and materials from suppliersparticular contract, which are not "take or pay" in nature. Most of the agreements extend for periods of one to three years (three to five years for software). Generally, these agreements do not obligateprocedures typically allow us to make any purchases, and many permit us to terminatechallenge the agreement with advance notice (usually ranging from 60 to 180 days). Ifother party’s claims. In some instances we were to terminate these agreements, we generally would be liablemay have recourse against third-parties for certain termination charges, typically based on work performedpayments made by us.
Legal Matters: We are a defendant in various lawsuits, claims, and supplier on-hand inventory and raw materials attributable to canceled orders. Our liability would onlyactions, which arise in the event we terminatenormal course of business. In the agreements for reasons other than “cause.”


We outsource certain corporate functions, such as benefit administration andopinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information technology-related services, under third-party contracts, the longest of which is expected to expire in 2022. Our remaining payments under these contracts are approximately $97 million over the remaining lifeobtained that changes management's opinion of the contracts; however, these contracts can be terminated. Termination would result in a penalty substantially less than the remaining annual contract payments. We would also be required to find another source for these services, including the possibility of performing them in-house.ultimate disposition.
As is customary in bidding for and completing certain projects and pursuant to a practice we have followed for many years, we have a number of performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding (collectively, referred to as “Performance Bonds”), primarily relating to projects with our government customers. These Performance Bonds normally have maturities of multiple years and are standard in the industry as a way to give customers a convenient mechanism to seek resolution if a contractor does not satisfy certain requirements under a contract. Typically, a customer can draw on the Performance Bond only if we do not fulfill all terms of a project contract. If such an occasion occurred, we would be obligated to reimburse the institution that issued the Performance Bond for the amounts paid. In our long history, it has been rare for us to have a Performance Bond drawn upon. At December 31, 2017, outstanding Performance Bonds totaled approximately $2.4 billion, compared to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2016. Any future disruptions, uncertainty, or volatility in bank, insurance or capital markets, or a change in our credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to obtain Performance Bonds and may result in higher funding costs to obtain such Performance Bonds.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements:  At December 31, 2017, we had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases and guarantees to third parties as described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements and our obligation to settle the embedded conversion option under the Senior Convertible Notes described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.
Long-term Customer Financing Commitments
Outstanding Commitments:  Certain purchasers of our products and services may request that we provide long-term financing (defined as financing with a term of greater than one year) in connection with the sale of equipment. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the products and services. Our obligation to provide long-term financing may be conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of us by a reputable bank to support the purchaser's credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from us. We had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third-parties totaling $93$103 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $1252023 and $65 million at December 31, 2016.2022.
Outstanding Long-Term Receivables: We had non-current long-term receivables of $19 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $49 million at December 31, 2016. There were no allowances for losses in 2017 and $2 million of allowances for losses in 2016. These long-term receivables are generally interest bearing, with interest rates ranging from 0% to 11%.
Sales of Receivables
From time to time, we sell accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements. We may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities for sold accounts receivables and long-term receivables.
The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015
Accounts receivable sales proceeds$193
 $51
 $29
Long-term receivables sales proceeds284
 289
 196
Total proceeds from receivable sales$477
 $340
 $225
At December 31, 2017, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $873 million of long-term receivables, compared to $774 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2016. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities related to the sales of accounts receivables and long-term receivables.
Adequate Internal Funding Resources
We believe that we have adequate internal resources available to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months as supported by the level of cash and cash equivalents in the U.S., the ability to repatriate funds from foreign jurisdictions, cash provided by operations, as well as liquidity provided by our $2.2 billion revolving credit facility.
Other Contingencies
Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value:  In certain circumstances, we enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the customer for failed performance might exceed the revenue we receive from the contract. Contracts with these types of uncapped damages provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. There is a possibility that a claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.


Indemnification Provisions:  We may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial, intellectual property and divestiture agreements. Historically, we have not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against us. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to intellectual property indemnities given the current legal climate. In indemnification cases, payment by us is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party’s claims. In some instances we may have recourse against third-parties for certain payments made by us. Further, our obligations under divestiture agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, typically not more than 18 months, and for amounts not in excess of a percentage of the contract value.
Legal Matters:  We are a defendant in various lawsuits, claims, and actions, which arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.

Critical Accounting PoliciesEstimates
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
48



Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Management believesWe believe that the following significantdiscussion addresses our most critical accounting policiesestimates, which are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require significant judgmentmanagement’s most difficult, subjective and estimates.complex judgments.
Revenue Recognition
Net sales consist of a wide range of activities including the delivery of stand-alone equipment or services, custom design and installation over a period of time, and bundled sales of equipment, software and services. We enter into revenue arrangements that maywhich generally consist of multiple deliverables ofpromises to our productscustomers. We evaluate whether the promised goods and services dueare distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, we allocate the total estimated consideration to the needs of our customers, including any combination of products, services and software. For multiple-element arrangements, deliverables are separated into more than one unit of accounting when: (i) the delivered element(s) have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and (ii) delivery of the undelivered element(s) is probable and substantially in our control.
In these arrangements, we generally allocate revenue to all deliverableseach performance obligation based on their relative selling prices, applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of fair value.standalone selling price. We use list price as the standalone selling price for sales sold through our channel partners. Given the unique nature of the goods and services we provide to direct customers, standalone sales of our products generally do not exist. Therefore, we determine ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available data points including historical sales, cost and margin analysisanalyses of the product or service,services, and other inputs based on our normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points for similar customers and circumstances, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume. Once elements
We account for certain system contracts on an over-time basis, electing an input method of an arrangement are separated into more than one unitestimated costs as a measure of accounting, revenue is recognized for each separate unit of accounting based on the nature of the revenue as described above. Our arrangements with multiple deliverables may also contain one or more software deliverables that are subject to software revenue recognition guidance. In limited circumstances, we have established vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value on certain post-contract service offerings. Where the contract contains more than one software deliverable and VSOE does not exist for the undelivered software elements, revenue is deferred until the undelivered element is delivered. When the final undelivered software element is post contract support, revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the remaining service period.
For long-term contracts that involve customization of equipment and/or software, we generally recognize revenue using the percentage of completion method based on the percentageperformance completed. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to date compared tothe overall production of the customized system.
For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, we rely on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, materialequipment and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the workefforts required to be performed under many of our long-term contracts,to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion ismay be complex and subject to many variables. We have a standard and disciplined quarterly process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of revenues and costs. The risks and opportunities include management'smanagement’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of the work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any quarterly adjustmentsadjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. Changes in estimates of net sales or cost of sales could affect the profitability of one or more of our contracts.


The impact on operating earnings as a result of changes in Estimated Costs at Completion was not significant for the years 2017, 2016, and 2015. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined.
Retirement Benefits
Our benefit obligations and net periodic pension costcosts (benefits) associated with our domestic noncontributory pension plans (“U.S. Pension Benefit Plans”), our foreign noncontributory pension plans (“Non-U.S. Plans”), as well as our domestic postretirement health care plan (“Postretirement Health Care Benefits”Benefits Plan”), are determined using actuarial assumptions. The assumptions are based on management’s best estimates, after consulting with outside investment advisors and actuaries.
Accounting methodologies use an attribution approach that generally spreads the effects of individual events over the service lives of the participants in the plan, or estimated average lifetime when almost all of the plan participants are considered "inactive." Examples of “events” are plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases. As such, depending on the specific plan, we amortize gains and losses over periods ranging from nine to twenty-seven years. Prior service costs are being amortized over periods ranging from one to seventeen years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.
There are various assumptions used in calculating the net periodic cost (benefit)costs (benefits) and related benefit obligations. One of these assumptions is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The required use of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns. We use a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.
We use long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop our expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic pension cost (benefit) and the net retirementpostretirement health care expense.benefit. Our investment return assumption for the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans was 6.95%7.87% in 20172023 and 7.00%6.76% in 2016.2022. Our investment return assumption for the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was 7.00%8.00% in 20172023 and 2016.6.90% in 2022. Our weighted average investment return assumption for the Non-U.S. Plans was 5.20%6.18% in 20172023 and 5.90%4.78% in 2016. At December 31, 2017, the pension plans, including2022. For the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, a 25 bps increase in expected return on plan assets would result in $10 million of additional net periodic pension benefit and a 25 bps decrease would result in a $10 million reduction in net periodic pension benefit in 2023. For the Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, investment portfolios were compriseda 25 bps increase in expected return on plan assets would result in $4 million of approximately 29% equity investments, whileadditional net periodic pension benefit and a 25 bps decrease would result in a
49



$4 million reduction in net periodic pension benefit in 2023. For the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan, was all comprised of approximately 34% equity investments.a change in expected return on plan assets would have a de minimis impact to net periodic pension benefit in 2023.
A second key assumption is the discount rate. The discount rate assumptions used for pension benefitsthe U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, the Non-U.S. Plans and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan reflects,reflect, at December 31 of each year, the prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments that, if the obligation was settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. Our discount rates for measuring our U.S. Pension Benefit Plan obligations were 3.79%5.01% and 4.42%5.20% at December 201731, 2023 and 2016,2022, respectively. Our weighted average discount rates for measuring our Non-U.S. Plans were 2.34%4.3% and 2.54%4.6% at December 201731, 2023 and 2016,2022, respectively. Our discount rates for measuring the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan obligation were 3.62%4.92% and 4.11%5.10% at December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, respectively.
Under relevant accounting rules, when almost all ofFor the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized losses changes from the average remaining service period to the average remaining lifetime of the participant. As such, depending on the specific plan, we amortize gains and losses over periods ranging from eleven to thirty-four years. Prior service costs are being amortized over periods ranging from one to five years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.
Effective January 1, 2016, we began to useU.S. Pension Benefit Plans, a full yield curve approach25 bps increase in the estimation of our interest and service cost components of our net periodic cost, which uses a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measureon the projected benefit obligation at the beginningwould result in a $114 million reduction of the period. This method was elected to improve the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and to provide a more precise measurement of interest and service costs. Prior to January 1, 2016, estimates of interest and service cost components used a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the projected benefit obligation atand a 25 bps decrease would result in $119 million of additional projected benefit obligation in 2023. For the beginning ofNon-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans and the year.Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan, a 25 bps change in our discount rate would be de minimis in 2023.
Valuation and Recoverability of Goodwill
We assess the recorded amount of goodwill for recovery on an annual basis inas of the fourthlast day of the third quarter of each fiscal year. Goodwill is assessed more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. We continually assess whether any such events and circumstances have occurred, which requires a significant amount of judgment. Such events and circumstances may include: (i) adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, (ii) adverse changes in the industry or market in which we transact, (iii) changes in cost factors negatively impacting earnings and cash flows, (iv) negative or declining overall financial performance, (v) events affecting the carrying value or composition of a reporting unit, or (vi) a sustained decrease in share price, among others. Any such adverse event or change in circumstances could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
The goodwill impairment assessment is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a “component”). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. When two or more components of an operating segment have similar economic characteristics, the components are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit. An operating segment is deemed to be a reporting unit if all of its components are similar, if none of its components is a reporting unit, or if the segment comprises only a


single component. Based on this guidance, we have determined that our Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments each meet the definitionare comprised of athree and two reporting unit. units, respectively.
We performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill and determined thatto determine whether it was not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit was less than its carrying amount for the fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2015.2023. In performing this qualitative assessment we assessed relevant events and circumstances including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in enterprise value and entity-specific events. In the fiscal year 2022, we elected to perform a quantitative assessment of goodwill for impairment. For fiscal years 2017, 2016,2023 and 2015,2022, we concluded it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.
Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
We recorduse the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Management makes assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current and deferred tax provision and also the deferred tax assets and liabilities. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine if adjustments to our valuation allowance are required based on the consideration of all available positive and negative evidence.
Our assumptions, judgments and estimates for computing the income tax provision takes into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax law and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We believe such estimates to be reasonable; however, the final determination of certain audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See “Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.
50



Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our long-term debt as interest rate fluctuations impact the fair value of our long-term debt. As of December 31, 2023, we had $6.0 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates as of the end of 2023 would have increased the fair value of our debt by approximately $147 million at December 31, 2023. See "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" to the consolidated financial statements included in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for more information on our long-term debt.
In order to manage interest rate exposure, during the year ended December 31, 2023, we entered into Treasury rate lock agreements to protect against unfavorable interest rate changes related to forecasted debt transactions. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges with unrealized gains and losses deferred in other comprehensive income. The derivatives will be settled upon the issuance of the related debt and gains and losses generated from the derivatives will be recognized within interest expense over the same period that the hedged interest payments affect earnings. We entered into Treasury rate lock agreements in a cash flow hedging relationship with a notional amount of $200 million as of December 31, 2023 and did not enter into any such agreements as of December 31, 2022.
Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of buying and selling in various currencies, our net investments in foreign entities, and monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. We use financial instruments to reduce our overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. Our policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate price fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.
Our strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on our assessment of risk. We enter into derivative contracts for some of our non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. Our policy permits us to use forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, we enter into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of our overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of our exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
We had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at the end of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Management does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.
The following table shows the five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 2023 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2022: 
Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency20232022
Euro$322 $185 
British pound252 290 
Australian dollar(140)(130)
Canadian dollar76 — 
Chinese renminbi(66)(61)
Foreign exchange financial instruments that are subject to the effects of currency fluctuations, which may affect reported earnings, include derivative financial instruments and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. Currently, our derivative financial instruments consist primarily of currency forward contracts. Other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, accounts payable and accounts receivable. Assuming the amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts represent our underlying foreign exchange risk related to monetary assets and liabilities, a hypothetical unfavorable 10% movement in the foreign exchange rates at December 31, 2023 would reduce the value of those monetary assets and liabilities by approximately $92 million. Our market risk calculation represents an estimate of reasonably possible net losses that would be recognized assuming hypothetical 10% movements in future currency market pricing and is not necessarily indicative of actual results, which may or may not occur. It does not represent the maximum possible loss or any expected loss that may occur, since actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated, based upon, among other things, actual fluctuation in market rates, operating exposures, and the timing thereof. We believe, however,
51



that any such loss incurred would be offset by the effects of market rate movements on the respective underlying derivative financial instruments transactions.


52



Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
Consolidated Financial Statements:
53



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

54



Revenue Recognition - Estimated Costs to Complete System Contracts
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, $1.9 billion of the Company’s total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023 was generated from system contracts. The Company's revenue recognition over time is based on an input measure of costs incurred, which depicts the transfer of control to its customers under its contracts. For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, management relies on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. Management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and the cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition - estimated costs to complete system contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in developing the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion, including significant judgments and assumptions on a contract by contract basis and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion for system contracts.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls over the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion for system contracts. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion, including evaluating, for a sample of contracts, the reasonableness of certain significant judgments and assumptions used by management. Evaluating the significant judgments and assumptions used by management in developing the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion involved evaluating whether the significant judgments and assumptions were reasonable considering (i) on a test basis, management’s historical forecasting accuracy; (ii) on a test basis, evidence to support the relevant judgments and assumptions; (iii) the consistent application of accounting policies; and (iv) the timely identification of circumstances which may require a modification to a previous estimate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 15, 2024
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
55



Consolidated Statements of Operations
 Years ended December 31
(In millions, except per share amounts)202320222021
Net sales from products$5,814 $5,368 $4,606 
Net sales from services4,164 3,744 3,565 
Net sales9,978 9,112 8,171 
Costs of products sales2,591 2,595 2,104 
Costs of services sales2,417 2,288 2,027 
Costs of sales5,008 4,883 4,131 
Gross margin4,970 4,229 4,040 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,561 1,450 1,353 
Research and development expenditures858 779 734 
Other charges257 339 286 
Operating earnings2,294 1,661 1,667 
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net(216)(226)(208)
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net 
Other, net68 77 92 
Total other expense(148)(146)(115)
Net earnings before income taxes2,146 1,515 1,552 
Income tax expense432 148 302 
Net earnings1,714 1,367 1,250 
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests5 
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$1,709 $1,363 $1,245 
Earnings per common share:
Basic$10.23 $8.14 $7.36 
Diluted9.93 7.93 7.17 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic167.0 167.5 169.2 
Diluted172.1 171.9 173.6 
Dividends declared per share$3.62 $3.25 $2.92 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
56



Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)202320222021
Net earnings$1,714 $1,367 $1,250 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (Note 4):
Foreign currency translation adjustments57 (155)(24)
Derivative instruments(12)— — 
Defined benefit plans(50)(1)91 
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(5)(156)67 
Comprehensive income1,709 1,211 1,317 
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests5 
Comprehensive income attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$1,704 $1,207 $1,312 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
57



Consolidated Balance Sheets 
 December 31
(In millions, except par value)20232022
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents$1,705 $1,325 
Accounts receivable, net1,710 1,518 
Contract assets1,102 974 
Inventories, net827 1,055 
Other current assets357 383 
Current assets held for disposition24 — 
Total current assets5,725 5,255 
Property, plant and equipment, net964 927 
Operating lease assets495 485 
Investments143 147 
Deferred income taxes1,062 1,036 
Goodwill3,401 3,312 
Intangible assets, net1,255 1,342 
Other assets274 310 
Non-current assets held for disposition17 — 
Total assets$13,336 $12,814 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current portion of long-term debt$1,313 $
Accounts payable881 1,062 
Contract liabilities2,037 1,859 
Accrued liabilities1,504 1,638 
Current liabilities held for disposition1 — 
Total current liabilities5,736 4,560 
Long-term debt4,705 6,013 
Operating lease liabilities407 419 
Other liabilities1,741 1,691 
Non-current liabilities held for disposition8 — 
Preferred stock, $100 par value: 0.5 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding — 
Common stock, $0.01 par value:2 
Authorized shares: 600.0
Issued shares: 12/31/23—167.4; 12/31/22—168.5
Outstanding shares: 12/31/23—166.2; 12/31/22—167.5
Additional paid-in capital1,622 1,306 
Retained earnings1,640 1,343 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,540)(2,535)
Total Motorola Solutions, Inc. stockholders’ equity724 116 
Noncontrolling interests15 15 
Total stockholders’ equity739 131 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$13,336 $12,814 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
58



Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In millions)SharesCommon Stock and Additional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)Retained EarningsNoncontrolling Interests
Balance as of January 1, 2021170.2 $761 $(2,446)$1,127 $17 
Net earnings1,245 
Other comprehensive income67 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised1.9 99 
Share repurchase program(2.5)(528)
Share-based compensation expenses129 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock(5)
Dividends declared(494)
Balance as of December 31, 2021169.6 $989 $(2,379)$1,350 $17 
Net earnings1,363 
Other comprehensive loss(156)
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised2.6 157 
Share repurchase program(3.7)(836)
Share-based compensation expenses172 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock(6)
Dividends declared(544)
ASU 2020-06 modified retrospective adoption(10)10 
Balance as of December 31, 2022168.5 $1,308 $(2,535)$1,343 $15 
Net earnings1,709 
Other comprehensive loss(5)
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised1.8 104 
Share repurchase program(2.9)(808)
Share-based compensation expenses212 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock(5)
Dividends declared(604)
Balance as of December 31, 2023167.4 $1,624 $(2,540)$1,640 $15 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
59



Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)202320222021
Operating
Net earnings$1,714 $1,367 $1,250 
Adjustments to reconcile Net earnings to Net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization356 440 438 
Non-cash other charges14 23 
Exit of video manufacturing operations24 — — 
Loss on ESN fixed asset impairment 147 — 
Share-based compensation expenses212 172 129 
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net (3)(1)
Losses from the extinguishment of long-term debt 18 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments:
Accounts receivable(180)(112)
Inventories200 (242)(284)
Other current assets and contract assets(82)(1)(205)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and contract liabilities(144)451 578 
Other assets and liabilities(38)(91)(126)
Deferred income taxes(32)(334)34 
Net cash provided by operating activities2,044 1,823 1,837 
Investing
Acquisitions and investments, net(180)(1,177)(521)
Proceeds from sales of investments19 46 16 
Capital expenditures(253)(256)(243)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment — 
Net cash used for investing activities(414)(1,387)(742)
Financing
Net proceeds from issuance of debt 595 844 
Repayment of debt(1)(285)(353)
Revolving credit facility renewal fees — (7)
Issuances of common stock104 156 102 
Purchases of common stock(804)(836)(528)
Payment of dividends(589)(530)(482)
Payment of dividends to noncontrolling interest(5)(6)(5)
Net cash used for financing activities(1,295)(906)(429)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents45 (79)(46)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents380 (549)620 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period1,325 1,874 1,254 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$1,705 $1,325 $1,874 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information   
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest paid$234 $226 $207 
Income and withholding taxes, net of refunds$587 $307 $257 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
60



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (the “Company” or “Motorola Solutions”) and all controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and reclassifications) necessary to present fairly the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations, statements of comprehensive income, and statements of stockholders' equity and cash flows for all periods presented.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States ("U.S.") Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition: Net sales consist of a wide range of goods and services including the delivery of products, systems and system integration as well as offering software and service solutions. The Company recognizes revenue to reflect the transfer of control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for goods or services.
The Products and Systems Integration segment is comprised of devices, systems, and systems integration for our Land Mobile Radio Communication ("LMR" or "LMR Communications") and Video Security and Access Control ("Video") technologies. Direct customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are typically government, public safety agencies, procuring at state, local, and federal levels as well as large commercial customers with secure mission-critical needs. Indirect customers are defined as customers purchasing professional and commercial radios and video security, which are primarily sold through the Company's reseller partners to an end-customer base, composed of various industries where private communications networks and video security are used to secure operations and enable a mobile workforce. Contracts with the Company's customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our government customers, funded through appropriations. The Company records consideration from shipping and handling on a gross basis within Net sales. In limited instances where the Company is not the principal in the arrangement, the Company will recognize revenue on a net basis.
LMR and Video devices include two-way portable and vehicle-mounted radios, fixed video cameras and accessories. Devices are considered capable of being distinct and distinct within the context of the Company's contracts. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the devices to the customer at a point in time, typically consistent with delivery under the applicable shipping terms. Devices are sold by both the direct sales force and through reseller partners. Revenue is generally recognized upon transfer of devices to reseller partners, rather than the end-customer, except for limited consignment arrangements. Provisions for returns and reseller discounts are made on a portfolio basis using historical data.
The Products and Systems Integration segment includes both customized communications networks and video security solutions, including the integration of these networks with devices, software, and applications within both LMR and Video technologies. For systems contracts, revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $1.9 billion compared to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 and $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021. The communications networks include the aggregation of promises to the customer to provide i) a communications network core and central processing software, base stations, consoles, and repeaters or ii) a video security solution including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, and access control solutions. The individual promises within a communications network contract are not distinct in the context of the contract, as the Company provides a significant service of integrating and customizing the goods and services promised. The communications network represents a distinct performance obligation for which revenue is recognized over time, as the Company creates an asset with no alternative use and has an enforceable right to payment for work performed. The Company's revenue recognition over time is based on an input measure of costs incurred, which depicts the transfer of control to its customers under its contracts. Products and Systems Integration revenue for communications network systems is recognized over an average duration of approximately one to two years. Individual promises of the video security solution are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. Video security solutions are traditionally sold through reseller partners, with contracts negotiated under fixed pricing. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the video solution to the reseller partners, typically upon shipment.
The Software and Services segment provides solutions for government, public safety and commercial communications networks. Direct customers of the Software and Services segment are typically government, public safety and first-responder agencies and municipalities. Indirect customers are commercial customers who distribute our software solutions to a final end customer base. Contracts with our customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our direct customers, funded through government appropriations.
Software offerings primarily include Command Center and Video software and services which can be delivered either as an “as-a-service”, on-premise, or hybrid solution. Solutions delivered as-a-service consist of a range of promises including hosted software, technical support and the right to unspecified future software enhancements. Software is not distinct from the hosting
61



service since the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software at any time during the term of the arrangement. The hosted software, technical support, and right to unspecified future software enhancements each represent a series of distinct services that are delivered concurrently using the same over-time method. As such, the promises are accounted for as a single performance obligation with revenue recognized on a straight-line basis.
On-premise and hybrid offerings generally consist of multiple promises primarily including software licenses and post-contract customer support. The promises are generally each distinct and distinct within the context of the contract as the customer benefits from each promise individually without any significant integration or interrelationship between the promises. On-premise software revenue is generally recognized at the point in time when the customer can benefit from the software which generally aligns with the beginning of the license period. Revenue for post-contract customer support is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the services on a straight-line basis. In certain situations when the software license is not distinct within the context of the contract, revenue for the software license is recognized over time following the transfer of control under the arrangement. For hybrid arrangements, the on-premise software and as-a-service software are generally distinct performance obligations where the on-premise solution is recognized at the point when the customer can benefit from the software and the as-a-service software is recognized over time as the customer receives the benefit from the hosted solution.
Services include a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and maintenance. More advanced offerings include: monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed service offerings range from partial to full operation of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned communications networks. Services are provided across all technologies and are both distinct and capable of being distinct in the context of the contract, representing a series of recurring services that the Company stands ready to perform over the contract term. Since services contracts typically allow for customers to terminate for convenience or for non-appropriations of fiscal funding, the contract term is generally considered to be limited to a monthly or annual basis, subject to customer renewal. While contracts with customers are typically fixed fee, certain managed services contracts may be subject to variable consideration related to the achievement of service level agreement performance measurements. The Company has not historically paid significant penalties under service level agreements, and accordingly, it does not constrain its contract price. Certain contracts may also contain variable consideration driven by the number of users. Revenue is typically recognized on services over time as a series of services performed over the contract term on a straight-line basis.
The Company enters into arrangements which generally consist of multiple promises to our customers. The Company evaluates whether the promised goods and services are distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the total estimated consideration to each performance obligation based on applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of standalone selling price. We use list price as the standalone selling price for indirect sales sold through our channel partners. Given the unique nature of the goods and services we provide to direct customers, sufficient standalone sales of our products generally do not exist. Therefore, the Company determines ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available historical data points including sales, cost and margin analyses of the product or services, and other inputs based on its normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points for similar customers and circumstances, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume.
The Company accounts for certain system contracts without an alternative use on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to the overall production of the customized system.
For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, the Company relies on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. The Company has a standard and disciplined process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined.
Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash was $2 million at each of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Investments: The Company generally invests in equity securities of a strategic nature.
62



The Company applies the equity method of accounting for equity investments if the Company has significant influence over the issuing entity. The Company’s share of the investee’s underlying net income or loss is recorded to Other, net within Other income (expense).
Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in Other, net within Other income (expense). Equity securities without readily determinable fair values are carried at cost, less impairments, if any, and adjusted for observable price changes for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. The Company performs a qualitative impairment assessment to determine if such investments are impaired. The qualitative assessment considers all available information, including declines in the financial performance of the issuing entity, the issuing entity’s operating environment, and general market conditions. Impairments of equity securities without readily determinable fair values are recorded to Other, net within Other income (expense).
Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (which approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis, based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (leasehold improvements, one to twenty years; machinery and equipment, one to fifteen years) and commences once the assets are ready for their intended use. When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, useful lives of the assets may be adjusted or an impairment assessment may be performed on the recoverability of the carrying value.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets: Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit, or more frequently if events or circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value level. The Company performs its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment as of the last day of the third quarter of each fiscal year, typically through a qualitative assessment. Indicators of impairment include: (i) macroeconomic conditions, (ii) industry and market conditions, (iii) cost factors, including product and selling, general and administrative costs, (iv) overall financial performance of the Company, (v) changes in share price, and (vi) other relevant company-specific events. If it is determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company will perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. A quantitative assessment includes the assignment of assets and liabilities to each of the Company's reporting units and an assessment of the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units. The Company utilizes an income approach (discounted cash flows) to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, which is corroborated by market multiples when available and as appropriate. Key assumptions in the quantitative analysis include revenue growth rates (including long-term growth rates for terminal value assumptions), operating margin estimates, discount rates, and where applicable, the comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in the Company's industry.
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to twenty years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Leases:The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land and other equipment, principally under non-cancelable operating leases.
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract. The Company’s key considerations in determining whether a contract is or contains a lease include establishing whether the supplier has the ability to use other assets to fulfill its service or whether the terms of the agreement enable the Company to control the use of a dedicated asset during the contract term. In the majority of the Company’s contracts where it must identify whether a lease is present, it is readily determinable that the Company controls the use of the assets and obtains substantially all of the economic benefit during the term of the contract. In those contracts where identification is not readily determinable, the Company has determined that the supplier has either the ability to use another asset to provide the service or the terms of the contract give the supplier the right to operate the asset at its discretion during the term of the contract.
Right-of-use ("ROU") assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The Company’s lease payments are typically fixed or contain fixed escalators. The Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its current lease categories and therefore, all consideration is included in lease payments. For the Company’s leases consisting of land and other equipment (i.e. “communications network sites”), future payments are subject to variability due to changes in indices or rates. The Company values its ROU assets and lease liabilities based on the index or rate in effect at lease commencement. Future changes in the indices or rates are accounted for as variable lease costs. Other variable lease costs include items that are not fixed at lease commencement including property taxes, insurance, and operating charges that vary based on usage. ROU assets also include lease payments made in advance and are net of lease incentives.
As the majority of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rates based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The Company’s incremental borrowing rates are based on the term of the lease, the economic environment of the lease, and the effect of collateralization.
The Company's lease terms range from one to twenty-one years and may include options to extend the lease by one to ten years or terminate the lease after the initial non-cancelable term. The Company does not include options in the determination of
63



the lease term for the majority of leases as sufficient economic factors do not exist that would compel it to continue to use the underlying asset beyond the initial non-cancelable term. However, for the Company's communications network site leases that are necessary to provide services to customers under managed service arrangements, the Company includes options in the lease term to the extent of the customer contracts to which those leases relate.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets, which include intangible assets, held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset (group) to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset (group). If an asset (group) is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset (group) exceeds the asset's (group's) fair value calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis or market comparable analysis. Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
Income Taxes: The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on the currently enacted tax laws. As a resultThe Company's deferred and other tax balances are based on management's interpretation of the enactment oftax regulations and rulings in numerous tax jurisdictions. Income tax expenses and liabilities recognized by the Tax Act, we have reflected ourCompany also reflect its best estimates and assumptions regarding: (i)regarding, among other things, the level of future taxable income, the effect of the Company's various tax planning strategies, and uncertain tax positions. Future tax authority rulings and changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, and future tax planning strategies could affect the actual effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company.
Long-Term Receivables: Long-term receivables include trade receivables where contractual terms of the note agreement are greater than one year. The Company estimates credit losses on accounts receivable based on historical losses and then takes into account estimates of current and future economic conditions. Long-term receivables are considered past due if payments have not been received according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest. Impaired long-term receivables are valued based on the present value of deferredexpected future cash flows discounted at the receivable’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the receivable is collateral dependent. Interest income taxand late fees on impaired long-term receivables are recognized only when payments are received. Previously impaired long-term receivables are no longer considered impaired and are reclassified to performing when they have performed under restructuring for four consecutive quarters.
Environmental Liabilities:The Company maintains a liability related to ongoing remediation efforts of environmental media such as groundwater, soil, and soil vapor, as well as related legal fees for a designated Superfund site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (commonly known as the “Superfund Act”) incurred by a legacy business. It is the Company’s policy to re-evaluate the reserve when certain events become known that will impact the future cash payments. When the timing and amount of the future cash payments are fixed or reliably determinable, the Company discounts the future cash flows used in estimating the accrual using a risk-free treasury rate. The current portion of the estimated environmental liability is included in the Accrued liabilities statement line and the non-current portion is included in the Other liabilities statement line within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Foreign Currency: Certain non-U.S. operations within the Company use their respective local currency as their functional currency. Those operations that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate assets and liabilities at current rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For those operations that have transactions denominated in local currency which differs from functional currency, transactions denominated in the local currency are measured in their functional currency using the current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are included in Other within Other income (expense) within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.
The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against gains or losses on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on the enacted corporate federal tax rateCompany's assessment of 21%, (ii)risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of its non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company typically uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company has entered into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of its overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
Derivative Instruments: For Foreign exchange contracts, not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses are recorded immediately in Other income (expense) within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For Equity swap contracts, which do not qualify for hedge accounting, gains and losses are recorded immediately in Selling, general and administrative
64



expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses pertaining to instruments designated as net investment hedges that qualify for hedge accounting are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income. Components excluded from the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness in net investment hedges are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income at their initial value and amortized into Interest expense, net on a straight-line basis. Gains and losses pertaining to instruments designated as cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income.
Fair Value Measurements: The Company holds certain fixed income securities, equity securities and derivatives, which are recognized and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date and is measured using the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy prescribes valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to each measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's assumptions about current market conditions. The prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies are as follows:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations, in which all significant inputs are observable, in active markets.
Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.
Earnings Per Share: The Company calculates its basic earnings per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding. Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period to arrive at the basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation and the weighted-average number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, excluding those securities that would be anti-dilutive to the earnings per share calculation. Both basic and diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated for net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions for all periods presented.
Share-Based Compensation Costs: The Company grants share-based compensation awards and offers an employee stock purchase plan. The amount of compensation cost for these share-based awards is generally measured based on the fair value of foreign tax credit carryforwardsthe awards as of the date that the share-based awards are issued and adjusted to the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. The fair values of stock options and stock appreciation rights are generally determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model which incorporates assumptions about expected volatility, risk-free rate, dividend yield, and expected life. Performance-based stock options, performance stock units, and market stock units vest based on ourmarket conditions and are therefore measured under a Monte Carlo simulation in order to simulate a range of possible future unit prices for Motorola Solutions over the performance period. Compensation cost for share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
Defined Benefit Plans: The Company records annual expenses relating to its defined benefit plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases, and turnover rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends. Under relevant accounting rules, when almost all of the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized gains and losses changes from the average remaining service period to the average remaining lifetime of the participants. As such, depending on the specific plan, the Company amortizes gains and losses over periods ranging from nine to twenty-seven years. Prior service costs will be amortized over periods ranging from one to seventeen years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method. The Company utilizes a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.
The benefit obligation and plan assets for the Company's defined benefit plans are presented on a net basis according to the plans' net funded status and measured as of December 31, 2023.
65



Recent Acquisitions:
On December 15, 2023, the Company acquired IPVideo Corporation ("IPVideo"), the creator of the HALO Smart Sensor, for $170 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $5 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. The HALO Smart Sensor is a multifunctional safety and security device with built-in vape detection and air quality monitoring, gunshot detection, abnormal noise and motion detection and emergency keyword detection. This acquisition adds sensor technology to the Company's physical security portfolio. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.
On December 14, 2022, the Company acquired Rave Mobile Safety, Inc. ("Rave Mobile"), a leader in mass notification and incident management, for $553 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $2 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition complements the Company's portfolio with a platform specifically designed to help organizations and public safety agencies communicate and collaborate during emergencies. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.
On October 25, 2022, the Company acquired Futurecom Systems Group, ULC ("Futurecom"), a leading provider of radio coverage extension solutions for public safety agencies, for $30 million, net of cash acquired. Futurecom designs and manufactures radio frequency repeaters. This acquisition further expands the Company's communications network and device portfolios. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.
On August 8, 2022, the Company acquired Barrett Communications Pty Ltd ("Barrett Communications"), a global provider of specialized radio communications, for $18 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition complements the Company's existing radio portfolio, allowing the Company to use high frequency and very high frequency radio communications to support mission-critical operations. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.
On May 12, 2022, the Company acquired Videotec S.p.A. ("Videotec"), a global provider of ruggedized video security solutions, for $23 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition extends the Company's breadth of high-performance video products, reinforcing the Company's strategy to be a global leader in video security solutions. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.
On April 19, 2022, the Company acquired Calipsa, Inc. ("Calipsa"), a technology leader in cloud-native advanced video analytics, for $39 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition extends the Company's intelligent analytics across video security solutions and supports the accelerating trend of enterprises using cloud technologies to enhance safety and security. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.
On March 23, 2022, the Company acquired TETRA Ireland Communications Limited ("TETRA Ireland"), the provider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service, for $120 million, net of cash acquired. The Company was an initial shareholder of TETRA Ireland and acquired the remaining interest in the entity from the other shareholders. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of delivering mission-critical voice and data communications solutions to first responders and frontline workers. The business is part of the Software and Services segment.
On March 3, 2022, the Company acquired Ava Security Limited ("Ava"), a global provider of cloud-native video security and analytics, for $388 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock and restricted stock units at a fair value of $7 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of intelligent video solutions that help to enhance safety and streamline operations. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On December 16, 2021, the Company acquired 911 Datamaster, Inc. ("911 Datamaster"), a Next Generation 911 ("NG911") data solutions provider, for $35 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $3 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service of two years. This acquisition reinforces the Company's strategy to be a leader in command center solutions and further supports 911 call centers’ unique organizational workflows as they transition to NG911 technologies. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.
On October 29, 2021, the Company acquired Envysion, Inc. ("Envysion"), a leader in enterprise video security and business analytics, for $124 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $1 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition expands the Company's presence in the industry and reinforces the Company's strategy as a global leader in end-to-end video security solutions. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On July 15, 2021, the Company acquired Openpath Security Inc. ("Openpath"), a cloud-based mobile access control provider for $298 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $29 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of three years. This acquisition expands the Company's ability to utilize foreign tax creditscombine video security and access control solutions within Video to offset future income tax liabilitieshelp support enterprise customers. The business is a part of both the Products and (iii)Systems Integration segment and the accounting impact of new rules such as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income ("GILTI")Software and Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax ("BEAT"). We will continue to evaluate the valuation of our deferred tax positions on a quarterly basis to determine if valuation allowances are appropriately estimated by considering available evidence, including historical and projected taxable income and tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible. As our understanding of the application of certain rules under the Tax Act becomes clarified, we will further refine our estimates throughout 2018.Services segment.
Recent Accounting PronouncementsPronouncements:
In May 2014,November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” to update reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and information used to
66



assess segment performance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods beginning in 2025, with Customers." This new standardearly adoption permitted. The ASU will replacerequire the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP.Company to disclose additional expense categories at the segment level including Cost of sales, Selling, general and administrative expenses, Research and development expenditures and other charges once it adopts this ASU. The core principleCompany is still evaluating the complete impact of the adoption of this ASU is the recognition of revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to the amount an entity expects to receive for those goods and services. This ASU requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and estimates and changes in those estimates. on its disclosures.
In August 2015,December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date" that delayed the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to January 1, 2018, as our annual reporting period begins after December 15, 2017.
We have analyzed the impact of the new standard on our financial results based onIncome Tax Disclosures,” which expands disclosures in an inventory of our current contracts with customers. We have obtained an understanding of the new standardentity's income tax rate reconciliation table and currently believe that we will retain much of the same accounting treatment used to recognize revenue under current standards. Revenue on a significant portion of our contracts is currently recognized under percentage of completion accounting applying a cost-to-cost method, including contracts for radio network deployments based on the APCO P25, TETRA, and DMR technologies, as well as certain offerings within our Smart Public Safety Solutions requiring significant integration (collectively "network integration contracts").
Under the new standard, we must identify the distinct promises to transfer goods and/or services within our contracts using certain factors. For network integration contracts, we have considered the factors used to determine whether promises madedisclosures regarding cash taxes paid both in the contract are distinctU.S. and determined that devices and accessories represent distinct goods. Accordingly, adoption of the new standard will impact our network integration contracts that include devices and accessories, with the resulting impact being revenue recognized earlier as control of the devices and accessories transfers to the customer at a point in time rather than over time. For the remaining promised goods and services within our network integration contracts, we will continue to recognize revenue on these contracts using a cost-to-cost method based on the continuous transfer of control to the customer over time. Transfer of control in our contracts is demonstrated by creating a customized asset for customers, in conjunction with contract terms which provide the right to receive payment for goods and services.
In addition, the standard may generally cause issuers to accelerate revenue recognition in contracts which were previously limited by software revenue recognition rules. While we have contracts which fall under these rules in the current standard, we have not historically deferred significant amounts of revenue under these rules as many arrangements are single-element software arrangements or sales of software with a tangible product which falls out of the scope of the current software rules. Based on the contracts currently in place, we do not anticipate a significant acceleration of revenue upon applying the new standard to our current contracts under these fact patterns.
The new standard also requires the concept of transfer of control to determine whether an entity must present revenue from providing goods or services at the gross amount billed to a customer (as a principal) or at the net amount retained (as an agent). Therefore, an entity must assess whether it controls the goods or services provided to a customer before they are transferred. The new standard provides three indicators to assist entities in determining control. Under the current standard, eight indicators (including the three indicators under the new standard) exist to evaluate whether an entity should present revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. Historically, we have presented transactions that involved a third-party sales representative on a net basis. After considering the control concept and remaining three indicators under the new standard, we have determined that we are the principal in contracts that involve a third-party sales representative. Thus, upon adoption of the new standard we will present associated revenues on a gross basis, recording third-party sales commissions within selling, general and administrative expenses.
Under current accounting standards, we expense sales commissions as incurred. However, under ASU No. 2014-09, we will capitalize sales commissions as incremental costs to obtain a contract. Such costs will be classified as a contract asset and amortized over a period that approximates the timing of revenue recognition on the underlying contracts.


We have evaluated the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on our financial results and determined to adopt this standard using the modified retrospective method, which requires the recognition of the cumulative effect of the transition as an adjustment to retained earnings for open contracts as of January 1, 2018. Based on the application of the changes described above to our contracts open as of January 1, 2018, we expect to recognize a transition adjustment in the range of $120 million to $140 million, net of deferred tax effects, which will increase our opening retained earnings. Based on our existing operations, ASU No. 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact to net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases," which amends existing guidance to require lessees to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations created by long-term leases and to disclose additional quantitative and qualitative information about leasing arrangements. The ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2019 and interim periods within that reporting period. The ASU prescribes the use of a modified retrospective method upon adoption, which requires all prior periods presented in the financial statements to be restated, with a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. We are in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) - Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” which clarifies eight specific cash flow issues in an effort to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified within the statement of cash flows.foreign jurisdictions. This ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2018fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the ASU requires a retrospective application unless it is determinedThe Company anticipates that it is impractical to do so, in which case it must be retrospectively applied at the earliest date practical. Upon adoption, we do not anticipate significant changes to our existing accounting policies or presentation of the Statement of Cash Flows.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, “Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory,” as part of the Board’s simplification initiative aimed at reducing complexity in accounting standards. This ASU eliminates the current application of deferringwill have additional disclosures regarding cash taxes and the income tax effect of intra-entity asset transfers, other than inventory, until the transferred asset is sold to a third party or otherwise recovered through use and will require entities to recognize tax expense when the transfer occurs. The guidance will be effective for us on January 1, 2018 and interim periods within that reporting period; early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt the ASU on January 1, 2018. The ASU requires a modified retrospective application with a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded in retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. We expect to record a $30 million cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the first quarter of 2018 for the remaining unrecognized deferred tax expense related to the intra-entity transfers of property, plant, and equipment.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash," which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total cash, which is inclusive of cash and cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning of period and end of period balances on the statement of cash flows upon adoption ofrate reconciliation once it adopts this standard. The ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt the ASU on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the ASU requires retrospective application. We do not anticipate significant changes to our financial statements and related disclosures from adoption of the ASU.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, "Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost." The amendments in this update require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net periodic cost (benefit) and report that component in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees during the period. The other components of net periodic cost (benefit) are required to be presented in the statement of operations separately from the service cost component and outside of operating earnings. The amendment also allows for the service cost component of net periodic cost (benefit) to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. The guidance will be effective for us on January 1, 2018 and interim periods within that reporting period; early adoption is permitted. The guidance on the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic cost (benefit) must be applied retrospectively, while the guidance limiting the capitalization of net periodic cost (benefit) in assets to the service cost component must be applied prospectively. We intend to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, we plan to update the presentation of net periodic cost (benefit) accordingly, noting all components of our net periodic cost (benefit), with the exception of the service cost component, will be presented outside of operating earnings. The estimated impact of adoption of the ASU will be a reclassification of certain components of net periodic benefit from operating earnings to other income (expense) in the amount of approximately $8 million and $29 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12 "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities," which is intended to simplify the application of hedge accounting and better portray the economic results of risk management strategies in the consolidated financial statements. The ASU expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2019 with adoption permitted immediately in any interim or annual period (including the current period). We are currently assessing the impact of this ASU, including transition elections and required elections, on our consolidated financial statements and the timing of adoption.


Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
We have elected to early adoptIn September 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-2, "Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)2022-04, “Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): ReclassificationDisclosure of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,"Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” which requires disclosures to enhance transparency about an entity’s use of supplier finance programs. The amendments require a buyer that uses supplier finance programs to disclose the program’s key terms, outstanding confirmed amounts as of the end of the period, a rollforward of such amounts during each annual period and a description of where in the financial statements outstanding amounts are presented. Only the amount outstanding at the end of the period must be disclosed in interim periods. The Company adopted ASU 2022-04 on January 1, 2017. The ASU, which was issued by the FASB in February 2018, allows for a reclassification from Accumulated other comprehensive income2023. Refer to Retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate and other stranded tax amounts related to the Tax Act. As a result of adoption of the ASU, we reclassified $270 million of stranded tax effects relatedNote 4, "Other Financial Data" to our U.S. Pension Plans outconsolidated financial statements included in this Part II, Item 8 of Accumulated other comprehensive loss and into Retained earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. 
Forward-Looking Statements
Except for historical matters, the matters discussed in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements withinfor the meaningrelated disclosures.

2.    Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Disaggregation of applicable federal securities law. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and generally include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “aims,” “estimates” and similar expressions. We can give no assurance that any future results or events discussed in these statements will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements represent our views only as of today and should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the statements contained in this Form 10-K. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Business,” about: (a) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (b) future product development and the demand for new products, (c) customer spending, (d) the impact of our strategy and focus areas, (e) the impact from the loss of key customers, (f) competitive position and our ability to maintain a leadership position in our core products, (g) increased competition, (h) the impact of regulatory matters, (i) the impact from the allocation and regulation of spectrum, particularly with respect to broadband spectrum, (j) the firmness of each segment's backlog, (k) the competitiveness of the patent portfolio, (l) the impact of research and development, (m) the availability of materials and components, energy supplies and labor, and (n) the seasonality of the business; (2) “Properties,” about the sufficiency of our manufacturing capacity and the consequences of a disruption in manufacturing; (3) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters and timing; (4) “Management's Discussion and Analysis,” about: (a) the impact of acquisitions on our business, (b) market growth/contraction, demand, spending and resulting opportunities, (c) the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations, (d) our continued ability to reduce our operating expenses, (e) the growth of our Services segment and the resulting impact on consolidated gross margin, (f) the increase in public safety LTE revenues, (g) the decline in iDEN, (h) the return of capital to shareholders through dividends and/or repurchasing shares, (i) our ability to invest in capital expenditures and R&D, (j) the success of our business strategy and portfolio, (k) future payments, charges, use of accruals and expected cost-saving and profitability benefits associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (l) our ability and cost to repatriate funds, (m) future cash contributions to pension plans or retiree health benefit plans, (n) the liquidity of our investments, (o) our ability and cost to access the capital markets, (p) our ability to borrow and the amount available under our credit facilities, (q) our ability to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash, (r) our ability and cost to obtain Performance Bonds, (s) adequacy of internal resources to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure measurements, (t) expected payments pursuant to commitments under long-term agreements, (u) the ability to meet minimum purchase obligations, (v) our ability to sell accounts receivable and the terms and amounts of such sales, (w) the outcome and effect of ongoing and future legal proceedings, (x) the impact of the loss of key customers, (y) the expected effective tax rate and deductibility of certain items, and (z) the impact of the adoption of accounting pronouncements on our retained earnings; and (5) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency exchange risks, (b) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company, and (c) the ability of counterparties to financial instruments to perform their obligations.
Some of the risk factors that affect our business and financial results are discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors.” We caution the reader that the risk factors discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors,” and those described elsewhere in this report or in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.




Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2017, we have $4.5 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates. Our subsidiaries have variable interest loans denominated in the Euro and Chilean Peso. We have interest rate swap agreements in place which change the characteristics of interest rate payments from variable to maximum fixed-rate payments. A hypothetical unfavorable movement of 10% in the interest rates would have an immaterial impact on the hedge’s fair value.
Foreign Currency Risk
We use financial instruments to reduce our overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. Our policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate price fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in the market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of the underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
Our strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on our assessment of risk. We enter into derivative contracts for some of our non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. We typically use forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, we enter into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of our exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
At December 31, 2017, we had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $507 million, compared to $717 million outstanding at December 31, 2016. Management does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.Revenue
The following table showssummarizes the five largest net notional amountsdisaggregation of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 2017our revenue by segment, geography, major product and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2016: 
 Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency2017 2016
Euro$149
 $122
British Pound72
 246
Chinese Renminbi(73) (108)
Australian Dollar(64) (51)
Brazilian Real(45) (56)
Foreign exchange financial instruments that are subject to the effects of currency fluctuations, which may affect reported earnings, include derivative financial instrumentsservice type and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. Derivative financial instruments consist primarily of currency forward contracts and options. Other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, as well as accounts payable and receivable. Accounts payable and receivable are reflected at fair value in the financial statements. Assuming the amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts represent our underlying foreign exchange risk related to monetary assets and liabilities, a hypothetical unfavorable 10% movement in the foreign exchange rates, from current levels, would reduce the value of those monetary assets and liabilities by approximately $52 million. Our market risk calculation represents an estimate of reasonably possible net losses that would be recognized assuming hypothetical 10% movements in future currency market pricing and is not necessarily indicative of actual results, which may or may not occur. It does not represent the maximum possible loss or any expected loss that may occur, since actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated, based upon, among other things, actual fluctuation in market rates, operating exposures, and the timing thereof. We believe, however, that any such loss incurred would be offset by the effects of market rate movements on the respective underlying derivative financial instruments transactions. The foreign exchange financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading.














































® Reg. U.S. Patent & Trademark Office.
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo, as well as iDEN are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other products or service names are the property of their respective owners.


Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 16, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our auditsin accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1959.
Chicago, Illinois
February 16, 2018


Consolidated Statements of Operations
 Years ended December 31
(In millions, except per share amounts)2017 2016 2015
Net sales from products$3,772
 $3,649
 $3,676
Net sales from services2,608
 2,389
 2,019
Net sales6,380
 6,038
 5,695
Costs of products sales1,686
 1,649
 1,625
Costs of services sales1,670
 1,520
 1,351
Costs of sales3,356
 3,169
 2,976
Gross margin3,024
 2,869
 2,719
Selling, general and administrative expenses979
 1,000
 1,021
Research and development expenditures568
 553
 620
Other charges195
 249
 84
Operating earnings1,282
 1,067
 994
Other income (expense):     
Interest expense, net(201) (205) (173)
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net3
 (6) 107
Other(8) (12) (11)
Total other expense(206) (223) (77)
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes1,076
 844
 917
Income tax expense1,227
 282
 274
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations(151) 562
 643
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
 (30)
Net earnings (loss)(151) 562
 613
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests4
 2
 3
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$(155) $560
 $610
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders:     
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax$(155) $560
 $640
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
 (30)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$(155) $560
 $610
Earnings (loss) per common share:     
Basic:     
Continuing operations$(0.95) $3.30
 $3.21
Discontinued operations
 
 (0.15)
 $(0.95) $3.30
 $3.06
Diluted:     
Continuing operations$(0.95) $3.24
 $3.17
Discontinued operations
 
 (0.15)
 $(0.95) $3.24
 $3.02
Weighted average common shares outstanding:     
Basic162.9
 169.6
 199.6
Diluted162.9
 173.1
 201.8
Dividends declared per share$1.93
 $1.70
 $1.43
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016 2015
Net earnings (loss)$(151) $562
 $613
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (Note 3):     
Foreign currency translation adjustments141
 (228) (62)
Marketable securities6
 3
 (47)
Defined benefit plans(392) (226) 98
Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax(245) (451) (11)
Comprehensive income (loss)(396) 111
 602
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest4
 2
 3
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders$(400) $109
 $599
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Consolidated Balance Sheets 
 December 31
(In millions, except par value)2017 2016
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents$1,205
 $967
Restricted cash63
 63
Total cash and cash equivalents1,268
 1,030
Accounts receivable, net1,523
 1,410
Inventories, net327
 273
Other current assets832
 755
Total current assets3,950
 3,468
Property, plant and equipment, net856
 789
Investments247
 238
Deferred income taxes1,023
 2,219
Goodwill938
 728
Intangible assets, net861
 821
Other assets333
 200
Total assets$8,208
 $8,463
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current portion of long-term debt$52
 $4
Accounts payable593
 553
Accrued liabilities2,286
 2,111
Total current liabilities2,931
 2,668
Long-term debt4,419
 4,392
Other liabilities2,585
 2,355
Stockholders’ Equity   
Preferred stock, $100 par value
 
Common stock, $.01 par value:2
 2
Authorized shares: 600.0   
Issued shares: 12/31/17—161.6; 12/31/16—165.5   
Outstanding shares: 12/31/17—161.2; 12/31/16—164.7   
Additional paid-in capital351
 203
Retained earnings467
 1,148
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,562) (2,317)
Total Motorola Solutions, Inc. stockholders’ equity (deficit)(1,742) (964)
Noncontrolling interests15
 12
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(1,727) (952)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$8,208
 $8,463
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In millions, except per share amounts)Shares Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Retained Earnings Noncontrolling Interests
Balance as of January 1, 2015220.5
 $1,180
 $(1,855) $3,410
 $31
Net earnings
 
 

 610
 3
Other comprehensive loss
 
 (11) 
 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised2.0
 80
 
 
 
Share repurchase program(48.0) (1,147) 
 (2,030) 
Tax shortfalls from share-based compensation
 (155) 
 
 
Share-based compensation expense
 78
 
 
 
Sale of controlling interest in subsidiary common stock
   
 
 (24)
Equity component of Senior Convertible Notes  8
      
Dividends declared
 
 
 (274) 

Balance as of December 31, 2015174.5
 $44
 $(1,866) $1,716
 $10
Net earnings
 
 

 560
 2
Other comprehensive loss
 
 (451) 
 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised3.0
 93
 
 
 
Share repurchase program(12.0) 

 
 (842) 
Share-based compensation expense
 68
 
 
 
Dividends declared
 
 
 (286) 

Balance as of December 31, 2016165.5
 $205
 $(2,317) $1,148
 $12
Net earnings (loss)
 
 
 (155) 4
Other comprehensive income
 
 25
 
 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised1.8
 82
 
 
 
Share repurchase program(5.7) 
 
 (483) 
Reclassification of stranded tax effects

 

 (270) 270
 
Share-based compensation expense
 66
 
 
 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock
 
 
 
 (1)
Dividends declared

 

 
 (313) 
Balance as of December 31, 2017161.6
 $353
 $(2,562) $467
 $15
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016 2015
Operating     
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$(155) $560
 $610
Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests4
 2
 3
Net earnings (loss)(151) 562
 613
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
 (30)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax(151) 562
 643
Adjustments to reconcile earnings (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Depreciation and amortization343
 295
 150
Non-cash other charges32
 54
 52
Non-U.S. pension curtailment gain
 
 (32)
Non-U.S. pension settlement loss48
 26
 
Share-based compensation expense66
 68
 78
Loss (gains) on sales of investments and businesses, net(3) 6
 (107)
Loss from the extinguishment of long-term debt
 2
 
Deferred income taxes1,100
 213
 160
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments:     
Accounts receivable(60) (6) 21
Inventories(46) 6
 16
Other current assets(99) (185) 92
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities160
 241
 26
Other assets and liabilities(44) (117) (78)
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations1,346
 1,165
 1,021
Investing     
Acquisitions and investments, net(404) (1,474) (586)
Proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, net183
 670
 230
Capital expenditures(227) (271) (175)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
 73
 3
Net cash used for investing activities from continuing operations(448) (1,002) (528)
Financing     
Repayment of debt(21) (686) (4)
Net proceeds from issuance of debt10
 673
 971
Issuance of common stock82
 93
 84
Purchase of common stock(483) (842) (3,177)
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
 
 5
Payment of dividends(307) (280) (277)
Payment of dividends to non-controlling interest(1) 
 
Deferred acquisition costs(2) 
 
Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations(722) (1,042) (2,398)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations62
 (71) (69)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents238
 (950) (1,974)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period1,030
 1,980
 3,954
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$1,268
 $1,030
 $1,980
Supplemental Cash Flow Information     
Cash paid during the period for:     
Interest, net$176
 $191
 $163
Income and withholding taxes, net of refunds122
 66
 105
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (the “Company” or “Motorola Solutions”) and all controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 andcustomer type for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015, include,2021, consistent with the information reviewed by our chief operating decision maker for evaluating the financial performance of reportable segments:
Years Ended
202320222021
(in millions)Products and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotalProducts and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotalProducts and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotal
Regions
North America$4,507 $2,425 $6,932 $4,286 $2,088 $6,374 $3,723 $1,838 $5,561 
International1,735 1,311 3,046 1,442 1,296 2,738 1,310 1,300 2,610 
$6,242 $3,736 $9,978 $5,728 $3,384 $9,112 $5,033 $3,138 $8,171 
Major Products and Services
LMR Communications$5,127 $2,399 $7,526 $4,713 $2,274 $6,987 $4,203 $2,205 $6,408 
Video1,115 611 1,726 1,015 508 1,523 830 396 1,226 
Command Center 726 726 — 602 602 — 537 537 
$6,242 $3,736 $9,978 $5,728 $3,384 $9,112 $5,033 $3,138 $8,171 
Customer Type
Direct$3,619 $3,396 $7,015 $3,368 $3,057 $6,425 $3,147 $2,842 $5,989 
Indirect2,623 340 2,963 2,360 327 2,687 1,886 296 2,182 
$6,242 $3,736 $9,978 $5,728 $3,384 $9,112 $5,033 $3,138 $8,171 
Remaining Performance Obligations
Remaining performance obligations represent the revenue that is expected to be recognized in future periods related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied, or partially unsatisfied, as of the end of a period. The transaction value associated with remaining performance obligations which were not yet satisfied as of December 31, 2023 was $9.3 billion. A total of $5.0 billion was from Products and Systems Integration performance obligations that were not yet satisfied, of which $3.0 billion is expected to be recognized in the opinionnext twelve months. The remaining amounts will generally be satisfied over time as systems are implemented. Remaining performance obligations from the Products and Systems Integration segment are equal to disclosed backlog for the segment. A total of management, all adjustments (consisting$4.3 billion was from Software and Services performance obligations that were not
67



yet satisfied as of normal recurring adjustmentsDecember 31, 2023. The determination of Software and reclassifications) necessaryServices performance obligations that are not satisfied takes into account a contract term that may be limited by the customer’s ability to present fairlyterminate for convenience. Where termination for convenience exists in the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations, statements of comprehensive income, and statements of stockholders' equity and cash flows for all periods presented.
Use of Estimates:The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States ("U.S.") Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities andservices contracts, its disclosure of contingent assetsthe remaining performance obligations that are unsatisfied assumes the contract term is limited until renewal. As a result, remaining performance obligations from the Software and liabilities atServices segment may be less than disclosed backlog in the dateSoftware and Services segment due to multi-year service contracts with termination for convenience clauses. The Company expects to recognize $1.7 billion from unsatisfied Software and Services performance obligations over the next twelve months, with the remaining performance obligations to be recognized over time as services are performed and software is implemented.
In October 2021, the U.K.'s Competition and Markets Authority ("CMA") announced that it had opened a market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market. This investigation included Airwave, the Company's private mobile radio communications network that the Company acquired in 2016. On July 31, 2023, the CMA adopted a remedies order which implemented the price control set out in its final decision, which was suspended until the CAT dismissed the Company's appeal on December 22, 2023. Based on the adoption of the financial statementsremedies order, since August 1, 2023, revenue under the Airwave contract has been recognized in accordance with the prospective price control as the contract value was subject to variable consideration constraints. The remaining performance obligations for Airwave services contracted with the Home Office through 2026, inclusive of the five month period beginning August 1, 2023, was reduced by $777 million to align with the remedies order as of December 31, 2023.
Payment terms on system contracts are typically tied to implementation milestones associated with progress on contracts, while revenue recognition is over time based on a cost-to-cost method of measuring performance. The Company may recognize a Contract asset or Contract liability, depending on whether revenue has been recognized in excess of billings or billings in excess of revenue. Services contracts are typically billed in advance, generating Contract liabilities until the Company has performed the services. The Company does not record a financing component to contracts when it expects, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of a promised good or service and the reported amounts of revenues and expensesrelated payment terms are less than a year.
Contract Balances
December 31 (in millions)202320222021
Accounts receivable, net$1,710 $1,518 $1,386 
Contract assets1,102 974 1,105 
Contract liabilities2,037 1,859 1,650 
Non-current contract liabilities424 363 306 
Revenue recognized during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.year ended December 31, 2023 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2023 was $1.3 billion, compared to $1.1 billion of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2022 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2022, and $1.0 billion of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2021. Revenue of $37 million was reversed during the year ended December 31, 2023 related to performance obligations satisfied, or partially satisfied, in previous periods, primarily driven by changes in the estimates of progress on system contracts, compared to $26 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 and $4 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Revenue Recognition:NetThere have been no material expected credit losses recognized on contract assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Contract Cost Balances
December 31 (in millions)202320222021
Current contract cost assets$56 $61 $30 
Non-current contract cost assets119 130 124 
Contract cost assets include incremental costs to obtain a contract, primarily related to the Company's sales consist of a wide range of activities including the delivery of stand-alone equipment or services, custom designincentive plans, and installationcertain costs to fulfill contracts. Contract cost assets are amortized into expense over a period of time, and bundled sales of equipment, software and services. The Company enters into revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables of its products and services due tofollows the needs of its customers. Such revenue arrangements may be a result of the combination of multiple contracts with our customers. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment, equipment containing both software and nonsoftware components that function together to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality, and services in accordance with general revenue recognition accounting principles. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with software accounting guidance for the following types of sales transactions: (i) stand alone sales of software products or software upgrades and (ii) stand alone sales of software maintenance agreements.
Products
For equipment sales, in addition to the criteria mentioned above, revenue recognition occurs when title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, objective evidence exists that customer acceptance provisions have been met, no significant obligations remain and allowances for discounts, price protection, returns and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. Recorded revenues are reduced by these allowances. The Company bases its estimates of these allowances on historical experience. The Company includes shipping charges billed to customers in revenue and includes the related shipping costs in cost of sales.
The Company sells software and equipment obtained from other companies. The Company establishes its own pricing and retains related inventory risk, is the primary obligor in sales transactions with customers, and assumes the credit risk for amounts billed to customers. Accordingly, the Company generally recognizes revenue for the sale of products obtained from other companies based on the gross amount billed.
Long-Term Contracts
For long-term contracts that involve customization of equipment and/or software, the Company generally recognizes revenue using the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”).
Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the work required to be performed under many of the Company’s long-term contracts, determining Estimated Costs at Completion is complex and subject to many variables. The Company has a standard and disciplined quarterly process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts including the related Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of revenues and costs. The risks and opportunities include management's judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of the work to be performed, the availability of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any quarterly adjustments to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. Changes in estimates of net sales or cost of sales could affect the profitability of one or more of our contracts. The impact on Operating earnings as a result of changes in Estimated Costs at Completion was not significant for the years 2017, 2016, and 2015. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed total estimates of revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period the loss is determined.
Hardware and Software Services Support
Revenue under equipment and software support and maintenance agreements, which do not contain specified future software upgrades, is recognized ratably over the contract term.



Software and Licenses
Revenue from pre-paid perpetual licenses is recognized at the inception of the arrangement, presuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
Multiple-Element Arrangements
Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products, services and software. These multiple-element arrangements could also include an element accounted for as a long-term contract coupled with other products, services and software. For multiple-element arrangements, deliverables are separated into more than one unit of accounting when: (i) the delivered element(s) have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and (ii) delivery of the undelivered element(s) is probable and substantially in the control of the Company.
In these arrangements, the Company generally allocates revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices, applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of fair value. The Company determines ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available data points including sales, cost and margin analysis of the product or service, and other inputs based on its normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume. Once elements of an arrangement are separated into more than one unit of accounting, revenue is recognized for each separate unit of accounting based on the nature of the revenue as described above. The Company's arrangements with multiple deliverables may also contain one or more software deliverables that are subject to software revenue recognition guidance. In limited circumstances, the Company has established vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value on certain post-contract service offerings. Where the contract contains more than one deliverable and VSOE does not exist for the undelivered software elements, revenue is deferred until the undelivered element is delivered. When the final undelivered software element is post contract support services, revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the remaining service period.
Cash Equivalents:The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash was $63 million at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
Investments:Investments in equity and debt securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Equity securities that are not publicly traded are carried at cost. Certain investments are accounted for using the equity method if the Company has significant influence over the issuing entity.
The Company assesses declines in the fair value of investments to determine whether such declines are other-than-temporary. This assessment is made considering all available evidence, including changes in general market conditions, specific industry and individual company data, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and the near-term prospects of the entity issuing the security, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until recovery. Other-than-temporary impairments of investments are recorded to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period in which they become impaired.
Inventories:Inventories are valued at the lower of average cost (which approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment:Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis, based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (buildings and building equipment, five to forty years; machinery and equipment, two to ten years) and commences once the assets are ready for their intended use.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. The Company performs its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The annual assessment is performed using the two-step goodwill test which may also include the optional qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step goodwill impairment test. If this is the case, the two-step goodwill impairment test is required. If it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required.
If the two-step goodwill impairment test is performed, first, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its book value. Second, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its book value, the Company performs a hypothetical purchase price allocation based on the reporting unit's fair value to determine the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. Fair value is determined using a combination of present value techniques and market prices of comparable businesses.
Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to sixteen years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:Long-lived assets, which include intangible assets, held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset (group) to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset (group). If an asset (group) is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset (group)


exceeds the asset's (group's) fair value calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis or market comparable analysis. Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
Income Taxes:The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws. The Company's deferred and other tax balances are based on management's interpretation of the tax regulations and rulings in numerous tax jurisdictions. Income tax expense and liabilities recognized by the Company also reflect its best estimates and assumptions regarding, among other things, the level of future taxable income, the effect of the Company's various tax planning strategies, and uncertain tax positions. Future tax authority rulings and changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, and future tax planning strategies could affect the actual effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company.
Sales and Use Taxes:The Company records taxes imposed on revenue-producing transactions, including sales, use, value added and excise taxes, on a net basis with such taxes excluded from revenue.
Long-term Receivables:Long-term receivables include trade receivables where contractual terms of the note agreement are greater than one year. Long-term receivables are considered impaired when management determines collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest, is no longer probable. Impaired long-term receivables are valued based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the receivable’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the receivable is collateral dependent. Interest income and late fees on impaired long-term receivables are recognized only when payments are received. Previously impaired long-term receivables are no longer considered impaired and are reclassified to performing when they have performed under restructuring for four consecutive quarters.
Foreign Currency:Certain non-U.S. operations within the Company use their respective local currency as their functional currency. Those operations that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate assets and liabilities at current rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. For those operations that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, transactions denominated in the local currency are measured in U.S. dollars using the current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are included in Other within Other income (expense) within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Derivative Instruments:Gains and losses on hedging instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded immediately in Other income (expense) within the consolidated statements of operations. Gains and losses pertaining to instruments designated as net investment hedges that qualify for hedge accounting are recognized as a component of Accumulated comprehensive income.
Earnings Per Share:The Company calculates its basic earnings (loss) per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period to arrive at the basic earnings (loss) per share. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic earnings (loss) per share calculation and the weighted average number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, excluding those securities that would be anti-dilutive to the earnings (loss) per share calculation. Both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated for earnings (loss) from continuing operations and net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. for all periods presented.
Share-Based Compensation Costs:The Company grants share-based compensation awards and offers an employee stock purchase plan. The amount of compensation cost for these share-based awards is generally measured based on the fair value of the awards as of the date that the share-based awards are issued and adjusted to the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. The fair values of stock options and stock appreciation rights are generally determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model which incorporates assumptions about expected volatility, risk free rate, dividend yield, and expected life. Performance based stock options, performance-contingent stock options, and market stock units vest based on market conditions and are therefore measured under a Monte Carlo simulation in order to simulate a range of possible future unit prices for Motorola Solutions over the performance period. Compensation cost for share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
Retirement Benefits:The Company records annual expenses relating to its pension benefit and postretirement plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases, and turnover rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends. The effects of the gains, losses, and prior service costs and credits are amortized either over the average service life or over the average remaining lifetime of the participants, depending on the number of active employees in the plan. The funded status, or projected benefit obligation less plan assets, for each plan, is reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets using a December 31 measurement date.



Recent Accounting Pronouncements:In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." This new standard will replace the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. The core principle of the ASU is the recognition of revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to the amount an entity expects to receive for those goods and services. This ASU requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and estimates and changes in those estimates. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date" that delayed the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year to January 1, 2018, as the Company’s annual reporting period begins after December 15, 2017.
The Company has analyzed the impact of the new standard on its financial results based on an inventory of the Company's current contracts with customers. The Company has obtained an understanding of the new standard and currently believes that it will retain much of the same accounting treatment used to recognize revenue under current standards. Revenue on a significant portion of the Company's contracts is currently recognized under percentage of completion accounting applying a cost-to-cost method, including contracts for radio network deployments based on the APCO P25, TETRA, and DMR technologies, as well as certain offerings within its Smart Public Safety Solutions requiring significant integration (collectively "network integration contracts").
Under the new standard, the Company must identify the distinct promises to transfer goods and/or services within its contracts using certain factors. For network integration contracts, the Company has considered the factors used to determine whether promises made in the contract are distinct and determined that devices and accessories represent distinct goods. Accordingly, adoption of the new standard will impact the Company's network integration contracts that include devices and accessories, with the resulting impact being revenue recognized earlier as control of the devices and accessories transfers to the customer at a point in time rather than over time. For the remaining promised goods and services within the Company's network integration contracts, it will continue to recognize revenue on these contracts using a cost-to-cost method based on the continuous transferpassage of control to the customer over time. Transfer of control inIncremental costs to obtain a contract with the Company's contracts is demonstrated by creatingsales incentive plans are accounted for under a customized asset for customers, in conjunctionportfolio approach, with contract terms which provideamortization ranging from one year to eight years to approximate the right to receive payment for goods and services.
In addition, the standard may generally cause issuers to accelerate revenue recognition in contracts which were previously limited by software revenue recognition rules. While the Company has contracts which fall under these rules in the current standard, it has not historically deferred significant amounts of revenue under these rules as many arrangements are single-element software arrangements or sales of software with a tangible product which falls out of the scope of the current software rules. Based on the contracts currently in place, the Company does not anticipate a significant acceleration of revenue upon applying the new standard to its current contracts under these fact patterns.
The new standard also requires the concept of transfer of control to determine whether an entity must present revenue from providing goods or services at the gross amount billed to a customer (as a principal) or at the net amount retained (as an agent). Therefore, an entity must assess whether it controls the goods or services provided to a customer before they are transferred. The new standard provides three indicators to assist entities in determining control. Under the current standard, eight indicators (including the three indicators under the new standard) exist to evaluate whether an entity should present revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. Historically, the Company presented transactions that involved a third-party sales representative on a net basis. After considering the control concept and remaining three indicators under the new standard, the Company has determined that it is the principal in contracts that involve a third-party sales representative. Thus, upon adoption of the new standard the Company will present associated revenues on a gross basis, recording third-party sales commissions within selling, general and administrative expenses.
Under current accounting standards, the Company expenses sales commissions as incurred. However, under ASU No. 2014-09, the Company will capitalize sales commissions asover time. Where incremental costs to obtain a contract. Such costscontract will be classified as a contract asset and amortized over a period that approximates the timing of revenue recognition on the underlying contracts.
The Company has evaluated the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on its financial results and determined to adopt this standard using the modified retrospective method, which requires the recognition of the cumulative effect of the transition as an adjustment to retained earnings for open contracts as of January 1, 2018. Based on the application of the changes described above to our contracts open as of January 1, 2018,recognized in one year or less, the Company expects to recognizeapplies a transition adjustment in the rangepractical expedient around expensing amounts as incurred. Amortization of $120contract cost assets was $61 million to $140 million, net of deferred tax effects, which will increase its opening retained earnings. Based on the Company's existing operations, ASU No. 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact to net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases," which amends existing guidance2023, compared to require lessees to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations created by long-term leases and to disclose additional quantitative and qualitative information about leasing arrangements. The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and interim periods within that reporting period. The ASU prescribes the use of a modified retrospective method upon adoption, which requires all prior periods presented in the financial statements to be restated, with a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings$62 million as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) - Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” which clarifies eight specific cash flow issues in an effort to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified within the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018


with early adoption permitted. The Company intends to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the ASU requires a retrospective application unless it is determined that it is impractical to do so, in which case it must be retrospectively applied at the earliest date practical. Upon adoption, the Company does not anticipate significant changes to the Company's existing accounting policies or presentation of the Statement of Cash Flows.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, “Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory,” as part of the Board’s simplification initiative aimed at reducing complexity in accounting standards. This ASU eliminates the current application of deferring the income tax effect of intra-entity asset transfers, other than inventory, until the transferred asset is sold to a third party or otherwise recovered through use and will require entities to recognize tax expense when the transfer occurs. The guidance will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and interim periods within that reporting period; early adoption permitted. The Company intends to adopt the ASU on January 1, 2018. The ASU requires a modified retrospective application with a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded in retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company expects to record a $30 million cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the first quarter of 2018 for the remaining unrecognized deferred tax expense related to intra-entity transfers of property, plant, and equipment.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash," which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in total cash, which is inclusive of cash and cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning of period and end of period balances on the statement of cash flows upon adoption of this standard. The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company intends to adopt the ASU on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the ASU requires retrospective application. The Company does not anticipate significant changes to the Company's financial statements and related disclosures from adoption of the ASU.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, "Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost." The amendments in this update require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net periodic cost (benefit) and report that component in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees during the period. The other components of net periodic cost (benefit) are required to be presented in the statement of operations separately from the service cost component and outside of operating earnings. The amendment also allows for the service cost component of net periodic cost (benefit) to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. The guidance will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and interim periods within that reporting period; early adoption is permitted. The guidance on the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic cost (benefit) must be applied retrospectively, while the guidance limiting the capitalization of net periodic cost (benefit) in assets to the service cost component must be applied prospectively. The Company intends to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the Company plans to update the presentation of net periodic cost (benefit) accordingly, noting all components of the Company's net periodic cost (benefit), with the exception of the service cost component, will be presented outside of operating earnings. The estimated impact of adoption of the ASU will be a reclassification of certain components of net periodic benefit from operating earnings to other income (expense) in the amount of approximately $8 million and $29 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12 "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities," which is intended to simplify the application of hedge accounting and better portray the economic results of risk management strategies in the consolidated financial statements. The ASU expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 with adoption permitted immediately in any interim or annual period (including the current period). The Company is currently assessing the impact of this ASU, including transition elections and required elections, on its consolidated financial statements and the timing of adoption.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:The Company has elected to early adopt ASU No. 2018-2, "Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," as of January 1, 2017. The ASU, which was issued by the FASB in February 2018, allows for a reclassification from Accumulated other comprehensive income to Retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate and other stranded tax amounts related to the Tax Act. As a result of adoption of the ASU, the Company reclassified $270 million of stranded tax effects related to our U.S. Pension Plans out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss and into Retained earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. 2022 and $52 million as of the year ended December 31, 2021.

2.    Subsequent Events
68
On February 1, 2018, we announced our intention to purchase Avigilon Corporation, a provider of advanced end-to-end security and surveillance solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, surveillance cameras and access control solutions for a purchase price of approximately $1.3 billion Canadian dollars.






3.    Leases
The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land and other equipment under various operating leases.
Components of Lease Expense
(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Lease expense:
Operating lease cost$140 $130 $133 
Short-term lease cost$1 $$
Variable cost36 33 36 
Sublease income(5)(5)(7)
Net lease expense from operating leases$172 $159 $164 
Operating Lease Assets and Liabilities
(in millions)Statement Line ClassificationDecember 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Right-of-use lease assetsOperating lease assets$495 $485 
Current lease liabilitiesAccrued liabilities$125 $118 
Non-current lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities$407 $419 
Other Information Related to Leases
(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Supplemental cash flow information:
Net cash used for operating activities related to operating leases$147 $145 $145 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities$98 $221 $40 
Assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2023 included $66 million of additional leases due to renewals of three large managed services contracts due to an assumption that it is reasonably certain that renewal options will be extended on the associated radio tower site leases. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $150 million of assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities due to an assumption that it is reasonably certain that renewal options will be extended on its radio tower site leases operated within the Airwave communications network consistent with the contract extension of the radio communication services through 2026. In addition, assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities of $34 million were recorded in connection with the Company's acquisition of TETRA Ireland.
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Weighted average remaining lease terms (years)55
Weighted average discount rate4.34 %4.07 %
69



Future Lease Payments
December 31 (in millions)Amount
2024$145 
2025132 
2026115 
202766 
202841 
Thereafter92 
Total lease payments$591 
Less: Interest59 
Present value of operating lease liabilities$532 

4.    Other Financial Data
Statement of Operations Information
Other Charges (Income)
Other charges (income) included in Operating earnings consist of the following:
Years ended December 312017
2016 2015
Other charges (income):     
Intangibles amortization (Note 14)$151
 $113
 $8
Reorganization of businesses (Note 13)33
 77
 71
Gain on legal settlement(47) 
 
Asset impairments9
 20
 37
Non-U.S. pension curtailment gain (Note 7)
 
 (32)
Non-U.S. pension plan settlement loss (Note 7)48
 26
 
Acquisition-related transaction fees1
 13
 
 $195
 $249
 $84
Years ended December 31 (in millions)202320222021
Other charges (income):
Intangibles amortization (Note 15)$177 $257 $236 
Reorganization of businesses (Note 14)22 18 24 
Legal Settlements4 23 
Fixed asset impairments3 12 — 
Environmental reserve expense15 — — 
Exit of video manufacturing operations24 — — 
Operating lease asset impairments6 24 10 
Acquisition-related transaction fees7 23 15 
Gain on Hytera legal settlement (15)— 
Other(1)(3)(2)
 $257 $339 $286 
During the year ended December 31, 2017,2023, the Company recognized a net gain of $47 millionrevised the estimate for its liability related to ongoing remediation efforts of environmental media such as groundwater, soil, and soil vapor, as well as related legal fees for a designated Superfund site under the recovery, through legal procedures to seize and liquidate assets, of financial receivables owed to the CompanySuperfund Act incurred by a former customer of its legacy Networks business. The net gain of $47 million was based on $57 million of proceeds received, net $10 million of fees owedIt is the Company's policy to third parties for their involvement inre-evaluate the recovery.
Duringreserve when certain events become known that will impact the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company recognized $9 million, $20 million and $37 million, respectively, of asset impairments. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the impairments were primarily related to building impairments from the sale of various corporate and manufacturing facilities.future cash payments. During the year ended December 31, 2015,2023, the impairments were primarily driven by the saleCompany became aware of incremental costs required in its remediation of the Company's corporate aircraft.
During the year ended December 31, 2017,Superfund site. As such, the Company expensed $1recorded a charge of $15 million, increasing the reserve balance to $127 million. The Company discounted the cash flows used in estimating this accrual using a risk-free treasury rate. The current portion of acquisition-related transaction fees compared to $13the estimated environmental liability is $8 million of transaction fees related toand is included in the acquisition of Airwave duringAccrued liabilities statement line and the year ended December 31, 2016.non-current portion is included in the "Other liabilities" statement line within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
70



Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net, and Other both included in Other income (expense) consist of the following: 
Years ended December 31 (in millions)202320222021
Interest expense, net:
Interest expense$(249)$(240)$(215)
Interest income33 14 
$(216)$(226)$(208)
Other, net:
Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit (Note 8)$99 $123 $123 
Loss from the extinguishment of long-term debt (Note 5) (6)(18)
Investment impairments(16)(1)— 
Foreign currency gain (loss)(53)37 17 
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments (Note 6)20 (61)(30)
Gains (loss) on equity method investments (3)
Fair value adjustments to equity investments13 (30)(8)
Gain on TETRA Ireland equity method investment 21 — 
Other5 (3)
 $68 $77 $92 
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015
Interest expense, net:     
Interest expense$(215) $(225) $(186)
Interest income14
 20
 13
 $(201) $(205) $(173)
Other:     
Loss from the extinguishment of long-term debt$
 $(2) $
Investment impairments
 (4) (6)
Foreign currency gain (loss)(31) 46
 (23)
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments15
 (56) 7
Gains on equity method investments1
 5
 6
Realized foreign currency loss on acquisition
 (10) 
Other7
 9
 5
 $(8) $(12) $(11)


During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized a foreign currency loss of $31 million, primarily driven by the Euro and British pound, partially offset by a gain of $15 million on derivative instruments put in place to minimize the foreign exchange risk related to currency fluctuations.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized a foreign currency gain of $46 million, primarily driven by the British pound, offset by a loss of $56 million, on derivative instruments put in place to minimize the foreign exchange risk related to currency fluctuations. The Company also realized a $10 million foreign currency loss on currency purchased and held in anticipation of the acquisition of Airwave during the year ended December 31, 2016.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized foreign currency loss of $23 million, primarily driven by the Euro and Brazilian real, partially offset by a gain of $7 million on derivative instruments put in place to minimize the foreign exchange risk related to currency fluctuations.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic and diluted earnings per common share from both continuing operations and net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. isare computed as follows: 
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
Earnings (loss) from Continuing Operations Net Earnings (loss) Net Earnings
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015Years ended December 31202320222021
Basic earnings per common share:           
Earnings (loss)$(155) $560
 $640
 $(155) $560
 $610
Earnings
Earnings
Earnings
Weighted average common shares outstanding162.9
 169.6
 199.6
 162.9
 169.6
 199.6
Per share amount$(0.95) $3.30
 $3.21
 $(0.95) $3.30
 $3.06
Diluted earnings per common share:           
Earnings (loss)$(155) $560
 $640
 $(155) $560
 $610
Earnings
Earnings
Earnings
Weighted average common shares outstanding162.9
 169.6
 199.6
 162.9
 169.6
 199.6
Add effect of dilutive securities:           
Share-based awards
 2.7
 2.1
 
 2.7
 2.1
Senior Convertible Notes
 0.8
 0.1
 
 0.8
 0.1
Share-based awards
Share-based awards
1.75% senior convertible notes
1.75% senior convertible notes
1.75% senior convertible notes
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding162.9
 173.1
 201.8
 162.9
 173.1
 201.8
Per share amount$(0.95) $3.24
 $3.17
 $(0.95) $3.24
 $3.02
In the computation of diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations and on a net earnings basis for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a net loss from continuing operations and, accordingly, the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal because any increase to the basic shares would be antidilutive, including2023, the assumed exercise of 8.70.3 million options, the assumed vesting of 1.4 million RSUs, and 3.1 million shares related to the Senior Convertible Notes. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations and on a net earnings basis for the year ended December 31, 2016, the assumed exercise of 2.8 million stock options and the assumed vesting of 0.3 million RSUs, including 2.00.2 million subject to market-based contingent stockoption agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations and on a net earnings basis for the year ended December 31, 2015,2022, the assumed exercise of 2.7 million stock options and the assumed vesting of 0.3 million RSUs,options, including 1.20.1 million subject to market-based contingent stockoption agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2021, the assumed exercise of 0.2 million options, including 0.1 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
On August 25, 2015,As of December 31, 2023, the Company issuedhad $1.0 billion of 2% Senior Convertible Notes1.75% senior convertible notes outstanding, which mature inon September 2020 (the "Senior15, 2024 ("Senior Convertible Notes"). The notes are convertible based on a rate of 4.9670 per $1,000 principal amount as of December 31, 2023 (which is equal to a conversion price of $201.33 per share), adjusted for dividends declared through the date of settlement. The notes became fully convertible as of August 25, 2017.September 5, 2021, providing the holders the option to convert all or any portion of their Senior Convertible Notes. In November 2021, the eventCompany's Board of conversion,Directors approved an irrevocable determination requiring the future settlement of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes to be in cash. Because the Company intendshas irrevocably decided to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash. Because ofcash, the Company’s intention to settle
71



Company did not reflect any shares underlying the par valueSenior Convertible Notes in its diluted weighted average shares outstanding until the average stock price per share for the period exceeded the conversion price. Upon conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes, the Company has the option to settle the conversion spread in cash upon conversion, onlyor shares. The Company included the number of shares that would be issuable (underupon conversion in the treasury stock method of accounting for share dilution) are included in ourCompany’s computation of diluted earnings per share. The conversion price is adjusted for dividends declared through the date of settlement. Diluted earnings per share, has been calculated based uponon the amount by which the average stock price exceedsexceeded the conversion price.price for the period ended December 31, 2023. The value by which the Senior Convertible Notes exceeded their principal amount if converted as of December 31, 2023 was $586 million. On February 14, 2024, the Company agreed with Silver Lake Partners to repurchase $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $1.59 billion in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The cash consideration will be paid during the first quarter of 2024 and is expected to be paid from cash on the balance sheet and short-term borrowings including under the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. Refer to "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" in this “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of the Senior Convertible Notes.


Balance Sheet Information
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following: 
December 312017 2016December 3120232022
Accounts receivable$1,568
 $1,454
Less allowance for doubtful accounts(45) (44)
Less allowance for credit losses
$1,523
 $1,410
Inventories, Net
Inventories, net, consist of the following: 
December 312017 2016December 3120232022
Finished goods$178
 $151
Work-in-process and production materials282
 253
460
 404
968
Less inventory reserves(133) (131)
$327
 $273
Other Current Assets
Other current assets consist of the following:
December 312017 2016
Available-for-sale securities$
 $46
Costs and earnings in excess of billings549
 476
Contract-related deferred costs62
 19
Tax-related refunds receivable90
 90
Other131
 124
 $832
 $755
December 3120232022
Current contract cost assets (Note 2)$56 $61 
Contractor receivables40 47 
Tax-related deposits (Note 7)32 33 
Other229 242 
 $357 $383 
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following: 
December 3120232022
Land$5 $
Leasehold improvements448 456 
Machinery and equipment2,396 2,303 
2,849 2,764 
Less accumulated depreciation(1,885)(1,837)
 $964 $927 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company entered into an arrangement to sell its Richmond, British Columbia and Richardson, Texas video manufacturing operations, including the machinery and equipment, inventory, transfer of employees and related facility lease to a contract manufacturer. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company presented the assets and liabilities as held for sale in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and recognized an impairment loss of $24 million on the exit of video manufacturing operations within Other charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, as
72



December 312017 2016
Land$11
 $12
Building316
 306
Machinery and equipment2,122
 1,921
 2,449
 2,239
Less accumulated depreciation(1,593) (1,450)
 $856
 $789
the carrying value of the asset group was below the expected selling price. The Company closed the transaction on February 1, 2024.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company signed a mutual agreement with the Home Office of the United Kingdom (the "Home Office") for the Company to exit the Emergency Services Network ("ESN") communications systems contract early, inclusive of twelve months of transition services through the end of 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a fixed asset impairment loss of $147 million related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office based on its expectation that, more likely than not, the ESN long-lived asset group will be disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The impairment loss was recorded in the Software and Services segment within cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 was $192$179 million, $182$183 million and $142$202 million, respectively.
Property, plant and equipment, net includes capital leases of $73 million, net of accumulated depreciation of $11 million, as of December 31, 2017.


Investments
Investments consist of the following:
December 31, 2017Cost Basis   Unrealized  
Gains
 Investments
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
Corporate bonds$2
 $
 $2
Common stock5
 8
 13
 7
 8
 15
Other investments219
 
 219
Equity method investments13
 
 13
 $239
 $8
 $247
December 3120232022
Common stock$28 $21 
Strategic investments, at cost28 45 
Company-owned life insurance policies74 69 
Equity method investments13 12 
 $143 $147 
December 31, 2016Cost Basis   Unrealized  
Gains
 Investments
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
Government, agency, and government-sponsored enterprise obligations$51
 $
 $51
Corporate bonds5
 
 5
 56
 
 56
Other investments211
 
 211
Equity method investments17
 
 17
 284
 
 284
Less: current portion of available-for-sale securities    46
     $238
Other investments include strategic investments in non-public technology-driven startup companies recorded at cost of $78 million and $76 million, and insurance policies recorded at their cash surrender value of $141 million and $135 million, at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
The Company recognized gains on the sale of investments and businesses of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to losses on the sale of investments and business of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and gains on the sale of investments and business of $107 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. During the years ended December 31, 20162023 and 2015December 31, 2022, the Company recognized a gain of $12 million and a loss of $11 million, respectively, in Other income (expense) within the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to a change in the fair value of its investment in Evolv Technologies Holdings, Inc.
Strategic investments include investments in non-public technology-driven startup companies. Strategic investments do not have a readily determinable fair value and are recorded at cost, less any impairment, and adjusted for changes resulting from observable, orderly transactions for identical or similar securities. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a $16 million investment impairment charge, compared to a $1 million investment impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2022 and no investment impairment charges of $4 million and $6 million, respectively,during the year ended December 31, 2021, representing other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s strategic equity investment portfolio. There were no investment impairments recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017. Investment impairment charges are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Other Assets
Other assets consist of the following: 
December 3120232022
Defined benefit plan assets (Note 8)$98 $164 
Non-current contract cost assets (Note 2)119 130 
Other57 16 
 $274 $310 
Accounts Payable
The Company utilizes a supplier finance program that provides suppliers with the ability to accelerate payment on the Company's invoices beyond the stated payment terms. Under the terms of this program, the Company agrees to pay an intermediary the stated amount of confirmed invoices on the stated maturity dates of the invoices, and the supplier is able to negotiate earlier payment terms with the intermediary. The Company or the intermediary may terminate the agreement at any time upon 60 days' notice. The Company does not provide any forms of guarantees under this arrangement. Supplier participation in the program is solely at the supplier's discretion, and the participating suppliers negotiate their arrangements directly with the intermediary. The Company has no economic interest in a supplier's decision to participate in the program, and their participation has no bearing on our payment terms or amounts due. The stated invoice payment terms range from 75 to 120 days from the invoice date and are considered commercially reasonable.
The Company's outstanding amounts related to the suppliers participating in this program was $35 million and $37 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Supplier finance program obligations are classified as Accounts payable within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table displays a rollforward of the confirmed amount of supplier finance obligations from January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023:
73



December 312017 2016
Long-term receivables$19
 $49
Defined benefit plan assets133
 102
Tax receivable (Note 6)101
 
Other80
 49
 $333
 $200










(in millions)2023
Confirmed obligations at the beginning of the year$37
Invoices confirmed during the year114
Confirmed invoices paid during the year(116)
Confirmed obligations outstanding at the end of the year$35
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following: 
December 312017 2016December 3120232022
Deferred revenue$613
 $439
Compensation273
 250
Billings in excess of costs and earnings428
 434
Tax liabilities107
 111
Deferred consideration (Note 14)83
 
Tax liabilities (Note 7)
Dividend payable
Dividend payable
Dividend payable84
 77
Trade liabilities151
 180
Operating lease liabilities (Note 3)
Customer reserves
Other547
 620
$2,286
 $2,111
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities consist of the following: 
December 312017 2016
Defined benefit plans$2,019
 $1,799
Deferred revenue169
 115
Unrecognized tax benefits54
 39
Deferred income taxes115
 121
Deferred consideration (Note 14)
 72
Other228
 209
 $2,585
 $2,355
December 3120232022
Defined benefit plans (Note 8)$939 $1,004 
Non-current contract liabilities (Note 2)424 363 
Unrecognized tax benefits (Note 7)26 29 
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)55 73 
Environmental Reserve119 108 
Other178 114 
 $1,741 $1,691 
Stockholders’ Equity Information
Share Repurchase Program:Through a series of actions, including approval in November 2023 to increase the authorized amount by $2.0 billion, the Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase in the aggregate up to $14.0$18.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had used approximately $12.3$15.5 billion of the share repurchase authority, includingexcluding transaction costs and excise tax, to repurchase shares, leaving $1.7approximately $2.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases. As of January 1, 2023, the Company's share repurchases in excess of issuances are subject to a 1% excise tax enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which was $4 million as of December 31, 2023.
During 2017, the Company paid an aggregate of $483 million, including transaction costs, to repurchase 5.7 million shares at an average price of $85.32 per share. During 2016, the Company paid an aggregate of $842 million, including transaction costs, to repurchase 12.0 million shares at an average price of $70.28. During 2015, the Company paid an aggregate of $3.2 billion, including transaction costs, to repurchase 48.0 million shares at an average price of $66.22. Shares repurchased in 2015 include 30.1 million shares repurchased under a modified "Dutch auction" tender offer at a tender price of $66.50The Company's share repurchases for an aggregate of $2.0 billion, including transaction costs.2023, 2022, and 2021 can be summarized as follows:
YearShares Repurchased (in millions)Average PriceAmount (in millions)
20232.9 $278.56 $804 
20223.7 225.00 836 
20212.5 208.41 528 
Payment of Dividends: On November 2, 2017,16, 2023, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend from $0.47 per share to $0.52$0.88 per share of common stock to $0.98 per share of common stock.During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 the Company paid $307$589 million, $280$530 million, and $277$482 million, respectively, in cash dividends to holders of its common stock. On January 12, 2024, the Company paid an additional $163 million in cash dividends to holders of its common stock.

74




Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following table displays the changes in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, including amounts reclassified into income, and the affected line items in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operationsOperations during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015:2021:
Years ended December 31
202320222021
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments:
Balance at beginning of period$  (539)$(384)$  (360)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment61 (156)(30)
Tax benefit (expense)(4)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax57 (155)(24)
Balance at end of period$(482)$(539)$(384)
Derivative instruments:
Balance at beginning of period$ $— $— 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment(12)— — 
Tax benefit — — 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(12)— — 
Balance at end of period$(12)$— $— 
Defined Benefit Plans:
Balance at beginning of period$(1,996)$(1,995)$(2,086)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment(130)(76)37 
Tax benefit (expense)34 18 (7)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment, net of tax(96)(58)30 
Reclassification adjustment - Actuarial net losses into Other income (expense)61 80 89 
Reclassification adjustment - Prior service benefits into Other income (expense)1 (2)(8)
Tax expense(16)(21)(20)
Reclassification adjustments into Net earnings, net of tax46 57 61 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(50)(1)91 
Balance at end of period$(2,046)$(1,996)$(1,995)
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(2,540)$(2,535)$(2,379)
75
 Years ended December 31
 2017 2016 2015
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments:     
Balance at beginning of period$(494) $(266) $(204)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment133
 (227) (82)
Tax benefit (expense)8
 (1) 20
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax141
 (228) (62)
Balance at end of period$(353) $(494) $(266)
Available-for-Sale Securities:     
Balance at beginning of period$
 $(3) $44
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment8
 
 (15)
Tax benefit (expense)(2) 
 5
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment, net of tax6
 
 (10)
Reclassification adjustment into Losses (Gains) on sales of investments and businesses
 5
 (61)
Tax expense (benefit)
 (2) 24
Reclassification adjustment into Earnings from continuing operations, net of tax
 3
 (37)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax6
 3
 (47)
Balance at end of period$6
 $
 $(3)
Defined Benefit Plans:     
Balance at beginning of period$(1,823) $(1,597) $(1,695)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment(260) (368) 108
Tax benefit (expense)(213) 98
 12
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment, net of tax(473) (270) 120
Reclassification adjustment - Actuarial net losses into Selling, general, and administrative expenses65
 53
 71
Reclassification adjustment - Prior service benefits into Selling, general, and administrative expenses(18) (27) (62)
Reclassification adjustment - Non-U.S. pension curtailment gain into Other charges
 
 (32)
Reclassification adjustment - Non-U.S. pension settlement loss into Other charges48
 26
 
Tax expense (benefit)(14) (8) 1
Reclassification adjustment into Earnings from continuing operations, net of tax81
 44
 (22)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(392) (226) 98
Balance at end of period$(2,215) $(1,823) $(1,597)
      
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(2,562) $(2,317) $(1,866)


During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified $270 million of stranded tax effects out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss and into Retained earnings. The stranded tax effects remained a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss as a result of the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets related to our U.S. Pension Plans through the statement of operations, to the new U.S. federal tax rate of 21%. As a result, stranded tax effects within Accumulated other comprehensive loss which would not be realized at the established historical tax rates have now been adjusted through equity.


4.5.    Debt and Credit Facilities
Long-Term Debt 
December 31December 3120232022
December 312017 2016
2.0% Senior Convertible Notes due 2020$1,000
 $988
3.5% senior notes due 2021396
 395
3.75% senior notes due 2022747
 746
3.5% senior notes due 2023594
 593
4.0% senior notes due 2024590
 588
4.0% senior notes due 2024
4.0% senior notes due 2024
1.75% senior convertible notes due 2024
6.5% debentures due 2025118
 117
7.5% debentures due 2025346
 345
4.6% senior notes due 2028
6.5% debentures due 202836
 36
4.6% senior notes due 2029
2.3% senior notes due 2030
2.75% senior notes due 2031
5.60% senior notes due 2032
6.625% senior notes due 203754
 54
5.5% senior notes due 2044396
 396
5.22% debentures due 209791
 91
Other long-term debt108
 52
4,476
 4,401
6,019
6,019
6,019
Adjustments for unamortized gains on interest rate swap terminations(5) (5)
Less: current portion(52) (4)
Long-term debt$4,419
 $4,392
On August 25, 2015,September 5, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Silver Lake Partners to issue $1.0 billion of 2.0%the Senior Convertible Notes which mature in September 2020.Notes. Interest on these notes is payable semiannually. The notes became fully convertible as of August 25, 2017September 5, 2021. The notes are convertible based on a conversion rate of 14.7476,4.9670 per $1,000 principal amount as may beof December 31, 2023 (which is equal to a conversion price of $201.33 per share), adjusted for dividends declared per $1,000 principal amount (which is currently equal to a published conversion pricethrough the date of $67.81 per share). The exercise price adjusts automatically for dividends. The value by which the Senior Convertible Notes exceeded their principal amount if converted as of December 31, 2017 was $366 million. In the event of conversion,settlement. On February 14, 2024, the Company intendsagreed with Silver Lake Partners to settle therepurchase $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $1.59 billion in cash.cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The cash consideration will be paid during the first quarter of 2024 and is expected to be paid from cash on the balance sheet and short-term borrowings including under the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.
In May of 2021, the Company issued $850 million of 2.75% senior notes due 2031. The Company recognized net proceeds of $844 million after debt issuance costs. A portion of these proceeds were then used to redeem $324 million in principal amount of the 3.5% senior notes due 2023 for a purchase price of $341 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs, the Company recognized a loss of $18 million related to the redemption in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In May of 2022, the Company issued $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032. The Company recognized net proceeds of $595 million after debt issuance costs and discounts. A portion of these proceeds was then used to repurchase $275 million in principal amount of the Company's 4.0% senior notes due 2024 pursuant to a cash tender offer, for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs, the Company recognized a loss of $6 million related to the tender offer in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company recordedhas an unsecured commercial paper program, backed by the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement (defined below), under which the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a long-term debt liability associated withmaximum aggregate principal amount of $2.2 billion outstanding at any one time. Proceeds from the Senior Convertible Notes by determiningissuances of the fair value of an equivalent debt instrument withoutcommercial paper notes are expected to be used for general corporate purposes. The notes are issued at a conversion option. Usingzero-coupon rate and are issued at a discount rate of 2.4%, which was determined based on a review of relevant market data,reflects the Company calculatedinterest component. At maturity, the fair value ofnotes are paid back in full including the debt liabilityinterest component. The notes are not redeemable prior to be $992 million, indicating an $8 million discount to be amortized over the expected life of the debt instrument.maturity. As of December 31, 2017,2023 the remaining unamortizedCompany had no outstanding debt discount has been fully amortized as a component of interest expense compared to $3 million as of December 31, 2016. Forunder the year ended December 31, 2017, total interest expense relating to both the contractual interest coupon and amortization of the debt discount was $23 million, compared to $24 million for the year December 31, 2016 and $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.commercial paper program.
Aggregate requirements for long-term debt maturities during the next five years are as follows: 2018—$52 million; 2019—$6 million; 2020—$1,007 million; 2021—$417 million;$1.3 billion in 2024, $322 million in 2025, no maturities in 2026 or 2027, and 2022—$770 million.$724 million in 2028.
76



Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had a $2.2$2.25 billion syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in April 2022, which can be used for borrowing and letters of creditMarch 2026 (the "2017"2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). The 20172021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement includes a $500 million letter of credit sub-limit withand fronting commitments of $450 million of fronting commitments. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate plus the applicable margin, or at a spread above the London Interbank Offered Rate, at the Company's option. million.An annual facility fee is payable on the undrawn amount of the credit line. The interest rate and facility fee are subject to adjustment if the Company's credit rating changes. The Company must comply with certain customary covenants including a maximum leverage ratio, as defined in the 20172021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants as of December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had borrowings and repayments of $150 million under the 2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. Such borrowings were used to purchase Kodiak Networks in April of 2017, and were repaid using cash from operations in June of 2017. No letters of credit were issued under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2017.2023.




5.6.    Risk Management
Foreign Currency Risk
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in the market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of the underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against gains or losses on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the Company's assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of its non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company typically uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company has entered into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
At December 31, 2017, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling $507 million, compared to $717 million outstanding$1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2016.2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The Company does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.
The following table shows the Company's five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 20172023 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2016:2022:
 Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency20232022
Euro$322 $185 
British pound252 290 
Australian dollar(140)(130)
Canadian dollar76 — 
Chinese renminbi(66)(61)
 Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency2017 2016
Euro$149
 $122
British Pound72
 246
Chinese Renminbi(73) (108)
Australian Dollar(64) (51)
Brazilian Real(45) (56)
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company entered into forward contracts to sell £50 million, which expired in December 2017. The Company also entered into forward contracts to sell £25 million, expiring in June 2018, as well as to sell £25 million, expiring in September 2018. The forward contracts have been designated as a net investment hedge which is in place to partially hedge the Company's British pound foreign currency exposure on its net investment in Airwave Solutions Limited. The gains and losses on the Company's net investment in British pound-denominated foreign operations, driven by changes in foreign exchange rates, are economically offset by movements in the fair values of the forward contracts designated as net investment hedges. Any changes in fair value of the net investment hedges are reflected as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the derivative contracts was a $3 million liability.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company's subsidiaries have variable interest loans denominated in the Euro and Chilean Peso. The Company has interest rate swap agreements in place which change the characteristics of interest rate payments from variable to maximum fixed-rate payments. The interest rate swaps are not designated as hedges. As such, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the interest rate swaps was de minimus at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
Counterparty Risk
The use of derivative financial instruments exposes the Company to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties. However, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instruments when the derivative is in an asset position. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk. As of December 31, 2017,2023, all of the counterparties havehad investment grade credit ratings. As of December 31, 2017,2023, the credit risk with all derivative counterparties was approximately $5$14 million.


Derivative Financial Instruments
The following tables summarize the fair values and location in the consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheet of all derivative financial instruments held by the Company at December 31, 20172023 and 2016:2022:
 Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2023Other Current AssetsAccrued Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts$$
Treasury rate lock— $12 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts$12 $
Equity swap contracts$$— 
Total derivatives$14 $16 
 
77



 Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
 Assets Liabilities
December 31, 2017Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
 Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:       
Foreign exchange contracts$
 Other assets $3
 Accrued liabilities
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:       
Foreign exchange contracts$5
 Other assets $2
 Accrued liabilities
Total derivatives$5
   $5
  
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2022December 31, 2022Other Current AssetsAccrued Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Total derivatives
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
Assets Liabilities
December 31, 2016Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
 Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:    
Foreign exchange contracts$9
 Other assets $32
 Accrued liabilities
The following table summarizes the effect of derivatives designated as hedging instruments,on the Company's consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015:2021: 
Financial Statement Location
202320222021
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contractsAccumulated other comprehensive income (loss)$(4)$12 $13 
Forward points recognizedOther income (expense)$3 $$
Treasury rate lockAccumulated other comprehensive income (loss)$(12)$— $— 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contractsOther income (expense)$20 $(61)$(30)
Equity swap contractsSelling, general and administrative expenses$1 $— $— 
 December 31Financial Statement Location
Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments2017 2016 2015
Foreign exchange contracts$(3) $
 $
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Net Investment Hedges
The following table summarizesCompany uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge against the effect of derivatives not designatedthe British pound and the Euro exchange rate fluctuations against the U.S. dollar on a portion of its net investment in certain European operations. The Company recognizes changes in the fair value of the net investment hedges as hedging instruments, fora component of foreign currency translation adjustments within other comprehensive income to offset a portion of the years endedchange in translated value of the net investments being hedged, until the investments are sold or liquidated. As of December 31, 2017, 20162023, the Company had €100 million of net investment hedges in certain Euro functional subsidiaries and 2015: £60 million of net investment hedges in certain British pound functional subsidiaries.
 December 31Financial Statement Location
Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments2017 2016 2015
Interest agreements$
 $1
 $1
Other income (expense)
Foreign exchange contracts15
 (57) 6
Other income (expense)
Total derivatives$15
 $(56) $7
 

6.     Income Taxes
EnactmentThe Company excludes the difference between the spot rate and the forward rate of the U.S. Tax Cutsforward contract from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. The effect of the forward points recognized is amortized on a straight line basis and Jobs Act
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted into law. The Tax Act contains broad and complex provisions including, but not limited to: (i) the reduction of corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, (ii) requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, (iii) generally eliminating U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries, (iv) modifying limitation on excessive employee remuneration, (v) requiring current inclusion in U.S. federal taxable income of certain earnings of controlled foreign corporations, (vi) repeal of corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how AMT credits can be realized, (vii) creating the Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax ("BEAT"), a new minimum tax, (viii) creating a new limitation on deductiblerecognized through interest expense (ix) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, and (x) eliminating the deduction forwithin Other income attributable to domestic production activities.
As required under U.S. GAAP, the effects of tax law changes are recognized(expense) in the periodConsolidated Statement of enactment. Accordingly, the Company has recorded incremental income tax expense in the amount of $874 million associated with the Tax Act duringOperations.
Equity Swap Contracts
During the year ended December 31, 2017,2023, the Company entered into equity swap contracts which is summarizedserve as follows:economic hedges against volatility within the equity markets, impacting the Company's deferred compensation plan obligations. These contracts are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The notional amount of these contracts as of December 31, 2023 was $15 million.

Treasury Rate Lock

Year ended December 31, 2017 Financial Statement Location
Valuation allowance on foreign tax credit carryforward$471
Deferred tax expense
Re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax balances at 21%366
Deferred tax expense
Transition tax on repatriation of foreign earnings16
Current tax expense
Uncertain tax positions on foreign operations21
Current tax expense
Total$874
 
In additionorder to the provisional amounts recognized within current and deferred tax expense duringmanage interest rate exposure, during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2023, the Company also recorded significantentered into Treasury rate lock agreements to protect against unfavorable interest rate changes relating to forecasted debt transactions. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges with unrealized gains and losses deferred in other comprehensive income. The derivatives will be settled upon the issuance of the related debt and gains and losses generated from the derivatives will be recognized within interest expense over the statementsame period that the hedged interest payments affect earnings. The Company entered into Treasury rate lock agreements in a cash flow hedging relationship with a notional amount of financial position$200 million as of December 31, 2023 and did not enter into any such agreements as of December 31, 2017 as a result of the Tax Act including: (i) the reclassification of $270 million of stranded tax effects within Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings, primarily associated with our U.S. post-retirement plans and (ii) the presentation of $101 million of credits associated with previous payments under AMT from deferred tax assets to other non-current assets.2022.
In response to the enactment of the Tax Act in late 2017, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address situations where the accounting is incomplete for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act upon issuance of an entity’s financial statements for the reporting period in which the Tax Act was enacted. Under SAB 118, a company may record provisional amounts during a measurement period for specific income tax effects of the Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete but a reasonable estimate can be determined, and when unable to determine a reasonable estimate for any income tax effects, report provisional amounts in the first reporting period in which a reasonable estimate can be determined. The Company has recorded the impact of the tax effects of the Tax Act, relying on estimates where the accounting is incomplete as of December 31, 2017. As guidance and technical corrections are issued in the upcoming quarters, the Company will record updates to its original provisional estimates.
The Act reduces the corporate tax rate to 21 percent, effective January 1, 2018. Accordingly, we have recorded a provisional decrease of $366 million to deferred tax assets for the year ended December 31, 2017. While we are able to make a reasonable estimate of the impact of the reduction in corporate rate, it may be affected by other analyses related to the Tax Act, including, but not limited to, our calculation of subsequent payments and economic performance analyses. The analyses will continue throughout 2018 and will be completed when the Company files its income tax returns in late 2018.
78
The Tax Act creates a new requirement that certain income earned by controlled foreign corporations must be included currently in the gross income of the U.S. shareholder under the Global Intangible Low-Taxed



7.     Income ("GILTI") provision. Because of the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules, the Company is continuing to evaluate this provision of the Tax Act and the application within the Company’s financial statements. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company may make an accounting policy choice to: (i) record taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (ii) factor such amounts into its measurement of deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on analyzing its global income to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI and, if so, what the impact is expected to be. Because whether the Company expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI depends on not only its current structure and estimated future results of global operations but also its intent and ability to modify its structure and/or business, it is not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of the Tax Act. Therefore, the Company has not made any adjustments related to potential GILTI tax in its financial statements and has not made a policy decision regarding how to record the tax effects of GILTI as of December 31, 2017. The Company will continue to analyze the impact of GILTI as more guidance is issued and a decision will be made during 2018 on whether to treat the GILTI as a period cost or a deferred tax item.Taxes
The Tax Act includes a transition tax on the deemed distribution of previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits of certain of foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the transition tax, the Company must determine, in addition to other factors, the amount of post-1986 earnings and profits of relevant subsidiaries, as well as the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid on such earnings. An estimate of the transition tax of $16 million has been recorded as of December 31, 2017. This amount is the net impact after considering the utilization of existing foreign tax credit carryforwards against the deemed repatriation liability of $60 million and the benefit of $44 million from additional tax credits generated from actual distributions made during 2017 in anticipation of the tax reform. The Company is continuing to gather additional information to more precisely compute the amount of the transition tax, any related impacts to the deferred tax liability on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are not reinvested indefinitely, and the state income tax impact of the deemed distributions.
Provisions under the Tax Act drive significant changes to the Company’s ability to utilize foreign tax credit carryforwards to offset taxable income from foreign sourced operations. Prior to the enactment of the Tax Act, the Company planned to put in place certain tax planning strategies which would maximize its ability to utilize foreign tax credits against U.S. corporate income tax. As a result of the Tax Act, such strategies are no longer prudent or feasible. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $471 million against its U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards, representing a reasonable estimate of its inability to utilize remaining tax credits under the Tax Act. The valuation allowance estimate is effected by various aspects of the Tax Act, such as the deemed repatriation of deferred foreign income, GILTI inclusions, and new foreign tax credit limitations. Therefore, this estimate is subject to change as the IRS and Treasury clarify the application of these provisions under the Tax Act and the Company evaluates its structure for foreign operations in light of the changes made by the Tax Act and considers tax planning opportunities which may be available and management is willing to implement.



Components of Income Tax Expense
Components of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows:
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015Years ended December 31202320222021
United States$959
 $651
 $725
Other nations117
 193
 192
$1,076
 $844
 $917
Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015Years ended December 31202320222021
United States$43
 $20
 $71
United States Federal
Other nations75
 31
 30
States (U.S.)9
 18
 13
Current income tax expense127
 69
 114
United States1,078
 180
 154
United States Federal
Other nations(8) 36
 (13)
States (U.S.)30
 (3) 19
Deferred income tax expense1,100
 213
 160
Total income tax expense (benefit)$1,227
 $282
 $274
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Total income tax expense
Differences between income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%21% and income tax expense (benefit) as reflected in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operationsOperations are as follows:
Years ended December 31202320222021
Income tax expense at statutory rate$450 21.0 %$318 21.0 %$326 21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit71 3.3 %76 5.0 %55 3.5 %
Non-U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings15 0.7 %0.1 %0.5 %
U.S. tax expense (benefit) on undistributed non-U.S. earnings(44)(2.1)%(43)(2.8)%0.4 %
Intra-group IP transfer  %(77)(5.1)%— — %
Stock compensation(33)(1.5)%(68)(4.5)%(32)(2.1)%
Valuation allowances(13)(0.6)%(51)(3.4)%(34)(2.2)%
Research credits(19)(0.9)%(16)(1.1)%(20)(1.3)%
Reserve for uncertain tax positions(3)(0.1)%(6)(0.4)%(10)(0.6)%
Other tax expense (benefit)8 0.4 %14 0.9 %0.2 %
 $432 20.1 %$148 9.8 %$302 19.5 %
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate$377
35.0 % $295
35.0 % $321
35.0 %
Non-U.S. tax on non-U.S. earnings(28)(2.6)% (25)(3.0)% (46)(5.0)%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit39
3.6 % 26
3.1 % 24
2.6 %
Reserve for uncertain tax positions3
0.3 % (13)(1.6)% 1
0.1 %
Other provisions(7)(0.6)% (2)(0.4)% 14
1.6 %
Valuation allowances(8)(0.7)% (7)(0.8)% (9)(1.0)%
Section 199 deduction(18)(1.7)% (15)(1.7)% (19)(2.1)%
U.S. tax on undistributed non-U.S. earnings20
1.9 % 25
3.0 % (7)(0.8)%
Research credits(4)(0.4)% (2)(0.2)% (5)(0.5)%
Loss on sale of investment(21)(2.0)% 
 % 
 %
U.S. tax reform874
81.2 % 
 % 
 %
 $1,227
114.0 % $282
33.4 % $274
29.9 %
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1.2 billion, an increase of $945 million, driven by $874 million of non-recurring charges during the year related to the enactment of the Tax Act which drove anThe effective tax rate in excess offor 2023 was below the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%.21% primarily due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation, the foreign derived intangible income deduction, and generation of research and development credits, offset by 2023 estimated U.S. state income taxes.
In 2021, the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") introduced its Pillar Two Framework Model Rules ("Pillar 2"), that was supported by over 130 countries worldwide, which is designed to impose a 15% global minimum tax on adjusted financial results. Certain aspects of Pillar 2 took effect on January 1, 2024, while other aspects go into effect on January 1, 2025. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of Pillar 2 on its business, as the countries in which it operates are enacting legislation implementing Pillar 2. While many aspects of the application of Pillar 2 remain to be clarified, the Company does not expect Pillar 2 to materially impact its tax liability.
Deferred tax balances that were recorded within Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets,Consolidated Balance Sheet, rather than Income tax expense, are athe result of retirement benefit adjustments and currency translation adjustments, and fair value adjustments to available-for-sale securities.adjustments. The adjustments were benefits of $49 million, $87 million, and $62$14 million for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, charges of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2015, respectively.charges of $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The Company evaluates its permanent reinvestment assertions with respect to foreign earnings at each reporting period and generally, except for certain earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely due to the capital requirements of the foreign subsidiaries or due to local country restrictions, accrues for the U.S. federal and foreign income tax applicable to the earnings. As a result of the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the Tax Act"), dividends from foreign subsidiaries are now exempt and
79



or the U.S.earnings have been previously subject to U.S. tax. As a result, the tax accrual for undistributed foreign earnings is limited primarily to foreign withholding taxes and tax on inherent capital gains that would result from distribution of foreign earnings which are not permanently reinvested.




reinvested, and such earnings may be distributed without an additional charge.
Undistributed foreign earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely and for which no U.S. income taxes have been provided,amounted to, in the aggregate, to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2017. However,2023. It is impracticable to determine the exact amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities on such earnings; however, due to the above-mentioned changes made under the Tax Act, the Company believes that the additional U.S. or foreign income tax charge with respect to such earnings, if distributed, would be immaterial. On a cash basis, these repatriations from the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries could require the payment of additional taxes. The portion of earnings not reinvested indefinitely may be distributed without an additional charge given the U.S. federal and foreign income tax accrued on undistributed earnings.
Gross deferred tax assets were $2.1 billion and $3.1$2.2 billion atfor December 31, 20172023 and 2016,December 31, 2022, respectively. Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, were $1.5$2.0 billion at December 31, 20172023 and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2016, respectively.2022. Gross deferred tax liabilities were $546 million and $900 million$1.0 billion at December 31, 20172023 and 2016, respectively.December 31, 2022.
Significant components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows: 
December 312017 2016December 3120232022
Inventory$46
 $29
Accrued liabilities and allowances74
 136
Employee benefits374
 693
Capitalized items18
 169
Tax basis differences on investments
 7
Depreciation tax basis differences on fixed assets72
 74
Undistributed non-U.S. earnings(26) (27)
Tax carryforwards778
 927
Tax attribute carryforwards
Business reorganization16
 36
Warranty and customer liabilities21
 21
Deferred revenue and costs142
 122
Valuation allowances(604) (118)
Deferred charges
 37
Operating lease assets
Operating lease liabilities
Other(3) (8)
$908
 $2,098
At December 31, 20172023 and 2016,December 31, 2022, the Company had valuation allowances of $604$63 million and $118$221 million, respectively, against its deferred tax assets, including $90$44 million and $85$46 million, respectively, relating to deferred tax assets for non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Company’s U.S. valuation allowance increased $481decreased $156 million during 20172023 primarily relateddue to the $471 million valuation allowance onexpiration of the Company's U.S. foreign tax credits duecredits. The Company is evaluating a business initiative that, if implemented, could allow for additional utilization of its foreign tax credit carryforward on its 2023 U.S. tax return. As of December 31 2023, the Company was continuing to new limitations imposed onassess the initiative's feasibility and was not in a position to recognize the tax benefit associated with the utilization of such credits underadditional foreign tax credit carryforward. If the Tax Act.Company decides to proceed with the initiative, the financial statement impact would be reflected in the period in which it makes its decision. The Company's Non-U.S. valuation allowance decreased $2 million during 2023 primarily due to a change in the realizability of certain Non-US deferred tax assets and the expiration of tax attributes. The Company believes that the remaining deferred tax assets are more-likely-than-not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

80




Tax attribute carryforwards are as follows: 
December 31, 2017Gross
Tax Loss
 Tax
Effected
 Expiration
Period
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023Gross
Tax Loss
Tax
Effected
Expiration
Period
United States:    
U.S. tax losses$56
 $12
 2022-2036
Foreign tax credits
 471
 2018-2023
U.S. tax losses
U.S. tax losses$129 $27 2024-2037
General business credits
 98
 2026-2037
General business credits
General business credits— 2030-2039
State tax losses
State tax losses
State tax losses
 39
 2018-2030— 12 12 2024-20442024-2044
State tax credits
 28
 2018-2031State tax credits— 2024-20422024-2042
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries:    
Non-U.S. subsidiaries:
Japan tax losses100
 31
 2018-2025
Germany tax losses35
 11
 Unlimited
Japan tax losses
Japan tax losses2024-2029
United Kingdom tax losses88
 16
 UnlimitedUnited Kingdom tax losses146 36 36 UnlimitedUnlimited
Singapore tax losses33
 6
 Unlimited
Canada tax losses
Canada tax losses
Canada tax losses18 2034-2043
Canada tax creditsCanada tax credits— 2037-2043
Spain tax creditsSpain tax credits— 2024-2029
Other subsidiaries tax losses129
 31
 VariousOther subsidiaries tax losses49 10 10 VariousVarious
Spain tax credits
 26
 Various
Other subsidiaries tax credits
 9
 VariousOther subsidiaries tax credits— VariousVarious
  $778
    $115   
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $76$32 million and $68$35 million at December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 2016,2022, respectively, of which approximately $30$27 million and $29 million, if recognized, would affecthave affected the effective tax rate for both 20172023 and 2016, net of resulting changes to valuation allowances.2022, respectively.
A roll-forward of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 
2017 2016
(in millions)(in millions)20232022
Balance at January 1$68
 $88
Additions based on tax positions related to current year10
 
Additions for tax positions of prior years22
 2
Reductions for tax positions of prior years(1) (15)
Settlements and agreements(20) (3)
Lapse of statute of limitations(3) (4)
Balance at December 31$76
 $68
The IRS has completed its examinationCompany recorded $26 million and $29 million of the Company's 2012unrecognized tax benefits in Other liabilities at December 31, 2023 and 2013 tax years. December 31, 2022, respectively.
The Company also has several US state and non-U.S. audits pending. A summary of open tax years by major jurisdiction is presented below: 
JurisdictionTax Years
United States2020-2023
JurisdictionAustraliaTax Years2019-2023
United StatesCanada2008-20172019-2023
AustraliaGermany2014-20172018-2023
BrazilIndia2013-20171997-2023
CanadaIsrael2014-20172019-2023
ChinaPoland2013-20172018-2023
MexicoMalaysia2012-20172016-2023
Germany2011-2017
India1997-2017
Israel2012-2017
Poland2014-2017
Malaysia2010-2017
United Kingdom2016-20172021-2023
Although the final resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes is uncertain, based on current information, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position liquidity or results of operations.liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations in the periods, and as of the dates, on which the matters are ultimately resolved.
81



Based on the potential outcome of the Company’s global tax examinations, the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, or the continued ability to satisfy tax incentive obligations, it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next twelve months. The associated net tax impact on the effective tax rate, exclusive of valuation allowance changes, is estimated to be in the range ofup to a $10$4 million tax charge to a $30 million tax benefit, with cash payments not to exceed $20 million.benefit.
At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had $31$23 million accrued for interest and $19$12 million accrued for penalties on unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2016,2022, the Company had $26$22 million and $18$12 million accrued for interest and penalties, respectively, on unrecognized tax benefits. The Company's policy is to classify the interest and penalty as a component of interest expense and other expense, respectively.

7.
8.    Retirement Benefits
Pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plans
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
The Company’s noncontributorynon-contributory U.S. pension plandefined benefit plans (the "U.S. Pension Plan"Plans") providesprovide benefits to U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2005, who became eligible after one year of service. The Company also has an additional noncontributorynon-contributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan ("MSPP"), which provided supplemental benefits to individuals by replacing benefits that are lost by such individuals under the retirement formula due to application of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Effective January 1, 2007, eligible compensation was capped at the IRS limit plus $175,000 (the "Cap") or, for those already in excess of the Cap as of January 1, 2007, the eligible compensation used to compute such employee's MSPP benefit for all future years is the greater of: (i) such employee's eligible compensation as of January 1, 2007 (frozen at that amount) or (ii) the relevant Cap for the given year. In December 2008, the Company amended the U.S. Pension PlanPlans and MSSPMSPP (together the "U.S. Pension Benefit Plans") such that, effective March 1, 2009: (i) no participant shall accrue any benefit or additional benefit on or after March 1, 2009, and (ii) no compensation increases earned by a participant on or after March 1, 2009 shall be used to compute any accrued benefit.
Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Certain health care benefits are available to eligible domestic employees hired prior to January 1, 2002 and meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment or retirement eligibility (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was closed to new participants.
During 2012, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was amended ("the Original Amendment") such that, as After a series of January 1, 2013, retirees over the age of 65 are provided an annual subsidy to use toward the purchase of their own health care coverage from private insurance companies or for reimbursement of eligible health care expenses. During 2014, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was then further amended ("The New Amendment") to provide the annual subsidy discussed as part of the Original Amendment to all participants remaining under the plan effective March 1, 2015. Additionally, the New Amendment eliminated dental benefits that were previously provided under the plan.



During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company made two amendments, to the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan (the “Amendments”). As a result of the first Amendment, all eligible retirees under the age of 65 will beare provided an annual subsidy per household, versus per individual, toward the purchase of their own health care coverage from private insurance companies and for the reimbursement of eligible health care expenses. The second amendment modified the annual subsidy such that allAll eligible retirees over the age of 65 wereare entitled to one fixed ratefixed-rate subsidy capped at $560 per participant.
The Amendments to the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan required remeasurement of the plan, resulting in a reduction in the Postretirement Benefit Obligation. A substantial portion of the decrease related to prior service credits and will be amortized as a credit to the condensed consolidated statements of operations over approximately five years, or the period in which the remaining employees eligible for the plan qualify for benefits under the plan.
Non U.S.Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
The Company also provides defined benefit plans which cover non U.S.non-U.S. employees in certain jurisdictions, principally the United KingdomU.K. and Germany (the “Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans”). Other pension plans outside of the U.S. are not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.
In June 2015, the Company amended its Non-U.S.non-U.S. defined benefit plan within the United Kingdom by closing future benefit accruals to all participants effective December 31, 2015. As a result, the Company recorded a curtailment gain of $32 million to Other Charges within the Company's consolidated statement of operations during 2015.
During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company offered lump-sum settlements to certain participants in the Non-U.S. defined benefit plan within the United Kingdom. The lump-sum settlements were targeted to certain participants who had accrued a pension benefit, but had not yet started receiving pension benefit payments. As a result of the actions taken, the Company recorded settlement losses of $48 million and $26 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, which are recorded within Other charges within the consolidated statement of operations.

Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)
The net periodic cost (benefit) for pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits plans was as follows:
U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Years ended December 31202320222021202320222021202320222021
Service cost$ $— $— $1 $$$ $— $— 
Interest cost190 128 115 56 29 21 5 
Expected return on plan assets(293)(254)(235)(108)(93)(99)(13)(12)(11)
Amortization of:
Unrecognized net loss22 62 70 37 14 16 2 
Unrecognized prior service benefit — — (2)(2)(3)3 — (5)
Net periodic cost (benefit)$(81)$(64)$(50)$(16)$(51)$(64)$(3)$(6)$(12)
82

 U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Service cost$
 $
 $
 $3
 $11
 $12
 $
 $
 $1
Interest cost185
 182
 193
 40
 55
 66
 3
 4
 8
Expected return on plan assets(229) (220) (212) (92) (93) (103) (10) (9) (9)
Amortization of:                 
Unrecognized net loss44
 37
 46
 16
 11
 17
 5
 5
 8
Unrecognized prior service benefit
 
 
 
 
 (3) (18) (27) (59)
Curtailment gain
 
 
 
 
 (32) 
 
 
Settlement loss
 
 
 48
 26
 
 
 
 
Net periodic cost (benefit)$
 $(1) $27
 $15
 $10
 $(43) $(20) $(27) $(51)




The status of the Company’s plans is as follows: 
 U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
  
202320222023202220232022
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at January 1$3,809 $5,140 $1,207 $1,935 $103 $78 
Service cost — 1  — 
Interest cost190 128 56 29 5 
Plan amendments —  —  46 
Actuarial loss (gain)59 (1,329)62 (534)2 (12)
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment — 66 (174) — 
Benefit payments(130)(130)(45)(50)(14)(11)
Benefit obligation at December 31$3,928 $3,809 $1,347 $1,207 $96 $103 
Change in plan assets:
Fair value at January 1$3,076 $4,157 $1,092 $1,870 $134 $186 
Return on plan assets324 (954)56 (555)14 (41)
Company contributions3 9  — 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment — 60 (181) — 
Benefit payments(130)(130)(45)(50)(14)(11)
Fair value at December 31$3,273 $3,076 $1,172 $1,092 $134 $134 
Funded status of the plan$(655)$(733)$(175)$(115)$38 $31 
Unrecognized net loss1,695 1,689 829 758 68 70 
Unrecognized prior service benefit (cost) — (67)(70)44 46 
Prepaid pension cost$1,040 $956 $587 $573 $150 $147 
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:
Current benefit liability$(2)$(3)$ $— $ $— 
Non-current benefit liability(653)(730)(210)(185) — 
Non-current benefit asset — 35 70 38 31 
Deferred income taxes403 403 102 83 31 32 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss1,292 1,286 660 605 81 84 
Prepaid pension cost$1,040 $956 $587 $573 $150 $147 
 U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
  
2017 2016 2017 2016 2017 2016
Change in benefit obligation:           
Benefit obligation at January 1$4,644
 $4,304
 $1,791
 $1,815
 $83
 $192
Service cost
 
 3
 11
 
 
Interest cost185
 182
 40
 55
 3
 4
Plan amendments
 
 
 
 
 (70)
Settlements
 
 (201) (103) 
 
Actuarial loss (gain)502
 256
 52
 359
 6
 (27)
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
 
 193
 (293) 
 
Expenses and tax payments
 
 
 (7) 
 
Benefit payments(96) (98) (34) (46) (7) (16)
Benefit obligation at December 31$5,235
 $4,644
 $1,844
 $1,791
 $85
 $83
Change in plan assets:           
Fair value at January 1$3,195
 $3,130
 $1,565
 $1,696
 $136
 $143
Return on plan assets512
 160
 96
 309
 21
 6
Company contributions3
 3
 7
 8
 
 
Settlements
 
 (201) (103) 
 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
 
 157
 (292) 
 
Expenses and tax payments
 
 
 (7) 
 
Benefit payments(96) (98) (34) (46) (6) (13)
Fair value at December 31$3,614
 $3,195
 $1,590
 $1,565
 $151
 $136
Funded status of the plan$(1,621) $(1,449) $(254) $(226) $66
 $53
Unrecognized net loss2,229
 2,054
 518
 559
 64
 75
Unrecognized prior service benefit
 
 
 
 (49) (67)
Prepaid pension cost$608
 $605
 $264
 $333
 $81
 $61
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:           
Current benefit liability(3) (3) $
 
 $
 
Non-current benefit liability(1,618) (1,446) (294) (251) 
 
Non-current benefit asset
 
 40
 25
 66
 53
Deferred income taxes544
 762
 58
 57
 6
 4
Accumulated other comprehensive loss1,685
 1,292
 460
 502
 9
 4
Prepaid pension cost$608
 $605
 $264
 $333
 $81
 $61
The benefit obligation and plan assets forFor the Company'syear ended December 31, 2023, the primary driver of the increase in the U.S. Pension Benefit Plan and Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan are measuredPlans' benefit obligation was higher actuarial losses due to a decrease in the discount rate from 5.20% as of December 31, 2017. The Company utilizes a five-year, market-related asset value method2022 to 5.01% as of recognizing asset relatedDecember 31, 2023, partially offset by actuarial gains in the benefit obligation due to updated lump-sum interest rates and losses.
Under relevant accounting rules, when almost allmortality. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the primary driver of the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized gains and losses changes from the average remaining service period to the average remaining lifetime of the participants. As such, depending on the specific plan, the Company amortizes gains and losses over periods ranging from eleven to thirty-four years. Prior service costs will be amortized over periods ranging from one to five years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.
The net periodic cost for 2018 will include amortization of the unrecognized net loss fordecrease in the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans and Non U.S.benefit obligation was higher actuarial gains due to an increase in the discount rate from 2.98% as of December 31, 2021 to 5.20% as of December 31, 2022.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the most significant drivers of the increase in Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans' benefit obligation were the higher actuarial losses coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange effects. The Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans currently includedincurred actuarial losses primarily due to decreases in Accumulated other comprehensive loss,the discount rates from 4.60% as of $56 million and $12 million, respectively. It is estimated thatDecember 31, 2022 to 4.30% as of December 31, 2023. For the 2018 net periodic expense foryear ended December 31, 2022, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan will include amortizationmost significant drivers of net periodic benefitsthe decrease in Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans' benefit obligation were the higher actuarial gains coupled with favorable foreign exchange effects. The Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans incurred actuarial gains primarily due to an increase in the discount rate from 1.82% as of $10 million, comprisedDecember 31, 2021 to 4.60% as of unrecognized net losses and prior service benefits, currently included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss.December 31, 2022.

83




Actuarial Assumptions
Certain actuarial assumptions such as the discount rate and the long-term rate of return on plan assets have a significant effect on the amounts reported for net periodic cost and the benefit obligation. The assumed discount rates reflect the prevailing market rates of a universe of high-quality, non-callable, corporate bonds currently available that, if the obligation were settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The long-term rates of return on plan assets represent an estimate of long-term returns on an investment portfolio consisting of a mixture of equities, fixed income, cash and other investments similar to the actual investment mix. In determining the long-term return on plan assets, the Company considers long-term rates of return on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) in which the Company expects the plan funds to be invested.
Effective January 1, 2016, theThe Company changed the method useduses a full yield curve approach to estimate the interest and service cost components of net periodic cost (benefit) for defined benefit pension and other post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the interest and service cost components were estimated using a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. The Company has elected to use a full yield curve approach inrequires the estimationapplication of these components of net periodic cost by applying the specific spot ratesrate along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.
The Company made this changeused "Mortality Improvement Scale MP-2021" to improvecalculate both the correlation between2023 U.S. projected benefit cash flowsobligations and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and to provide a more precise measurement of interest and service costs. This change does not affect the measurement of total2022 U.S. projected benefit obligations as the change in interest and service cost is completely offset in the actuarial loss reported in the period. The Company has concluded that this change is a change in estimate and, therefore, has accounted for it prospectively beginning January 1, 2016. Based on the change in estimate, the Company experienced a $28 million reduction in interest costs for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the prior approach. The overall reduction in the interest cost for the year ended December 31, 2016 is comprised of $18 million related to the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, $4 million related to the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan, and $6 million related to the Non U.S. Pension Benefits Plans.obligations.
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs for the plans at the beginning of the fiscal year were as follows: 
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
U.S. Pension Benefit PlansU.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2023202320222023202220232022
2017 2016 2017 2016 2017 2016
Discount rate4.02% 4.27% 2.22% 3.22% 3.29% 3.14%
Discount rate
Discount rate5.09 %2.52 %4.68 %1.68 %5.05 %2.78 %
Investment return assumption6.95% 7.00% 5.20% 5.90% 7.00% 7.00%Investment return assumption7.87 %6.76 %6.18 %4.78 %8.00 %6.90 %
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the plans were as follows: 
U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2017 2016 2017 2016 2017 2016
2023202320222023202220232022
Discount rate3.79% 4.42% 2.34% 2.54% 3.62% 4.11%Discount rate5.01 %5.20 %4.30 %4.60 %4.92 %5.10 %
Future compensation increase raten/a
 n/a
 0.52% 0.46% n/a
 n/a
Future compensation increase raten/an/a0.67 %0.67 %n/an/a
The following table presents the accumulated benefit obligations for the plans were as follows: 
 U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 312017 2016 2017 2016
Accumulated benefit obligation$5,235
 $4,644
 $1,838
 $1,785
In 2014, the Society of Actuaries ("SOA") released the “RP-2014 White Collar” mortality table which was utilized in calculating the 2014obligation, projected benefit obligation. During 2016, the SOA issuedobligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have an update, Mortality Improvement Scale MP-2016, which includes two additional years of mortality dataaccumulated benefit obligation and was utilized to calculate the 2017 and 2016 projected benefit obligations.obligation in excess of plan assets:




 U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 312023202220232022
Accumulated benefit obligation$3,928 $3,809 $1,346 $1,206 
Projected benefit obligation3,928 3,809 1,347 1,207 
Fair value of plan assets3,273 3,076 1,172 1,092 
Investment Policy
The individual plans have adopted an investment policy designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plans retain professional advisors and investment managers that invest plan assets into various classes including, but not limited to: equity and fixed income securities, cash, cash equivalents, hedge funds, infrastructure/utilities, insurance contracts, leveraged loan funds and real estate. The Company uses long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic cost. The individual plans have target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted periodically when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level.
84



The weighted-average asset allocations by asset categories for all pension plans and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits plansPlan were as follows:
All Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan All Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
December 312017 2016 2017 2016December 312023202220232022
Target Mix:       
Equity securities31% 33% 35% 37%
Equity securities
Equity securities26 %25 %28 %28 %
Fixed income securities49% 46% 44% 43%Fixed income securities56 %57 %51 %52 %
Cash and other investments20% 21% 21% 20%Cash and other investments18 %18 %21 %20 %
Actual Mix:       
Equity securities29% 34% 34% 37%
Equity securities
Equity securities26 %25 %28 %28 %
Fixed income securities49% 47% 44% 43%Fixed income securities56 %56 %52 %52 %
Cash and other investments22% 19% 22% 20%Cash and other investments18 %19 %20 %20 %
Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and foreign equities. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities including: U.S. treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgage and asset-backed securities, as well as foreign debt securities. In the cash and other investments asset class, investments may include, but are not limited to: cash, cash equivalents, commodities, hedge funds, infrastructure/utilities, insurance contracts, leveraged loan funds and real estate.
Cash Funding
The Company made $3 million of contributions to its U.S. Pension Benefit Plans during 2017each of 2023 and 2016.2022. The Company contributed $7$9 million and $8 million to its Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans during 2017, compared to $8 million contributed in 2016.2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company made no contributions to its Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan in 20172023 or 2016.
We expect to make a $500 million contribution to our U.S. Pension Plans in 2018, taking advantage of the recently enacted tax reform. As a result, we will generate a tax benefit under the current U.S. federal tax rate of 35% for the plan year 2017, before the enacted rate lowers to 21% as a result of the Tax Act.2022.
Expected Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid: 
YearU.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2018$135
 $43
 $8
2019151
 45
 7
2020168
 46
 7
2021190
 47
 6
2022213
 49
 6
2023-20271,338
 261
 26
YearU.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2024$183 $47 $15 
2025205 50 14 
2026224 51 12 
2027242 52 11 
2028260 53 
2029-20331,409 271 30 
Other Benefit Plans
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements
The Company maintains a number of endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies on now-retired officers under a frozen plan. The Company had purchased the life insurance policies to insure the lives of employees and then entered into a separate agreement with the employees that split the policy benefits between the Company and the employee. Motorola Solutions owns the policies, controls all rights of ownership, and may terminate the insurance policies. To effect the split-dollar arrangement, Motorola Solutions endorsed a portion of the death benefits to the employee and upon the death of the employee, the


employee’s beneficiary typically receives the designated portion of the death benefits directly from the insurance company and the Company receives the remainder of the death benefits. It is currently expected that minimal cash payments will be required to fund these policies.
The net periodic pension cost for these split-dollar life insurance arrangements was $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015.2021. The Company has recorded a liability representing the actuarial present value of the future death benefits as of the employees’ expected retirement date of $62$52 million and $58$54 million as of December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 2016,2022, respectively.
85



Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan (“the Plan”) for certain eligible participants. Under the Plan, participants may elect to defer base salary and cash incentive compensation in excess of 401(k) plan limitations. Participants under the Plan may choose to invest their deferred amounts in the same investment alternatives available under the Company's 401(k) plan.plan (as defined below). The Plan also allows for Company matching contributions for the following: (i) the first 4% of compensation deferred under the Plan, subject to a maximum of $50,000 for officers elected by the board officers,of directors of the Company, (ii) lost matching amounts that would have been made under the 401(k) plan if participants had not participated in the Plan, and (iii) discretionary amounts as approved by the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Boardboard of Directors.directors.
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company has various defined contribution plans, in which all eligible employees may participate. In the U.S., the Motorola Solutions 401(k) plan (the "401(k) plan") is a contributory plan. Matching contributions are based upon the amount of the employees’ contributions. The Company’s expenses for material defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 20152021 were $28$45 million, $26$43 million and $28$36 million, respectively.
Under the 401(k) plan, the Company may make an additional discretionary matching contribution to eligible employees. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 the Company made no discretionary contributions.


8.9.    Share-Based Compensation Plans and Other Incentive Plans
The Company grants options and stock appreciation rights to acquire shares of common stock to certain employees and to existing option holders of acquired companies in connection with the merging of option plans following an acquisition. Each option granted and stock appreciation right granted has an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The awards have a contractual life of five to ten years and vest over two to three years. In conjunction with a change in control, stock options and stock appreciation rights assumed or replaced with comparable stock options or stock appreciation rights only become exercisable if the holder is also involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than cause) or resigns for good reason within 24 months of a change in control.
Restricted stock grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to certain employees. The grants are restricted in such that they are subject to vesting conditions; however, restricted stock holders have voting rights, and the rights to earn dividends on unvested shares.
Restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to certain employees and non-employee directors. The grants are restricted such that they are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the employee. In conjunction with a change in control, shares of RSUs assumed or replaced with comparable shares of RSUs will only have the restrictions lapse if the holder is also involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than cause) or resigns for good reason within 24 months of a change in control.
Performance-based stock options (“performance options”) and, market stock units ("MSUs"), and performance stock units ("PSUs") have been granted to certain Company executive officers. Performance options have a three-year performance period and are granted as a target number of units subject to adjustment based on company performance. Each performance option granted has an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The awards have a contractual life of ten years. Shares ultimately issued for performance option awards granted are based on the actual total shareholder return (“TSR”) compared to the S&P 500 over the three yearthree-year performance period based on a payout factor that corresponds to actual TSR results as established at the date of grant. Vesting occurs on the third anniversary of the grant date. Under the terms of the MSUs, vesting is conditioned upon continuous employment until the vesting date and the payout factor is at least 60% of the share price on the award date. The payout factor is the share price on vesting date divided by share price on award date, with a maximum of 200%. The share price used in the payout factor is calculated using an average of the closing prices on the grant or vesting date, and the 30 calendar days immediately preceding the grant or vesting date. Vesting occurs ratably over three years.
On August 25, 2015, in conjunction with the issuance PSUs have been granted as a portion of the Senior Convertible Notes, and on March 9, 2017, the Company approved grants of performance-contingent stock optionsLong Range Incentive Plan (“PCSOs”LRIP”) awards issued to certain Company executive officers. The PCSOs vest upon satisfaction of the following stock price hurdles which must be maintained for 10-consecutive trading days within thePSUs have a three-year performance period ending August 25, 2018 and continuous employmentwere granted at a target number of units subject to adjustment based on company performance. The number of PSUs earned will be based on the actual TSR compared to the S&P 500 over the vestingthree-year performance period. For PCSOs granted on August 25, 2015, 20% of the total award will vest at an $85 stock price, an additional 30% of the total award will vest at a $102.50 stock price, and the final 50% of the total award will vest at a $120 stock price. For options granted March 9, 2017, 44% of the total award will vest at an $85 stock price, an additional 24% of the total award will vest at a $102.50 stock price, and the 32% of the award will vest at a $120 stock price. If any stock price hurdles are not met during the performance period, the corresponding portion of the options will not vest and will be forfeited. The August 25, 2015 awards have a seven-year term and a per share exercise price of $68.50. The March 9, 2017 awards have a five and a half year term and a per share exercise price of $81.37.



The employee stock purchase plan allows eligible participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of eligible compensation on an after-tax basis. Plan participants cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock in any calendar year. The price an employee pays per share is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the close of the first trading day or last trading day of the purchase period. The plan has two purchase periods, the first from October 1 through March 31 and the second from April 1 through September 30. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, employees purchased 0.80.4 million, 0.90.4 million and 1.00.6 million shares, respectively, at purchase prices of $63.96$194.62 and $72.11, $57.60$231.40, $199.16 and $64.69,$190.37, and $52.99$133.27 and $56.67,$160.11, respectively.
Significant Assumptions Used in the Estimate of Fair Value
The Company calculates the value of each employee stock option, estimated on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 20152021 was $15.16, $13.09$73.04, $67.18 and $10.21,$41.57, respectively, using the following weighted-average assumptions:
86



2017 2016 2015
2023202320222021
Expected volatility24.0% 23.7% 20.0%Expected volatility24.4 %29.2 %27.3 %
Risk-free interest rate2.1% 1.4% 1.6%Risk-free interest rate4.2 %2.5 %0.8 %
Dividend yield3.5% 2.9% 2.9%Dividend yield1.6 %1.9 %2.2 %
Expected life (years)5.9
 6.0
 6.0
Expected life (years)5.96.65.9
The Company calculates the value of each performance option, MSU, and PCSOPSU using thea Monte Carlo Simulation,simulation option pricing model, estimated on the date of grant. The fair valuevalues of performance options, MSUs, and PCSOsPSUs granted during 2017 was $21.47, $85.742023 were $122.55, $299.32 and $7.76, respectively.$348.27, respectively. The fair valuevalues of performance options, MSUs, and MSUsPSUs granted during 2016 was $19.802022 were $84.73, $244.13 and $76.48,$249.51, respectively. The fair value of performance options, MSUs and PCSOsPSUs granted during 20152021 was $17.42, $60.37$60.42, $184.71 and $3.97,$203.57, respectively. The following assumptions were used for the calculations.
202320222021
Performance OptionsPerformance OptionsPerformance Options
Expected volatility of common stock25.1 %29.7 %28.5 %
Expected volatility of the S&P 50033.3 %39.2 %38.7 %
Risk-free interest rate4.1 %2.0 %1.2 %
Dividend yield1.7 %2.0 %2.3 %
Expected life (years)6.56.56.5
2017
Performance Options
 2016
Performance Options
 2015
Performance Options
2023202320222021
Market Stock UnitMarket Stock UnitMarket Stock UnitMarket Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock24.1% 25.3% 21.0%Expected volatility of common stock25.1 %29.7 %28.5 %
Expected volatility of the S&P 50025.6% 19.8% 23.3%
Risk-free interest rate2.4% 1.7% 1.8%Risk-free interest rate4.5 %1.9 %0.3 %
Dividend yield3.7% 2.8% 2.9%Dividend yield1.5 %1.6 %1.8 %
Expected life (years)6.5
 6.5
 6.5
 2017
Market Stock Units
 2016
Market Stock Units
 2015
Market Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock24.1% 24.2% 19.3%
Risk-free interest rate1.7% 1.1% 1.1%
Dividend yield2.9% 2.8% 2.9%
2017 PCSOs 2015 PCSOs
2023
2023
202320222021
Performance Stock UnitsPerformance Stock UnitsPerformance Stock UnitsPerformance Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock24.1% 26.0%Expected volatility of common stock25.1 %29.7 %28.5 %
Expected volatility of the S&P 500Expected volatility of the S&P 50033.3 %39.2 %38.7 %
Risk-free interest rate1.8% 1.5%Risk-free interest rate4.6 %1.8 %0.3 %
Dividend yield3.0% 3.1%Dividend yield1.4 %1.6 %1.8 %
Expected life (years)3.5
 5
The Company uses the implied volatility for traded options on the Company’s stock as the expected volatility assumption in the valuation of stock options, performance options, MSUs, and PCSOs.PSUs. The selection of the implied volatility approach was based upon the availability of actively tradedactively-traded options on the Company’s stock and the Company’s assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility. TheAt the conclusion of each three-year PSU and performance option cycle, the Company uses the historical volatility as the expected volatility assumption in the valuation of performance options in order to calculate the correlation coefficients betweenactual TSR compared to the S&P 500 and the Company's stock, which can only be calculated using historical data.



500.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the average daily closing rates during the year for U.S. Treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the grant. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s future expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life represents the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches.
The Company has applied forfeiture rates, estimated based on historical data, of 10%-35% to the stock option fair values calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model.model and 15% to RSUs. These estimated forfeiture rates are applied to grants based on their remaining vesting term and may be revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates.
87



The following table summarizes information about the total stock options outstanding and exercisable under all stock option plans, including performance options and PCSOs, at December 31, 20172023 (in thousands, except exercise price and years):
 Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Exercise price rangeNo. of
options
Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
No. of
options
Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
$51-$70209 67 1209 67 1
$71-$90714 77 3714 77 3
$91-$110208 108 4208 108 4
$111-$13046 120 546 120 5
$131-$150243 139 5243 139 5
$151-$170199 156 6196 155 6
$171-$190244 180 741 180 7
$191 and over501 244 950 228 8
 2,364   1,707  
 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Exercise price rangeNo. of
options
 Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
 Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
 No. of
options
 Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
 Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
Under $30537
 $27
 2 537
 $27
 2
$30-$401,557
 39
 3 1,557
 39
 3
$41-$508
 45
 3 8
 45
 3
$51-$60842
 55
 5 834
 55
 5
$61-$702,790
 68
 5 799
 66
 6
$71-$80596
 72
 8 86
 72
 8
$81 and over952
 82
 8 3
 81
 9
 7,282
     3,824
    
As of December 31, 2017,2023, the weighted average contractual life for options outstanding and exercisable was fivefour and fourthree years, respectively.
Current Year Activity
Total share-based compensation activity was as follows (in thousands, except exercise price):
 Stock OptionsRestricted Stock UnitsRestricted Stock
No. of Options OutstandingWtd. Avg. Exercise Price of SharesNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair ValueNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 2023996 $128 1,211 $211 114 $224 
Granted120 272 715 259 23 311 
Releases/Exercised(547)89 (521)191 (52)225 
Forfeited/Canceled(3)225 (63)224 — — 
Balance as of December 31, 2023566 $191 1,342 $224 85 $244 
Awards exercisable297 149 — — — — 
 Stock Options Performance Options* Restricted Stock Units Market Stock Units
Shares Outstanding in ThousandsNo. of Options Outstanding Wtd. Avg. Exercise Price of Shares No. of Options Outstanding Wtd. Avg. Exercise Price of Shares No. of Non-Vested Awards Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value No. of Non-Vested Awards Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 20175,218
 $50
 2,066
 $69
 1,333
 $63
 116
 $69
Granted385
 82
 612
 81
 650
 78
 71
 86
Releases/Exercised(935) 53
 
 
 (656) 64
 (54) 68
Adjustment for payout factor
 
 
 
 
 
 6
 69
Forfeited/Canceled(64) 76
 
 
 (70) 71
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 20174,604
 $52
 2,678
 $72
 1,257
 $70
 139
 $78
                
Vested or expected to vest4,283
 48
 464
 73
 519
 64
 79
 65
* Inclusive of PCSO awards
 Performance OptionsMarket Stock UnitsPerformance Stock Units
No. of Options OutstandingWtd. Avg. Exercise Price of SharesNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair ValueNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 20231,775 $112 103 $192 169 $226 
Granted105 265 43 289 73 339 
Releases/Exercised(161)118 (79)166 (51)261 
Adjustment for payout factor79 140 24 122 22 261 
Forfeited/Canceled— — (2)135 — — 
Balance as of December 31, 20231,798 $122 89 $254 213 $264 
Awards exercisable1,410 96 — — — — 
At December 31, 20172023 and 2016, 9.62022, 7.2 million and 11.28.3 million shares, respectively, were available for future share-based award grants under the current share-based compensation plan, covering all equity awards to employees and non-employee directors.

88




Total Share-Based Compensation Expense
Compensation expense for the Company’s share-based compensation plans was as follows: 
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015Years ended December 31202320222021
Share-based compensation expense included in:     
Costs of sales
Costs of sales
Costs of sales$9
 $9
 $9
Selling, general and administrative expenses43
 45
 52
Research and development expenditures14
 14
 17
Share-based compensation expense included in Operating earnings66
 68
 78
Tax benefit22
 21
 24
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax$44
 $47
 $54
Decrease in basic earnings per share$(0.27) $(0.28) $(0.25)
Decrease in diluted earnings per share$(0.27) $(0.27) $(0.25)
At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense related to RS, RSUs, and MSUsall share based awards of $56$243 million, net of estimated forfeitures, expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately two years. The total fair value of RS, RSU and MSU shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $39 million, $54 million, and $55 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of outstanding RS, RSUs, and MSUs as of December 31, 2017 was $98 million.
At December 31, 2017, the Company had $15 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans including performance options and PCSO's that will be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately twothree years and $4$5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan that will be recognized over the remaining purchase period. The aggregate fair value of outstanding share based awards as of December 31, 2023 was $505 million.
Cash received from stock option exercises and the employee stock purchase plan was $82$104 million, $93$156 million, and $84$102 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015,2021, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 was $31$152 million, $16$292 million, and $15$186 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 20172023 was $227$413 million and $165$355 million, respectively, based on a December 31, 20172023 stock price of $90.34$313.09 per share.
Motorola Solutions Incentive Plans
The Company's incentive plans provide eligible employees with an annual payment, calculated as a percentage of an employee’s eligible earnings, in the year after the close of the current calendar year if specified business goals and individual performance targets are met. The expense for awards under these incentive plans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 20152021 was $122$205 million, $114$165 million and $119$161 million, respectively.
Long-Range Incentive Plan
The Long-Range Incentive Plan (“LRIP”)LRIP rewards elected officers for the Company’s achievement of specified business goals during the period, based on a single performance objective measured over a three-year period. There were no LRIP awards with cash settlement terms for the year ended December 31, 2023. The expense for LRIP awards with cash settlement terms was $4 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022 and 2015 was $9 million, $12 million and $12 million,2021, respectively.


9.10.    Fair Value Measurements
The Company holds certain fixed income securities, equity securities and derivatives, which are recognized and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date and is measured using the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy prescribes valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to each measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's assumptions about current market conditions. The prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies are as follows:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations, in which all significant inputs are observable, in active markets.
Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.







Investments and Derivatives
The fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 20162022 were as follows: 
December 31, 2023Level 1Level 2Total
Assets:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$— $13 $13 
Equity swap contracts— 
Common stock and equivalents28 — 28 
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$— $$
Treasury rate lock— 12 — 
89



December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Assets:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $5
 $5
Available-for-sale securities:     
Corporate bonds
 2
 2
Common stock and equivalents13
 
 13
Liabilities:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $5
 $5
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2022Level 1Level 2Total
Assets:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
December 31, 2016Level 1 Level 2 Total
Assets:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $9
 $9
Available-for-sale securities:     
Government, agency, and government-sponsored enterprise obligations
 51
 51
Corporate bonds
 5
 5
Common stock and equivalents
Common stock and equivalents
Common stock and equivalents
Liabilities:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $32
 $32
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
Foreign exchange derivative contracts
Pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan Assets
The fair values of the various pension and postretirement health care benefits plans’ assets by level in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20172023 and 20162022 were as follows:
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2023Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Equities
Commingled funds
Government fixed income securities
Government fixed income securities
Government fixed income securities
Corporate fixed income securities
Corporate fixed income securities
Corporate fixed income securities
December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$10
 $
 $10
Commingled funds2,198
 
 2,198
Government fixed income securities10
 285
 295
Corporate fixed income securities
 900
 900
Short-term investment funds186
 
 186
Short-term investment funds
Short-term investment funds
Private assets
Private assets
Private assets
Total investment securities$2,404
 $1,185
 $3,589
Accrued income receivable    12
Cash    13
Fair value plan assets    $3,614
The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Level 3 assets:
2023
Fair value at January 1, 2023111 
Actual return on plan assets10 
Purchases36 
Fair value at December 31, 2023157 
December 31, 2022Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Equities$48 $— — $48 
Commingled funds1,159 488 — 1,647 
Government fixed income securities— 159 — 159 
Corporate fixed income securities— 863 — 863 
Short-term investment funds186 — — 186 
Private Assets— — 111 111 
Total investment securities$1,393 $1,510 $111 $3,014 
Accrued income receivable45 
Cash17 
Fair value plan assets   $3,076 
90

December 31, 2016Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$95
 $
 $95
Commingled funds1,357
 551
 1,908
Government fixed income securities
 179
 179
Corporate fixed income securities
 825
 825
Short-term investment funds183
 
 183
Total investment securities$1,635
 $1,555
 $3,190
Cash    5
Fair value plan assets    $3,195




Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 31, 2023Level 1Level 2Total
Equities$60 $— $60 
Commingled funds289 32 321 
Government fixed income securities— 663 663 
Short-term investment funds60 — 60 
Total investment securities$409 $695 $1,104 
Cash
Accrued income receivable16 
Insurance contracts47 
Fair value plan assets  $1,172 
December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$136
 $
 $136
Commingled funds431
 38
 469
Government fixed income securities3
 779
 782
Short-term investment funds92
 
 92
Total investment securities$662
 $817
 $1,479
Cash    3
Accrued income receivable    55
Insurance contracts    53
Fair value plan assets    $1,590

December 31, 2016Level 1 Level 2 Total
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2022Level 1Level 2Total
Equities$161
 $
 $161
Commingled funds279
 209
 488
Government fixed income securities
 823
 823
Short-term investment funds
Short-term investment funds
Short-term investment funds
 1
 1
Total investment securities$440
 $1,033
 $1,473
Cash    45
Accrued income receivable
Insurance contracts    47
Fair value plan assets    $1,565
Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan 
December 31, 2023Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Equities$$— $— $
Commingled funds49 20 — 69 
Government fixed income securities— — 
Corporate fixed income securities— 38 — 38 
Short-term investment funds10 — — 10 
Private funds— — 
Total investment securities$60 $66 133 
Accrued income receivable
Fair value plan assets$134 
The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Level 3 assets:
2023
Fair value at January 1, 2023
Purchases
Fair value at December 31, 2023
91



December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$1
 $
 $1
Commingled funds92
 
 92
Government fixed income securities
 12
 12
Corporate fixed income securities
 38
 38
Short-term investment funds8
 
 8
Fair value plan assets$101
 $50
 $151
December 31, 2016Level 1 Level 2 Total
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2022
Equities
Equities
Equities$4
 $
 $4
Commingled funds58
 24
 82
Commingled funds
Commingled funds
Government fixed income securities
 7
 7
Government fixed income securities
Government fixed income securities
Corporate fixed income securities
 35
 35
Corporate fixed income securities
Corporate fixed income securities
Short-term investment funds8
 
 8
Short-term investment funds
Short-term investment funds
Private funds
Private funds
Private funds
Total investment securities
Total investment securities
Total investment securities
Accrued income receivable
Accrued income receivable
Accrued income receivable
Fair value plan assets$70
 $66
 $136
Fair value plan assets
Fair value plan assets
The following is a description of the categories of investments:
Equities A diversified portfolio of corporate common stock and preferred stock.stocks.
Commingled funds Investments primarily in investment grade A diversified portfolio of assets that includes corporate common and government related securities. This class also includes investments in mortgage-backedpreferred stocks, emerging market and high-yield fixed income securities futures and options.among others.
Government fixed income securities Securities issued by municipal, domestic and foreign government agencies, index-linked government bonds as well as index-linked government bonds.interest rate derivatives.
Corporate fixed income securities A diversified portfolio of primarily investment grade bonds issued by corporations.
Short-term investment funds Investments in money market accounts and derivatives with a liquidity of less than 90 days.


Private funds A diversified portfolio of assets that includes private equity funds and private loans.
Level 1 investments include securities which are valued at the closing price reported on the active market in which the individual securities are traded. Level 2 investments consist principally of securities which are valued using independent third party pricing sources. Level 3 investments include securities with valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including market based inputs, binding quotes, indicative quotes, and ongoing redemption and subscription activity. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation.
At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had $633$863 million of investments in money market primegovernment and governmentU.S. treasury funds (Level 1) classified as Cash and cash equivalents in its consolidated balance sheet,Consolidated Balance Sheet, compared to $309$490 million at December 31, 2016.2022. The money market funds had quoted market prices that are approximately at par.
Using quoted market prices and market interest rates, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 20172023 was $4.6$6.4 billion, of which the Senior Convertible Notes were $1.6 billion (Level 2), compared to a face. The fair value of $4.5 billion.long-term debt at December 31, 2022 was $5.9 billion, of which the Senior Convertible Notes were $1.3 billion (Level 2). Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange. Refer to "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" in this “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of the Senior Convertible Notes.
All other financial instruments are carried at cost, which is not materially different from the instruments’ fair values.


10.11.    Long-term Financing and Sales of Receivables
Long-term Financing
Long-term receivables consist of receivables with payment terms greater than twelve months, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases. Long-term receivables consist of the following:
December 312017 2016December 3120232022
Long-term receivables, gross
Less allowance for losses
Long-term receivables$37
 $63
Less current portion(18) (14)
Non-current long-term receivables$19
 $49
The current portion of long-term receivables is included in Accounts receivable, net and the non-current portion of long-term receivables is included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company recognized Interest no interest
92



income on long-term receivables offor the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $1 million $2 million, and $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, and 2015.2021.
Certain purchasers of the Company's products and services may request that the Company provide long-term financing (defined as financing with a term greater than one year) in connection with the sale of products and services. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the products and services. The Company's obligation to provide long-term financing may be conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser's credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third-parties totaling $93$103 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $1252023 and $65 million at December 31, 2016.2022.
Sales of Receivables
From time to time, the Company sells accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015.2021. 
Years ended December 31202320222021
Contract-specific discounting facility$ $49 $211 
Accounts receivable sales proceeds96 179 56 
Long-term receivables sales proceeds182 204 248 
Total proceeds from receivable sales$278 $432 $515 
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015
Accounts receivable sales proceeds$193
 $51
 $29
Long-term receivables sales proceeds284
 289
 196
Total proceeds from receivable sales$477
 $340
 $225
The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $873$813 million of long-term receivables, compared to $774$891 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2016.2022. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities of sold accounts receivables and long-term receivables.


Credit Quality of FinancingLong-Term Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
An aging analysis of financing receivables at December 31, 20172023 and December 31, 20162022 is as follows: 
December 31, 2023Total
Long-term
Receivable
Current Billed
Due
Past Due Under 90 DaysPast Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$15 $$$
Commercial loans and leases secured21 — 
Long-term receivables, including current portion$36 $$$
December 31, 2017Total
Long-term
Receivable
 Current Billed
Due
 Past Due Under 90 Days Past Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$21
 $
 $1
 $2
Commercial loans and leases secured16
 1
 3
 1
Long-term receivables, including current portion$37
 $1
 $4
 $3

December 31, 2016Total
Long-term
Receivable
 Current Billed
Due
 Past Due Under 90 Days Past Due Over 90 Days
December 31, 2022December 31, 2022Total
Long-term
Receivable
Current Billed
Due
Past Due Under 90 DaysPast Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$20
 $
 $
 $
Commercial loans and leases secured43
 
 
 2
Long-term receivables, including current portion$63
 $
 $
 $2
Long-term receivables, including current portion
Long-term receivables, including current portion
The Company uses an internally developed credit risk rating system for establishing customer credit limits. This system is aligned with and comparable to the rating systems utilized by independent rating agencies.
The Company’s policy for valuing the allowance for credit losses is to review all customer financing receivables for collectability on an individual receivable basis. For those receivables where collection risk is probable, the Company calculates the value of impairment based on the net present value of expected future cash flows from the customer.
11.12.    Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Obligations
The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and information technology and other equipment under principally non-cancelable operating leases. Rental expense, net of sublease income, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $94 million, $84 million, and $42 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2017, future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, for the next five years and beyond are as follows:
(in millions)2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Beyond
 $121
$107
$82
$64
$53
$234
Purchase Obligations
During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and help ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow themit to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by the Company or establish the parameters defining the Company’s requirements. In addition, we have entered into software license agreements which are firm commitments and are not cancelable. cancellable.
As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had entered into firm, noncancelable,non-cancelable, and unconditional commitments under such arrangements through 2022.2030. The Company expects to make total payments of $237$469 million under these arrangements as follows: $173$131 million in 2018, $412024, $78 million in 2019, $152025, $73 million in 2020, $72026, $66 million in 2021, and $12027, $63 million in 2022.2028 and $58 million thereafter.
The Company outsources certain corporate functions, such as benefit administration and information technology-related services, under various contracts, the longest of which is expected to expire in 2022. The remaining payments under these contracts are approximately $97 million over the remaining life of the contracts. However, these contracts can be terminated. Termination would result in a penalty substantially less than the remaining annual contract payments. The Company would also be required to find another source for these services, including the possibility of performing them in-house.
93



Legal Matters
Hytera Litigation
On March 14, 2017, the Company filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (the "Court") against Hytera Communications Corporation Limited of Shenzhen, China; Hytera America, Inc.; and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. (collectively, "Hytera"), alleging trade secret theft and copyright infringement and seeking, among other things, injunctive relief, compensatory damages and punitive damages. On February 14, 2020, the Company announced that a jury decided in the Company's favor in its trade secret theft and copyright infringement case. In connection with this verdict, the jury awarded the Company $345.8 million in compensatory damages and $418.8 million in punitive damages, for a total of $764.6 million. In a series of post-trial rulings in 2021, the Court subsequently reduced the judgment to $543.7 million, but also ordered Hytera to pay the Company $51.1 million in pre-judgment interest and $2.6 million in costs, as well as $34.2 million in attorneys' fees. The Company continues to seek collection of the judgment through the ongoing legal process.
On December 17, 2020, the Court held that Hytera must pay the Company a forward-looking reasonable royalty on products that use the Company’s stolen trade secrets, and on December 15, 2021, set royalty rates for Hytera's sale of relevant products from July 1, 2019 forward. On July 5, 2022, the Court ordered that Hytera pay into a third-party escrow on July 31, 2022, the royalties owed to the Company based on the sale of relevant products from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2022. Hytera failed to make the required royalty payment on July 31, 2022. On August 1, 2022, Hytera filed a motion to modify or stay the Court's previous July 5, 2022 royalty order, which the Court denied on July 11, 2023. On August 3, 2022, the Company filed a motion seeking to hold Hytera in civil contempt for violating the royalty order by not making the required royalty payment on July 31, 2022. On August 26, 2023, the Court granted the Company's contempt motion. As a result, on September 1, 2023, Hytera made a payment of $56 million into the third-party escrow. In addition to the September 1, 2023 payment of $56 million, Hytera has made de minimis quarterly royalty payments into the third-party escrow from October 2022 through January 2024. The aggregate amount paid into escrow will not be recognized until all contingencies are resolved and such amount is a defendant in various lawsuits, claims,released from escrow.
Following the February 14, 2020 verdict and actions that arisejudgment in the normal courseCompany's favor, Hytera subsequently filed several notices of business. Whileappeal to the outcomeU.S. Court of these matters is currently not determinable,Appeals for the Seventh Circuit (the "Court of Appeals"), including a notice of appeal filed on August 2, 2022 which appealed the orders related to the jury's verdict as well as the Court's royalty order. The Company filed its cross-appeal on August 5, 2022. The Court of Appeals heard oral arguments on the parties' appeals on December 5, 2023.
Hytera Bankruptcy Proceedings
Separate from the Company's litigation with Hytera, on May 27, 2020, Hytera America, Inc. and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. each filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On February 11, 2022, the Court entered an order to confirm the liquidation plan for the two Hytera entities and the distributions were made on February 25, 2022 to the creditors, including a distribution of $13 million to the Company. On December 22, 2022, an additional distribution of $2 million was made to the Company does not expectas well as an assignment of various delinquent accounts receivable of the ultimate disposition of these mattersbankrupt Hytera entities. The gains for the two monetary distributions were recorded to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect onOther charges (income) in the Company's consolidated financial position, liquidity, or resultsConsolidated Statements of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.Operations.





Indemnifications
The Company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it is obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. In indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party's claims. In some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.
Some of these obligations arise as a result of divestitures of the Company's assets or businesses and require the Company to indemnify the other party against losses arising from breaches of representations and warranties and covenants and, in some cases, the settlement of pending obligations. The Company's obligations under divestiture agreements for indemnification based on breaches of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration and to amounts not in excess of a percentage of the contract value. The Company had no accruals for any such obligations at December 31, 2017.
In addition, the Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial and intellectual property agreements. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements.

12.13.    Information by Segment and Geographic Region
The Company conducts its business globally and manages it through the following two segments:
Products:Products and Systems Integration: The Products and Systems Integration segment offers an extensive portfolio of infrastructure, devices, accessories, video security devices and infrastructure, and the implementation and integration of such systems, devices, and applications. Within LMR Communications, the Company is comprised of Devicesa global leader in the two-way radio category, including the Company’s Project 25 ("P25"), Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA), Digital Mobile Radio (DMR), as well as other professional and Systems. Devicescommercial radio (“PCR”) solutions. The Company provides LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including devices operating in 700 MHz, 900 MHz and Citizens' Broadband Radio Service (CBRS) frequencies. The Company's Video technology includes two-way portablenetwork video management infrastructure, fixed security, certain mobile video equipment and vehicle-mounted radios, accessories, software features, and upgrades. Systems includes the radio network core and central processing software, base stations, consoles, repeaters, and software applications and features.access control solutions. The primary customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are government, public safety and first-responder agencies, municipalities, and commercial and industrial customers who operate private communications networks and video security solutions and typically manage a mobile workforce. In 2017,2023, the segment’s net sales were $3.8$6.2 billion, representing 59%63% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
Software and Services: The Software and Services segment provides a full setbroad range of solution offerings for government, public safety and commercial communication networks including: (i) Integration services, (ii) Managed & Support services,customers. Software includes public safety and (iii) iDEN services. Integration services includes implementation, optimization,enterprise Command Center, unified communications applications, certain mobile video equipment, and integration of networks, devices,video software solutions, delivered both on-premise and applications. Managed & Support services“as-a-service.” Services includes a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and hardware maintenance. More advanced offeringstechnologies include network monitoring, software maintenanceupdates and cyber securitycybersecurity services. Managed service offeringsservices range from partial orto full operation of customer owned networks to operation ofcustomer-owned or Motorola Solutions ownedSolutions-owned communications networks. Services and SaaS offerings are provided across all radio network technologies, Command Center Consoles, and Smart Public Safety Solutions. iDEN services consists primarily of hardware and software maintenance services for our legacy iDEN customers. In 2017,2023, the segment’s net sales were $2.6$3.7 billion, representing 41%37% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162023, 2022 and 2015,2021, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales.
94



Segment Information
The following table summarizes Net sales and Operating earnings by segment: 
 Net Sales Operating Earnings
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Products$3,772
 $3,649
 $3,676
 $914
 $734
 $704
Services2,608
 2,389
 2,019
 368
 333
 290
 $6,380
 $6,038
 $5,695
 1,282
 1,067
 994
Total other expense      (206) (223) (77)
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes      $1,076
 $844
 $917


 Net SalesOperating Earnings
Years ended December 31202320222021202320222021
Products and Systems Integration$6,242 $5,728 $5,033 $1,244 $913 $760 
Software and Services3,736 3,384 3,138 1,050 748 907 
$9,978 $9,112 $8,171 $2,294 $1,661 $1,667 
Total other expense(148)(146)(115)
Net earnings before income taxes   $2,146 $1,515 $1,552 
The following table summarizes the Company's capital expenditures and depreciation expense by segment: 
 Capital Expenditures Depreciation Expense
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Products$116
 $104
 $76
 $102
 $68
 $82
Services111
 167
 99
 90
 114
 60
 $227
 $271
 $175
 $192
 $182
 $142
 Capital ExpendituresDepreciation Expense
Years ended December 31202320222021202320222021
Products and Systems Integration$97 $77 $90 $83 $79 $87 
Software and Services156 179 153 96 104 115 
$253 $256 $243 $179 $183 $202 
The Company's "chief operating decision maker" does not review or allocate resources based on segment assets.
Geographic Area Information 
Net Sales Assets
Net SalesNet SalesAssets
Years ended December 312017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015Years ended December 31202320222021202320222021
United States$3,725
 $3,566
 $3,473
 $5,138
 $5,653
 $6,213
United Kingdom558
 528
 96
 2,329
 2,300
 1,127
Canada
Other, net of eliminations2,097
 1,944
 2,126
 741
 510
 1,006
$6,380
 $6,038
 $5,695
 $8,208
 $8,463
 $8,346
Net sales attributed to geographic area are predominately based on the ultimate destination of the Company's products and services.


13.14.     Reorganization of Businesses
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. The Severance Plan includes defined formulas to calculate employees’ termination benefits. In addition to the Involuntary Severance Plan, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company accepted voluntary applications to its Severance Plan from a defined subset of employees within the United States. Voluntary applicants received termination benefits based on the formulas defined in the Severance Plan. However, termination benefits, which are normally different based on employment level grade and capped at six months of salary, were equalized for all employment level grades and capped at a full year’s salary.
The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs consist of future minimumcontractual lease payments on vacated facilitiestermination costs, costs to exit committed contracts and other contractual terminations. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for employee separation and exit costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer needed because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance, or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were approved. In these cases, the Company reverses accruals through the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operationsOperations where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer needed.
During 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 the Company continued to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. BothThese initiatives impacted both of the Company’s segments were impacted by these plans. Theand affected employees affected were located in all geographic regions.
20172023 Charges
During 2017,2023, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $42$53 million, including $9$7 million of charges in Costs of sales and $33$46 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations.Operations. Included in the $42$53 million were charges of $43$41 million forrelated to employee separation costs and $8a $24 million forimpairment loss related to the exit costs,of video manufacturing operations, partially offset by $9$7 million of reversals for employee separation accruals no longer needed and $5 million of reversals for exit cost accruals no longer needed.

95




The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:
Year ended December 312023
Products and Systems Integration$45 
Software and Services
$53 
Year ended December 312017
Products$31
Services11
 $42
Reorganization of Businesses Accruals
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017:
Accruals at
January 1
Accruals at
January 1
Additional
Charges
AdjustmentsAmount
Used
Accruals at
December 31
Reorganization costs
Exit costs
Accruals at
January 1
 Additional
Charges
 Adjustments Amount
Used
 Accruals at
December 31
Exit costs$7
 $8
 $
 $(6) $9
Employee separation costs94
 43
 (9) (87) 41
$101
 $51
 $(9) $(93) $50
Exit Costs
At January 1, 2017,2023, the Company had $7an accrual of $10 million accrual for exit costs. There were $8costs related to the Company's exit of the ESN contract with the Home Office. During the year, the Company recorded a $5 million reversal for accruals no longer needed. The remaining $5 million of additional charges in 2017. The $6 million used in 2017 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $9 million, which was includedexit costs are recorded in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheetsCompany's Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017, primarily represents future cash payments for lease obligations that2023, and are expected to be paid over a number of years.within one year.
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2017,2023, the Company had an accrual of $94$26 million for employee separation costs. The 20172023 additional charges of $43$41 million representinclude severance costs for approximately an additional 400700 employees, of which 100420 were direct employees and 300280 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $9$7 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $87$37 million used in 20172023 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $41$23 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheetConsolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017,2023, is expected to be paid, primarily within one year to: (i) severed employees who have already begun to receive payments and (ii) approximately 10075 employees to be separated in 2018.2024.
20162022 Charges
During 2016,2022, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $140$36 million, including $43$18 million of charges in Costs of sales and $97$18 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations.Operations. Included in the aggregate $140$36 million arewere charges of: (i) $120of $36 million for employee separation costs (ii) a $17 million building impairment charge, (iii) $5and $10 million for exit costs, and (iv) $3 million for the impairment of the corporate aircraft, partially offset by $5$10 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment: 
Year ended December 312022
Products and Systems Integration$21 
Software and Services15 
$36 
Year ended December 312016
Products$106
Services34
 $140
Reorganization of Businesses Accruals
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs, including those related to discontinued operations which were maintained by the Company after the sale of the Enterprise business, from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016:
Accruals at
January 1
Accruals at
January 1
Additional
Charges
AdjustmentsAmount
Used
Accruals at
December 31
Reorganization costs
Exit costs
$
Accruals at
January 1
 Additional
Charges
 Adjustments Amount
Used
 Accruals at
December 31
Exit costs$9
 $5
 $(1) $(6) $7
Employee separation costs51
 120
 (4) (73) 94
$60
 $125
 $(5) $(79) $101
Exit Costs
At January 1, 2016,2022, the Company had $9 milliondid not have an accrual for exit costs. There were $5$10 million of additionalexit cost charges in 2016.2022 related to the Company's exit of the ESN contract with the Home Office. The $6 million used in 2016 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $7$10 million which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheetsCompany's Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016, primarily represented future cash payments for lease obligations.


2022.
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2016,2022, the Company had an accrual of $51$34 million for employee separation costs. The 2022 additional 2016 charges of $120$36 million representinclude severance costs for approximately an additional 1,300460 employees, of which 400310 were direct employees and 900150 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $4$10 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $73$34 million used in 2016
96



2022 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $94$26 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheetConsolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016.2022.
20152021 Charges
During 2015,2021, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $117$32 million, including $9$8 million of charges in Costs of sales and $108$24 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations.Operations. Included in the aggregate $117$32 million arewere charges of: (i) $74of $42 million for employee separation costs, (ii) $31 million for the impairment of the corporate aircraft, (iii) $10 million of charges for exit costs, and (iv) a $6 million building impairment charge, partially offset by $4$10 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:
Year ended December 312021
Products and Systems integration$25 
Software and Services
$32 

Year ended December 312015
Products$84
Services33
 $117
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs, including those related to discontinued operations which were maintained by the Company after the sale of the Enterprise business, from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015: 
 Accruals at
January 1
 Additional
Charges
 Adjustments Amount
Used
 Accruals at
December 31
Exit costs$
 $10
 $
 $(1) $9
Employee separation costs57
 74
 (10) (70) 51
 $57
 $84
 $(10) $(71) $60
Exit Costs
At January 1, 2015, the Company had no accrual for exit costs. There were $10 million of additional charges in 2015. The $1 million used in 2015 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $9 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at as of December 31, 2015, primarily represented future cash payments for lease obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2015, the Company had an accrual of $57 million for employee separation costs. The additional 2015 charges of $74 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 1,100 employees, of which 200 were direct employees and 900 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $10 million reflect $4 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed and $6 million of reversals of accruals held for employees separated from discontinued operations. The $70 million used in 2015 reflects cash payments to these severed employees. The remaining accrual of $51 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

14.15.      Intangible Assets and Goodwill
The Company accounts for acquisitions using purchase accounting with the results of operations for each acquiree included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the date of acquisition.
Recent DevelopmentsAcquisitions
On February 1, 2018, we announced our intention to purchase Avigilon Corporation, a provider of advanced end-to-end security and surveillance solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, surveillance cameras and access control solutions for a purchase price of approximately $1.3 billion Canadian dollars.
On July 28, 2017, we announced our intention to purchase Plant Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Airbus DS Communications. This acquisition will expand our software portfolio in the Command Center with additional solutions for Next Generation 9-1-1.



Guardian Digital Communications Limited Acquisition
On February 19, 2016,December 15, 2023, the Company completed the acquisition of GDCL, a holding company of Airwave Solutions Limitedacquired IPVideo Corporation ("Airwave"IPVideo"), the largest private operator of a public safety network in the world. Allcreator of the outstanding equity of Airwave was acquiredHALO Smart Sensor, for the sum of £1, after which the Company invested into Airwave £698$170 million, net of cash acquired, or approximately $1.0 billion, to settle all third party debt.acquired. The Company will make a deferred cash payment of £64 million on November 15, 2018. 
The acquisition of Airwave enablestransaction also includes the potential for the Company to geographically diversify its global Managed & Support services offerings, while offering a proven service delivery platformmake contingent earn-out payments of up to build$15 million based on for providing innovative, leading, mission-critical communications solutions and services to customers.
The acquisitionIPVideo's achievement of Airwave has been accounted for at fair value ascertain financial targets from January 1, 2024 through December 31, 2024. As of the acquisition date, based onthe Company estimated the fair value of the total consideration transferredcontingent earn-out to be $2 million, which has been attributed to all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and measuredis included in the purchase price. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at fair value.
The total consideration for the acquisition of Airwave was approximately $1.1 billion, consisting of cash payments of $1.0 billion, net of cash acquired, and deferred consideration valued at fair value on the date of the acquisition of $82 million. Thea fair value of deferred consideration has been determined based on its net present value, calculated using$5 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a discount rateservice period of 4.2%, whichone year. The HALO Smart Sensor is reflectivea multifunctional safety and security device with built-in vape detection and air quality monitoring, gunshot detection, abnormal noise and motion detection and emergency keyword detection. This acquisition adds sensor technology to the Company's physical security portfolio. The Company recognized $109 million of the credit standinggoodwill, $72 million of the combined entity. The following table summarizes fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the February 19, 2016 acquisition date:
Cash $86
Accounts receivable, net 55
Other current assets 36
Property, plant and equipment, net 245
Deferred income taxes 82
Accounts payable (18)
Accrued liabilities (181)
Other liabilities (289)
Goodwill 191
Intangible assets 875
Total consideration $1,082
Net present value of deferred consideration payment to former owners (82)
Net cash consideration at purchase $1,000
Acquiredidentifiable intangible assets consistand $11 million of $846net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $8 million of trade names, $6 million of customer relationships and $29$58 million of trade names. All intangibles have a useful life of seven years, over which amortization expensedeveloped technology and will be recognized onamortized over a straight line basis.
period of eight, twelve and fifteen years, respectively. The fair values of trade names and customer relationships were estimated using the income approach. Customer relationships were valued under the excess earnings method which assumes that the value of an intangible assetbusiness is equal to the present valuea part of the incremental after-taxProducts and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such, the final allocation among income tax accounts, intangible assets, net liabilities and goodwill may be subject to change.
On December 14, 2022, the Company acquired Rave Mobile, a leader in mass notification and incident management, for $553 million, net of cash flows attributable specifically toacquired. In addition, the intangible asset. Trade names were valued under the relief from royalty method, which assumes value to the extent that the acquired company is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received from them.
TheCompany issued restricted stock at a fair value of acquired Property, plant$2 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition complements the Company's portfolio with a platform specifically designed to help organizations and equipment, primarily network-relatedpublic safety agencies communicate and collaborate during emergencies. The Company recognized $400 million of goodwill, $212 million of identifiable intangible assets was valued under the replacement cost method, which determines fair value based on the replacement costand $59 million of new property with similar capacity, adjusted for physical deterioration over the remaining useful life.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the future economic benefits arising from the other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwillliabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $9 million of trade names, $82 million of developed technology and $121 million of customer relationships and will be amortized over a period of nine, seventeen years and seventeen years, respectively. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2023.
Other AcquisitionsOn October 25, 2022, the Company acquired Futurecom, a leading provider of radio coverage extension solutions for public safety agencies, for $30 million, net of cash acquired. Futurecom designs and manufactures radio frequency repeaters. This acquisition further expands the Company's communications network and device portfolios. The Company recognized $10 million of goodwill, $11 million of an identifiable intangible asset and $9 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible asset was classified as developed technology and will be amortized over a period of six years. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2023.
On August 28, 2017,8, 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of Kodiak Networks,acquired Barrett Communications, a global provider of broadband push-to-talk (PTT)specialized radio communications, for commercial customers,$18 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition complements the Company's existing radio portfolio, allowing the Company to use high frequency and very high frequency radio communications to support mission-critical operations. The Company recognized $1 million of goodwill, $3 million of identifiable intangible assets and $14 million of net assets. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $1 million of trade names and $2 million of developed technology, both of which will be amortized over a period of seven years. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The business is part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the third quarter of 2023.
97



On May 12, 2022, the Company acquired Videotec, a grossglobal provider of ruggedized video security solutions, for $23 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition extends the Company's breadth of high-performance video products, reinforcing the Company's strategy to be a global leader in video security solutions. The Company recognized $9 million of goodwill, $6 million of an identifiable intangible asset and $8 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible asset was classified as developed technology and will be amortized over a period of four years. The business is part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase priceaccounting was completed as of $225 million.the second quarter of 2023.
On April 19, 2022, the Company acquired Calipsa, a technology leader in cloud-native advanced video analytics, for $39 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition extends the Company's intelligent analytics across video security solutions and supports the accelerating trend of enterprises using cloud technologies to enhance safety and security. The Company recognized $24 million of goodwill, $21 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $6 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $20 million of developed technology and $1 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of fifteen and three years, respectively. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the second quarter of 2023.
On March 23, 2022, the Company acquired TETRA Ireland, the provider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service, for $120 million, net of cash acquired. The Company was an initial shareholder of TETRA Ireland and acquired the remaining interest in the entity from the other shareholders. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of delivering mission-critical voice and data communications solutions to first responders and frontline workers. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $191a $21 million gain recorded within Other income (expense) on the Company's initial minority interest. The Company recognized $47 million of goodwill, $44$90 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $10$6 million of acquired liabilities.net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $25$83 million of customer-related intangibles and $19 million of completed technology and will be amortized over a period of 13 to 16 years.
On March 13, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Interexport, a company that provides Managed & Support services for communications systems to public safety and commercial customers in Chile, for a gross purchase price of $98 billion Chilean pesos, or approximately $147 million U.S. dollars based on cash payments of $55 million, net of cash acquired, and assumed liabilities of $92 million, primarily related to capital leases. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $61 million of identifiable intangible assets, $70 million of acquired property, plant and equipment and $16 million of net other


tangible assets. The estimated identifiable intangible assets were classified as $56 million of customer-related intangibles and $5 million of other intangibles and will be amortized over a period of seven years.
On November 10, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Spillman Technologies, Inc., a provider of comprehensive law enforcement and public safety software solutions, for a gross purchase price of $221 million. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $144 million of goodwill, $115 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $38 million of acquired liabilities. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $49 million of completed technology, $59 million of customer-related intangibles,customer relationships and $7 million of other intangibles and will be amortized over a period of seven to ten years.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of several software and service-based providers for a total of $30 million, recognizing $6 million of goodwill, $15 million of intangible assets, and $9 million of tangible net assets related to these acquisitions. Under the preliminary purchase accounting, the $15 million of identifiable intangible assets were classified as: (i) $7 million of completed technology and (ii) $8 million of customer-related intangibles and will be amortized over a period of five years. During the first quarter of 2017, the Company completed the purchase accounting and recorded an additional $11 million completed technology intangible assettrade names that will be amortized over a period of eighttwelve years and fourteen years, respectively. The business is part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the first quarter of 2023.
On March 3, 2022, the Company acquired Ava, a global provider of cloud-native video security and analytics, for $388 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock and restricted stock units at a fair value of $7 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of intelligent video solutions that help to enhance safety and streamline operations. The Company recognized $267 million of goodwill, $165 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $44 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $144 million of developed technology and $21 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of fourteen and two years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the first quarter of 2023.
On December 16, 2021, the Company acquired 911 Datamaster, an NG911 data solutions provider, for $35 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $3 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition reinforces Motorola Solutions’ commitment to being a leader in command center solutions and further supports 911 call centers’ unique organizational workflows as they transition to NG911 technologies. The Company recognized $21 million of goodwill, $16 million of identifiable intangible assets and $2 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $7 million of developed technology and $9 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over periods of nine and fourteen years, respectively. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2022.
On October 29, 2021, the Company acquired Envysion, a leader in enterprise video security and business analytics, for $124 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $1 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition expands the Company's presence in the industry and reinforces the Company's strategy as a global leader in end-to-end video security solutions within Video. The Company recognized $79 million of goodwill, $37 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $8 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $26 million of customer relationships, $6 million of developed technology, and $5 million of trade names that will be amortized over a period of fifteen, four, and nine years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2022.
98



On July 15, 2021, the Company acquired Openpath, a cloud-based mobile access control provider for $298 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $29 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of three years. The transaction included the potential for the Company to make earn-out payments of up to $40 million based on Openpath's achievement of certain financial targets from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022. The Company concluded there will be no payout related to the earn-out payments. This acquisition expands the Company's ability to combine video security and access control solutions within Video to help support enterprise customers. The Company recognized $234 million of goodwill, $73 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $9 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $57 million of developed technology and $16 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of sixteen and two years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the third quarter of 2022.
The results of operations for these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operationsOperations subsequent to the acquisition date. The pro forma effects of these acquisitions are not significant individually or in the aggregate.
Intangible Assets
Amortized intangible assets are comprised of the following:
20232022
2017 2016
December 31Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
December 31 (in millions)December 31 (in millions)Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Intangible assets:       
Completed technology$148
 $55
 $116
 $38
Developed technology
Developed technology
Developed technology
Patents2
 2
 8
 6
Customer-related977
 242
 810
 101
Other intangibles56
 23
 49
 17
$1,183
 $322
 $983
 $162
Amortization expense on intangible assets, which is included within Other charges in the consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations,Operations, was $151$177 million, $113$257 million, and $8$236 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015,2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2023, future amortization expense is estimated to be $155$145 million in 2018, $1542024, $132 million in 2019, $1522025, $123 million in 2020, $1512026, $113 million in 2021,2027, and $148$112 million in 2022.2028.
Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill, were comprised of the following by segment:
 20232022
December 31 (in millions)Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Products and Systems Integration$985 $337 $913 $261 
Software and Services1,844 1,237 1,788 1,098 
 $2,829 $1,574 $2,701 $1,359 
99

 2017 2016
  
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
Products$173
 $76
 $178
 $63
Services1,010
 246
 805
 99
 $1,183
 $322
 $983
 $162




Goodwill
The following table displays a rollforward of the carrying amount of goodwill, net of impairment losses, by segment from January 1, 20162022 to December 31, 2017:
2023:
(in millions)(in millions)Products and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotal
Balance as of January 1, 2022
Products Services Total
Balance as of January 1, 2016$270
 $150
 $420
Goodwill acquired46
 291
 337
Foreign currency translation
 (29) (29)
Balance as of December 31, 2016$316
 $412
 $728
Goodwill acquired
Goodwill acquired
 191
 191
Purchase accounting adjustments
 2
 2
Foreign currency translation
 17
 17
Balance as of December 31, 2017$316
 $622
 $938
Balance as of December 31, 2022
Goodwill acquired
Goodwill acquired
Goodwill acquired
Purchase accounting adjustments
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2023
Balance as of December 31, 2023
Balance as of December 31, 2023
The Company conducts its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment inas of the fourthlast day of the third quarter of each fiscal year. The goodwill impairment assessment is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unitlevel which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company has determined that
In 2023, the Products segment and Services segment each meet the definition of a reporting unit.
The Company performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit was less than its carrying amount for the fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2015.amount. In performing this qualitative assessment the Company assessed relevant events and circumstances including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in share price,enterprise value, and entity-specific events. For fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2015,year 2023, the Company concluded it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Therefore, the two-stepa quantitative goodwill impairment test was not required and there was no impairment of goodwill.goodwill in 2023.

In 2022, the Company elected to perform a quantitative assessment for each of its reporting units to determine if the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit. The Company concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value and no goodwill impairment was required.

15.
16.    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
The following table presents the valuation and qualifying account activity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015:2021:
Balance at
Beginning of Period
Charged to
Earnings
UsedAdjustments*Balance at
End of Period
2023
Allowance for credit losses$61 $29 $(21)$— $69 
2022
Allowance for credit losses70 28 (36)(1)61 
2021
Allowance for credit losses75 22 (26)(1)70 
 Balance at
January 1
 Charged to
Earnings
 Used Adjustments* Balance at
December 31
2017         
Allowance for doubtful accounts$44
 $16
 $(16) $1
 $45
Inventory reserves131
 21
 (19) 
 133
2016         
Allowance for doubtful accounts28
 44
 (26) (2) 44
Inventory reserves142
 20
 (33) 2
 131
2015         
Allowance for doubtful accounts35
 9
 (17) 1
 28
Inventory reserves131
 24
 (13) 
 142
* Adjustments include translation adjustments



16.    Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)
100
 2017 2016
  
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
Operating Results               
Net sales$1,281
 $1,497
 $1,645
 $1,957
 $1,193
 $1,430
 $1,532
 $1,883
Costs of sales711
 807
 851
 987
 691
 754
 770
 955
Gross margin570
 690
 794
 970
 502
 676
 762
 928
Selling, general and administrative expenses232
 242
 248
 257
 234
 240
 247
 277
Research and development expenditures135
 138
 141
 154
 135
 138
 137
 142
Other charges27
 53
 67
 48
 33
 74
 37
 106
Operating earnings176
 257
 338
 511
 100
 224
 341
 403
Net earnings (loss)*77
 131
 212
 (575) 17
 107
 192
 243
Per Share Data (in dollars)               
Net earnings (loss)*:               
Basic earnings per common share$0.47
 $0.80
 $1.30
 $(3.56) $0.10
 $0.62
 $1.15
 $1.47
Diluted earnings per common share0.45
 0.78
 1.25
 (3.56) 0.10
 0.61
 1.13
 1.43
Dividends declared$0.47
 $0.47
 $0.47
 $0.52
 $0.41
 $0.41
 $0.41
 $0.47
Dividends paid0.47
 0.47
 0.47
 0.47
 0.41
 0.41
 0.41
 0.41
Stock prices               
High$87.00
 $89.15
 $93.75
 $95.30
 $76.11
 $76.32
 $78.32
 $84.00
Low$76.92
 $79.63
 $82.86
 $84.56
 $60.36
 $63.08
 $64.77
 $71.29


* Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.


17.    Discontinued Operations
On October 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its Enterprise business to Zebra Technologies Corporation ("Zebra") for $3.45 billion in cash. Certain assets of the Enterprise business were excluded from the transaction and retained by the Company, including the Company’s iDEN business. The historical financial results of the Enterprise business, excluding those assets and liabilities retained in the transaction, are reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements and footnotes as discontinued operations for all periods presented. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized a $30 million loss for discontinued operations related to the sale of its Enterprise business.



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) andor 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of December 31, 2023 (the "Evaluation Date"), the end of the period covered by this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”).Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to Motorola Solutions, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reportsSEC reports: (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Motorola Solutions’ management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
Motorola Solutions’The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2023, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control—IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)("COSO"). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting iswas effective as of December 31, 2017.2023. 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMGPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has issued aan attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report on the audit of internal control over financial reporting appears in "Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during theour most recent fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2017, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
We are in the process of a multi-year phased upgrade and consolidation of our ERP systems into a single global platform across our businesses. In April 2017, we implemented our new ERP system which is functioning as designed and continuing to support our business. Our new ERP system includes the replacement of regional systems supporting our product based business and back end finance processes including our general ledger. The system also includes the replacement of our current indirect procurement and service contract systems. We have made appropriate changes to our internal controls over financial reporting as we have implemented the new system. We plan to continue to migrate the remaining parts of the business off regional systems as we work towards a single global platform. We will continue to modify our internal controls in response to changes in the underlying ERP on future phases as needed.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ToDuring the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Motorola Solutions, Inc.s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as ofthree months ended December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets2023, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a "Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" or "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement," as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and our report dated February 16, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s managementterm is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reportingdefined in Item 9A: Controls and Procedures. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations408(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.Regulation S-K.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.Prevent Inspections
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial ReportingNot applicable.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
101
    


Chicago, Illinois
February 16, 2018


PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The response to this Item required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with respect to directors incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “2018 Director Nominees”“Our Board - Who We Are” of Motorola Solutions’our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) and,Statement; with respect to executive officers, is contained in Part I hereof under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant”“Information About our Executive Officers”; and, with respect to the audit committee, incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Corporate Governance - Committees“Committees of the Board” and “Audit Committee Matters - Report of Audit Committee” of the Proxy Statement.
The response to this Item required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Security Ownership Information-Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Proxy Statement.
The response to this Item also incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Important Dates for the 2019 Annual Meeting - Recommending a Director Candidate to the Governance and Nominating Committee” of the Proxy Statement.
Motorola Solutions has adopted a code of ethics, the Motorola Solutions Code of Business Conduct (the “Code”), that applies to all employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller (principal accounting officer). The Code is posted in the Corporate Governance section on Motorola Solutions’ Internet website, www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, and is available free ofelectronically and without charge upon request toby contacting Investor Relations Motorola Solutions, Inc., Corporate Offices, 500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661, E-mail:at investors@motorolasolutions.com. Any amendmentlegally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waiverwaivers from, the Code applicable to executive officers will be posted on our Internet website within four business days followingor disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the date of the amendment or waiver. Motorola Solutions’ Code of Business Conduct applies to all of the Company’s employees worldwide, without exception, and describes employee responsibilities to the various stakeholders involved in our business. The Code goes beyond the legal minimums by implementing the values we share as employees of Motorola Solutions—our key beliefs—uncompromising integrity and constant respect for people. The Code places special responsibility on managers and prohibits retaliation for reporting issues.SEC.

Item 11. Executive Compensation
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "Director Compensation - Determining"How We Determine Director Compensation, - How the" "How Our Directors areAre Compensated,” "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation and Leadership Committee Report,” "Compensation and Leadership Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and under “Named Executive Officer Compensation," the following subsections: "2017 Summary Compensation Table,” "Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2017," “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2017,” "Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2017,” "Retirement Plans," "Pension Benefits in 2017," "Employment Contracts," and "Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements,"“CEO Pay Ratio” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership Information” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the relevant information under the caption “Corporate Governance - Relatedcaptions “Related Person Transaction Policy and Procedures” and “Independent Directors”“Independence” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Audit Committee Matters - Independentcaptions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” and “Audit Committee Matters - Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies” of the Proxy Statement.

102




PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)1.     Financial Statements
(a)1.     Financial Statements
See Part II, Item 8 hereof.
2.Financial Statement Schedules and Independent Auditors’ Report
2.     Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules omitted are inapplicable or the information required is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3.Exhibits
3.     Exhibits
Exhibit numbers 10.610.5 through 10.58,10.70 listed in the attachedthis Exhibit Index are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form by Item 15(b) hereof.

Master Acquisition Agreement, dated April 14, 2014, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Zebra Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2014 (File No. 1-7221)).

Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 3, 2015, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc., Motorola Solutions Overseas Limited, and Guardian Digital Communications Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on 8-K filed on December 3,  2015 (File 1-17221)).

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola Solutions, Inc., as amended through May 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(b) to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).dated February 6, 2024.

Certificate of Amendment to theAmended and Restated Certificate of IncorporationBylaws of Motorola Solutions, Inc., effective January 4, 2011, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of DelawareNovember 17, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2011 (File No. 1-7221)).

Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Motorola Name Change Corporation into Motorola, Inc., effective January 4, 2011, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2011 (File No. 1-7221)).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Motorola Solutions, Inc. as of November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola Solutions’’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))18, 2022).

Senior Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor Trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank (as successor in interest to Bank One Trust Company) and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant’sRegistrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 datedfiled on September 25, 1995 (Registration No. 33-62911))1995).

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of January 22, 2001, among Motorola, Inc., Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(b) to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-7221))2000).

Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2014, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).

Indenture, dated as of August 25, 2015September 5, 2019, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee,trustee, related to 2%the 1.75% Convertible Senior Notes Due 20202024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.110.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))September 5, 2019).
Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and of all its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed are being omitted pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Motorola Solutions, Inc. agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.
Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Amended and Restated Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation) (File No. 1-34805)).

Amended and Restated Intellectual Property License Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, between Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation (File No. 1-34805)Corporation)).

Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement, effective as of July 30, 2010, between Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 3 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on November 12, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (File No. 1-34805)).

Tax Sharing Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation) (File No. 1-34805)).



Amended and Restated Employee Matters Agreement among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 2 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on October 8, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation (File No. 1-34805)).

Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 effective May 18, 2015 (an amendment and restatement of(f/k/a the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006), as amended and restated effective May 18, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2015 (file No. 1-7221))2015).

March 9, 2017 Form ofFirst Amendment to the Motorola Solutions Inc. TermsOmnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 (f/k/a the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006), as amended and Conditions Related to Employee Performance-Contingent Stock Options (non-CEO)restated effective May 18, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.810.1 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))September 26, 2020).
Motorola Solutions Amended and Restated Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, effective as of May 17, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2022).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
103



Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from February 14, 2019 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2019).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 2015 to February 13, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Performance-Contingent Stock Options (non-CEO) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2015 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers from May 6, 2013 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))29, 2013).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended, for grants from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants on or afterfrom February 15, 2018 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants from March 9, 2017 to February 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola Solutions’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))2013).

Form of Motorola Solutions Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from January 4, 2011 to February 2, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from August 1, 2009 to January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from May 6, 2008 to July 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to Motorola Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2008 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from February 11, 2007 to May 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants on or after March 9, 20172023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.710.6 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2023).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from March 9, 2017 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from January 4, 2011 to February 2, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from May 6, 2008 to January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to Motorola Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2008 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from February 27, 2007 to May 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-7221))2013).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or afterfrom March 9, 201710, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.8 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2, 2022).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 20152017 to March 8, 20179, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions’ CurrentSolutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K filed10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 11,9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, (File No. 1-7221))as amended, for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).

104





Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Section 16 Officers on or afterfrom March 9, 2017 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 20062015, as amended, for grants to Section 16Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers from May 6, 2013March 10, 2022 to March 8, 20172023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Inc’sSolutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))April 2, 2022).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers from February 15, 2018 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Employees on or after March 9, 20172023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.310.4 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2023).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 20062015, as amended, for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected OfficersEmployees from February 3, 2014March 10, 2022 to March 8, 20172023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1910.2 to Motorola Solutions’ AnnualSolutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))April 2, 2022).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Employees from February 15, 2018 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to non-Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 20172023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.410.7 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2023).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. AmendedPerformance Stock Unit Award Document-Terms and Conditions RelatedAgreement for grants to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options and Addendum Anon-Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Stock Appreciation Rights, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for a grant on February 22, 2011 to Gregory Q. Brown. (incorporated by reference to Motorola Solutions’’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2022).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Document-Terms and Conditions RelatedAgreement for grants to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relatingnon-Section 16 Officers from February 11, 2021 to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grant on February 1, 2011 pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. BrownMarch 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2410.4 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from May 7, 2009 to January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221))3, 2021).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from February 11, 2021 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from February 11, 2021 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2015 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Performance-Contingent Stock Options (CEO) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2015 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
105



Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from January 4, 2011 to March 9, 2022 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010)(File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from May 7, 2009 to January 3, 2011 under the Motorola Solutions, Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from January 31, 2008 to May 6, 2009 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 1-7221))2010).

Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. RestrictedMarket Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after January 4, 2011March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3210.14 to Motorola Solutions’ AnnualSolutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))April 1, 2023).



Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on or afterForm 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from March 9, 2015 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).

Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for acquisitions on or after January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).



Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for acquisitions on or after January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants on or after January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).

Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants from January 4, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions, Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants from February 11, 2007 to January 3, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-7221))2010).

Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended through May 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).

Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, as amended through May 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).

Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 or any successor plan, for acquisitions from January 1, 2006 to February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.25 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).

Motorola Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated on May 6, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2003 (File No. 1-7221)).

Motorola Solutions Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Plan dated January 17, 2013 (effective January 1, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-7221))2012).

Motorola Solutions Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Plan Term Sheet (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-7221))2012).

Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restated February 11, 20152021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.510.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))3, 2021).

2017-20192021-2023 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as approved on February 16, 201711, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.110.5 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))3, 2021).

2016-20182022-2024 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restatedapproved on February 18, 201615, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.110.14 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on April 2, 2016 (File No. 1-7221))2022).

2015-20172023-2025 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restatedapproved on February 11, 201524, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.610.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on April 4, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))1, 2023).

Motorola Solutions Management Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of June 1, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))2013).

Motorola Solutions Management Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2010, as amended January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).

Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2011 Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.54 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).

Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2011 Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.55 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).

Arrangement for directors’ fees for non-employee directors (description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How theour Directors are Compensated” of Motorola Solutions’Solutions Inc.’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders heldShareholders filed on May 15, 2017March 31, 2022 (“Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement”)).



Description of Insuranceinsurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses (including a description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Director Retirement Plan and Insurance Coverage”“How our Directors are Compensated” of the Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement, filed March 27, 2017, and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.1 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on July 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))3, 2021).

Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2008, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2008 (File No. 1-7221))2008).

Amendment made ondated December 15, 2008, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008 by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.50 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-7221))2008).
106




Second Amendment, dated May 28, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))2010).

Third Amendment, dated March 10, 2014, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2014March 24, 2021, among Motorola Solutions, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))March 25, 2021).

Term Loan Credit Agreement,First Amendment, dated as of February 18, 2016,8, 2023, by and among Motorola Solutions, Inc., Lloyds Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the several lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions' Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2016 (File No. 1-7221)).

Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 25, 2017 among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the several lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 27, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))February 10, 2023).

Definitive Purchase Agreement by and among Motorola Solutions, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Financial, Inc., and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Independent Fiduciary of the Motorola Solutions Pension Plan, dated as of September 22, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 27, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))**

Revised and Amended Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2015, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’,Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 3, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).

Investment Agreement, by anddated as of September 5, 2019, among Motorola Solutions, Inc., Silver Lake Partners IV,Alpine, L.P. and Silver Lake Partners IV Cayman (AIV II),Alpine (Offshore Master) L.P., dated as of August 4, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on AugustSeptember 5, 2015 (file No. 1-7221))2019).

Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

Subsidiaries of Motorola Solutions, Inc.
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, see page 97 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit Index is a part.
Firm.

Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Gino A. BonanotteJason J. Winkler pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Gino A. BonanotteJason J. Winkler pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INSMotorola Solutions, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy, effective as of November 16, 2023.
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith
** Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this agreementFurnished herewith


(b)Exhibits:
(b)Exhibits:
See Item 15(a) 3 above.



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMItem 16. Form 10-K Summary
The Board of DirectorsNone.
Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
107
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 033-59285, 333-51847, 333-36308, 333-53120, 333-60560, 333-60612, 333-87728, 333-105107, 333-123879, 333-133736, 333-142845, 333-160137, and 333-204324) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-76637, 333-206451, and 333-208332) of Motorola Solutions, Inc. of our reports dated February 16, 2018, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Motorola Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, which reports appear in the December 31, 2017 annual report on Form 10‑K of Motorola Solutions, Inc.



Chicago, Illinois
February 16, 2018


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Motorola Solutions, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
/S/  GREGORY Q. BROWN        
Gregory Q. Brown
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
February 16, 201815, 2024
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
SignatureTitleDate
/S/  GREGORY Q. BROWN        Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
    Gregory Q. Brown
and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ GINO A. BONANOTTEJASON J. WINKLERExecutive Vice President andFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Gino A. BonanotteJason J. Winkler
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)
/S/  JOHN K. WOZNIAKKATHERINE MAHERCorporate Vice President andFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
John K. WozniakKatherine Maher
Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)
/S/  KENNETH D. DENMANDirectorFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Kenneth D. Denman
/S/  EGON P. DURBANDirectorDirectorFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Egon P. Durban
/S/  AYANNA M. HOWARDDirectorFebruary 15, 2024
Ayanna M. Howard
/S/  CLAYTON M. JONESDirectorDirectorFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Clayton M. Jones
/S/  JUDY C. LEWENTDirectorFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Judy C. Lewent
/S/  GREGORY K. MONDREDirectorDirectorFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Gregory K. Mondre
/S/  ANNE R. PRAMAGGIOREDirectorFebruary 16, 2018
Anne R. Pramaggiore
/S/  SAMUEL C. SCOTT IIIDirectorFebruary 16, 2018
Samuel C. Scott III
/S/  JOSEPH M. TUCCIDirectorFebruary 16, 201815, 2024
Joseph M. Tucci


98108